ML12291A763: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(6 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 3: Line 3:
| issue date = 10/16/2012
| issue date = 10/16/2012
| title = Email, License Amendment Request for Degraded Voltage Surveillance Frequency Extension; Revised Calculations and White Paper Which Discusses Methodology Used for Revision
| title = Email, License Amendment Request for Degraded Voltage Surveillance Frequency Extension; Revised Calculations and White Paper Which Discusses Methodology Used for Revision
| author name = Williamson D H
| author name = Williamson D
| author affiliation = Entergy Operations, Inc
| author affiliation = Entergy Operations, Inc
| addressee name = Wang A B
| addressee name = Wang A
| addressee affiliation = NRC/NRR/DORL/LPLIV
| addressee affiliation = NRC/NRR/DORL/LPLIV
| docket = 05000458
| docket = 05000458
| license number = NPF-047
| license number = NPF-047
| contact person = Wang A B
| contact person = Wang A
| case reference number = TAC ME7767
| case reference number = TAC ME7767
| document type = E-Mail, Calculation
| document type = E-Mail, Calculation
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:From:WILLIAMSON, DANNY H To:Wang, Alan
{{#Wiki_filter:From:             WILLIAMSON, DANNY H To:               Wang, Alan


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
RBS DV/LOP calculations Date:Tuesday, October 16, 2012 5:18:50 PM Attachments:G13.18.6.2-ENS_007_EC40339.pdfG13.18.3.1-005_ EC40339.pdfG13.18.6.2-ENS_002_EC40339.pdfG13.18.6.2-ENS_004_EC40339.pdfG13.18.6.2-ENS_006_EC40339.pdfG13.18.3.1-004_EC40339.pdfRBS methodology.pdf Alan Attached are the revised calculations we discussed on September 24 regarding the RAI on LAR 2011-
RBS DV/LOP calculations Date:             Tuesday, October 16, 2012 5:18:50 PM Attachments:     G13.18.6.2-ENS_007_EC40339.pdf G13.18.3.1-005_ EC40339.pdf G13.18.6.2-ENS_002_EC40339.pdf G13.18.6.2-ENS_004_EC40339.pdf G13.18.6.2-ENS_006_EC40339.pdf G13.18.3.1-004_EC40339.pdf RBS methodology.pdf Alan Attached are the revised calculations we discussed on September 24 regarding the RAI on LAR 2011-
: 05. These calculations contain no proprietary information.
: 05. These calculations contain no proprietary information.
Also attached is a "white paper" which discusses the methodology used in this revision.
Also attached is a "white paper" which discusses the methodology used in this revision.
Please call if you have any questions.
Please call if you have any questions.
Danny ANO-1  ANO-2  GGNS  IP-2  IP-3  PLP  JAF PNPS  RBS  VY  W3  NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION COVER PAGE (1)  EC #  40339 (2)  Page 1 of 32 (3) Design Basis Calc.
Danny
YES      NO (4)
CALCULATION EC Markup (5)  Calculation No:  G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 (6)  Revision:  00 3 (7)  Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay (8)  Editorial YES      NO (9)  System(s):
302 (10)  Review Org (Department
):  NSBE3 (I&C Design)
(11)  Safety Class:
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (12)  Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, 1B, 1C ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, 1B, 1C ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS      (13)  Document Type:
F43.02 (14) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes):  relay, uncertainty, undervoltage REVIE WS    (15)  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Responsible Engineer (16)  Name/Signature/Date Robin Smith / See AS (17)  Name/Signature/Date Paul Matzke
/ See AS    Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer    Comments Attached Comments Attached


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
ANO-1                ANO-2             GGNS                IP-2             IP-3                 PLP JAF                  PNPS                RBS                  VY              W3 NP-GGNS-3           NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION            (1)                                                  (2)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
EC #        40339                                    Page 1 of    32 COVER PAGE (3)                                                    (4)
-ENS*00 2, Rev. 00 3 PAGE 2 OF  32 CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET CALCULATION NO:
Design Basis Calc.       YES        NO                       CALCULATION                EC Markup (5)                                                                                        (6)
G.13.18.6.2
Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*002                                                        Revision: 003 (7)                                                                                       (8)
-ENS*002  REVISION:
00 3 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): None  II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No.
: 1. EN-DC-126 -- 00 4  N  2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000  N  3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300  N  4. 201.130-186 0 000  N  5. 215.150 0 006  N  6. B455-0139 0 000  N  7. 3242.521-102-001A 0 300  N  8. F1 37-0100 0 000  N  9. 0242.521-102-133 0 300  N  10. EE-001K 0 019  N  11. EE-001L 0 015  N  12. ESK-08ENS01 001 008  N  13. ESK-08EGS09 001 013  N  14. ESK-08EGS10 001 012  N  15. ESK-08EGS13 001 011  N  16. ESK-08EGS14 001 010  N  17. ESK-08EGS15 001 0 10  N  18. ESK-08EGS16 001 007  N  19. STP-302-1600 -- 0 20  Y A/R 00154225
: 20. STP-302-1601 -- 0 20  Y A/R 00154227
: 21. G13.18.6.3
-006 0 000  N  22. LSK-24-09.05A 001 015  N  23. EDP-AN-02 -- 30 1   N  24. STP-302-0102 -- 01 7  N  25. G13.18.3.1
-004 0 000  Y EC 40339 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 2, Rev. 00 3 PAGE 3 OF  32 III. CROSS REFERENCES
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
: 3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993)
: 4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH
-10 5. USAR Figures 3.11
-1 through 5 IV. SOFTWARE USED
: N/A Title:    Version/Release:
Disk/CD No.
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED
: N/A Title:    Version/Release Disk/CD No.
VI. OTHER CHANGES
:      References removed from the calculation: G13.18.3.1*001


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model            Editorial 27H Undervoltage Relay                                                            YES      NO (9)                                              (10)
-ENS*002 Rev.
System(s): 302                                    Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)
00 3 Page 4 of  32  Revision Record of Revision 00 0 Initial issue to support determination of undervoltage rely setpoints by Electrical Engineering.
(11)                                              (12)
00 1 Deleted Degraded Voltage Relay setpoints. With relay change per ER
Safety Class:                                    Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
-RB-2001-0360-00, the degraded voltage relay setpoints are moved to G13.18.3.6.2
Safety / Quality Related                  ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, 1B, 1C      ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, 1B, 1C Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS              ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS (13)
-ENS-005 Rev. 0. Revised procedural as
Document Type: F43.02 (14)
-left band.
Keywords (Description/Topical Codes):
00 2 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753. 003 EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1
relay, uncertainty, undervoltage REVIEWS (15)                                  (16)                                (17)
-004 into this calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.
Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS                Robin Smith / See AS                Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer                                                      Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer                              Comments Attached Comments Attached


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 2 OF 32 CALCULATION REFERENCE          CALCULATION NO:            G.13.18.6.2-ENS*002 SHEET                         REVISION:      003 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): None II. Relationships:              Sht  Rev      Input      Output      Impact  Tracking No.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Doc        Doc        Y/N
-ENS*002 Rev.
: 1. EN-DC-126                      --  004                              N
00 3 Page 5 of  32 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Descripti on 6 2.0 Results/Conclusions 8 3.0 References 9 4.0 Design Inputs 11 5.0 Nomenclature 15 6.0 Calculation Methodology 16 7.0 Assumptions 17 8.0 Calculation 20 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram 2 8 Attachments:
: 2. EN-IC-S-007-R                  0   000                              N
1 Design Verification Form and Comments
: 3. 7224.300-000-001B              0   300                              N
................................
: 4. 201.130-186                    0   000                              N
................................
: 5. 215.150                        0   006                              N
..........
: 6. B455-0139                      0   000                              N
5 page s SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
: 7. 3242.521-102-001A              0   300                              N
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 8. F137-0100                      0   000                              N
-ENS*002 Rev.
: 9. 0242.521-102-133              0   300                              N
00 3 Page 6 of  32  1.0 Purpose and Description
: 10. EE-001K                      0    019                              N
: 11. EE-001L                      0    015                              N
: 12. ESK-08ENS01                  001  008                              N
: 13. ESK-08EGS09                  001  013                              N
: 14. ESK-08EGS10                  001  012                              N
: 15. ESK-08EGS13                  001  011                              N
: 16. ESK-08EGS14                  001  010                              N
: 17. ESK-08EGS15                  001  010                              N
: 18. ESK-08EGS16                  001  007                              N
: 19. STP-302-1600                  --  020                              Y      A/R 00154225
: 20. STP-302-1601                  --  020                              Y      A/R 00154227
: 21. G13.18.6.3-006                0    000                              N
: 22. LSK-24-09.05A                001  015                              N
: 23. EDP-AN-02                    --  301                              N
: 24. STP-302-0102                  --  017                              N
: 25. G13.18.3.1-004                0   000                              Y        EC40339


===1.1. Purpose===
SETPOINT CALCULATION              CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT              G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION            PAGE 3 OF 32 III.     CROSS
The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Safety
-Related 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays for Divisions I & II. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1
-00 4. 1.2. Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.
Each 4.16 kV bus monitored by three undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre
-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic.


===1.3. Design===
==REFERENCES:==
Bases Event Per Technical Specification Bases B 3.3.8.1 (Reference 3
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
.7.3), "successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources." 1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology," (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2). One sided probability is used since the Loss of Voltage relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.
: 2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation.
: 3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993)
The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.
: 4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-10
: 5. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5 IV.       SOFTWARE USED:
N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Version/Release:      Disk/CD No.
-ENS*002 Rev.
V.       DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
00 3 Page 7 of  32  1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 9.0. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.
N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Version/Release        Disk/CD No.
-ENS*002 Rev.
VI.       OTHER CHANGES:
00 3 Page 8 of  32  2.0 Results/Conclusions
References removed from the calculation: G13.18.3.1*001


===2.1. Results===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 4 of 32 Revision                                      Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of undervoltage rely setpoints by Electrical 000    Engineering.
The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Loss of Voltage Relay System(s) Loop Identification Loop Uncertainty (LU) VAC Channel Drift (D L) VAC Total Loop Uncertainty (TL U) VAC M&TE Loop Accuracy Requirements VAC Maximum Loop Setting Tol.
Deleted Degraded Voltage Relay setpoints. With relay change per ER-RB-2001-0360-00, the 001    degraded voltage relay setpoints are moved to G13.18.3.6.2-ENS-005 Rev. 0. Revised procedural as-left band.
(ALT L) VAC 302 See Section 9.0
002    Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753.
+/- 0.9067 +/- 54.97* +/- 0.3 92 +/- 1.07 +/- 64.87* +/- 0.1 61 +/- 0.21
EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1-004 into this 003    calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.
* Uncertainty indexed to the primary (bus) voltage of the potential transformers.


===2.2. Conclusions===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                                  Page 5 of 32 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION                                                                                                            PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description                                                                                                6 2.0 Results/Conclusions                                                                                                   8 3.0 References                                                                                                            9 4.0 Design Inputs                                                                                                        11 5.0 Nomenclature                                                                                                          15 6.0 Calculation Methodology                                                                                              16 7.0 Assumptions                                                                                                          17 8.0 Calculation                                                                                                          20 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram                                                                                              28 Attachments:
The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 9.0.
1  Design Verification Form and Comments .......................................................................... 5 pages


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 6 of 32 1.0     Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Safety-Related 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays for Divisions I & II. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1-004.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
1.2. Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.
-ENS*002 Rev.
Each 4.16 kV bus monitored by three undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic.
00 3 Page 9 of 32 3.0 References 3.1 EN-DC-126 , "Engineering Calculation Process" 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R , "Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations
1.3. Design Bases Event Per Technical Specification Bases B 3.3.8.1 (Reference 3.7.3), successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.
" 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC
1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95%
-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology
probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2). One sided probability is used since the Loss of Voltage relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation.
The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.


===3.4 Asset===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 7 of 32 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 9.0. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.
Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186 , "Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building
" 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11
-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP
-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1 Not used 3.7.2 Not used 3.7.3 Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4 Not used 3.8 RBS USAR  None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1 B455-0139, Singl e-Phase Voltage Relays 3.9.2 3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual
-STNBY 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.3 F137-0100, Fluke Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.4 Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH
-10, Microprocessor
-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.5 0242.521-102-133 , Bill of Material 1ENS-SWG1A & 1B 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 8 of 32 2.0     Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Table 2.1-1 Loss of Voltage Relay Maximum Loop                          Total Loop   M&TE Loop Channel Drift                                        Loop Loop         Uncertainty                      Uncertainty    Accuracy System(s)                                           (DL)                                      Setting Tol.
-ENS*002 Rev.
Identification      (LU)                              (TLU)      Requirements VAC                                          (ALTL)
00 3 Page 10 of 32   3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09 , DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage  Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage     Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:
VAC                                VAC          VAC VAC See          +/- 0.9067                            +/- 1.07 302                                          +/- 0.392                        +/- 0.161          +/- 0.21 Section 9.0       +/- 54.97*                          +/- 64.87*
3.11.1 Not used  3.11.2 Not used 3.11.3 Not used 3.11.4 Not used 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards 3.13.1 ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformer s 3.13.2 Not used 3.14 G13.18.6.3
* Uncertainty indexed to the primary (bus) voltage of the potential transformers.
-006, ABB Model ITE
2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 9.0.
-27H Relay Drift Analysis 3.15 G13.18.3.1
-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS
-SWG01A and ENS
-SWG01B SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 11 of  32  4.0 Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine uncertainty for the DIV I and II Lo ss of Voltage relays.
4.1 Loop Input 4.1.1 Loop Data:
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s)
ENS-SWG1A-PT ENS-SWG1B-PT 3.10 Location ENS-SWG1A ENS-SWG1B 3.4 Output Range 0-120 VAC 3.10 Input Range 0-4200 VAC 3.10  4.1.2 Special Considerations:
4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator Mode (Reference 3.9.4)
Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to Medium Resolution (Reference 3.9.3) 4.1.2.2 A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the calibration location shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 9 of 32 3.0    References 3.1  EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2   EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations 3.3  7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4  Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5  201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6  Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7  RBS Operating License 3.7.1  Not used 3.7.2  Not used 3.7.3 Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4  Not used 3.8  RBS USAR None 3.9  Vendor Manuals 3.9.1  B455-0139, Single-Phase Voltage Relays 3.9.2  3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual-STNBY 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.3  F137-0100, Fluke Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.4  Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-10, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.5   0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS-SWG1A & 1B 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 12 of 32 4.2 Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s
) ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS 3.4 Manufacturer Westinghouse 3.9.5 Model(s) VIY-60 3.9.5 Location(s)
CB 98'E1. /ENS
-SWG1A CB 98'E1. /ENS
-SWG1B 3.4 Service Description Transformer


===3.4 Instrument===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                    Page 10 of 32 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:
Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.9.5 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.5 Calibration Interval Evaluated N/A Note Device Setting Tolerance N/A Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted, therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval
3.11.1 Not used 3.11.2 Not used 3.11.3 Not used 3.11.4 Not used 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards 3.13.1 ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2 Not used 3.14 G13.18.6.3-006, ABB Model ITE-27H Relay Drift Analysis 3.15 G13.18.3.1-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B
. Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Descripti on Data Reference Component Number(s
) See Section 9.0 3.4 , 3.10 Manufacturer Asea Brown Boveri 3.9.5, 3.9.1 Model 27H 3.9.5 , 3.9.1 Location(s)
CB 98'EL/ENS-SWG1A CB 98'EL/ENS-SWG1B 3.4 Service Description Relay 3.9.1, 3.10 Input Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.2 Output Contact Action 3.10, 3.12 Calibration Interval Evaluated 30 Mo. (24 Mo. + 25%)


===3.2 SETPOINT===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 11 of 32 4.0     Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine uncertainty for the DIV I and II Loss of Voltage relays.
CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
4.1   Loop Input 4.1.1  Loop Data:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description                       Data                       Reference ENS-SWG1A-PT Loop Sensor(s)                                                     3.10 ENS-SWG1B-PT ENS-SWG1A Location                                                      3.4 ENS-SWG1B Output Range                    0-120 VAC                       3.10 Input Range                    0-4200 VAC                       3.10 4.1.2   Special Considerations:
-ENS*002 Rev.
4.1.2.1     Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
00 3 Page 13 of 32 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Westinghouse VIY-60 Description Data Reference Reference Accuracy (RA T) 0.3% of setting  3.9.2 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SE T) N/A 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE T) N/A 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR T) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD T) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR T) N/A 7.1.14   Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Asea Brown Boveri 27H Description Data Reference Reference Accuracy (RA R) +/-0.25% of setting 3.9.1 7.1.2 7.1.15 Seismic Effects (SE R) 0 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE R) 0.5 VAC/(68 o F - 104 o F)  7.1.12 7.1.2 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR R) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD R) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR R) +/-0.3 92 VAC 3.14 7.1.2 Reset 3% of Setting
* Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator Mode (Reference 3.9.4)
+/-1.5% 3.9.1 3.9.5 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
* Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to Medium Resolution (Reference 3.9.3) 4.1.2.2      A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the calibration location shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 14 of 32  4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description Data Reference Location  Building/Elevation CB-98 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room


===3.4 Normal===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 12 of 32 4.2  Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description                            Data                          Reference Component Number(s)                  ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS 3.4 ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS Manufacturer                              Westinghouse                            3.9.5 Model(s)                                      VIY-60                              3.9.5 Location(s)                        CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1B Service Description                        Transformer                              3.4 Instrument Range                         0 - 4200 VAC                            3.9.5 Output Range                               0 - 120 VAC                            3.9.5 Calibration Interval Evaluated                  N/A                                Note Device Setting Tolerance                        N/A                                Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted, therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval.
Temperature Range, o F 40 - 104 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH 20 - 90 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, Rads 800 3.6 Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description                              Data                          Reference Component Number(s)                          See Section 9.0                      3.4, 3.10 Manufacturer                                Asea Brown Boveri                    3.9.5, 3.9.1 Model                                                27H                          3.9.5, 3.9.1 Location(s)                            CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1B Service Description                                Relay                        3.9.1, 3.10 Input Range                                     0 - 120 VAC                          3.9.2 Output                                        Contact Action                      3.10, 3.12 30 Mo.
Temperature Range, o F Same as Normal
Calibration Interval Evaluated                                                        3.2 (24 Mo. + 25%)


===3.6 Humidity===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 13 of 32 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Westinghouse VIY-60 Description                        Data                    Reference 0.3% of setting                3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RAT) 2                        7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SET)                          N/A                        7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TET)                      N/A                      7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRT)            N/A                      7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDT)                  N/A                      7.1.13 Drift (DRT)                                    N/A                      7.1.14 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Asea Brown Boveri 27H Description                        Data                    Reference 3.9.1
Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal
                                              +/-0.25% of setting Reference Accuracy (RAR)                                                  7.1.2 2
7.1.15 Seismic Effects (SER)                            0                        7.1.4 0.5 VAC/(68oF - 104oF)            7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TER) 2                        7.1.2 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR)            N/A                      7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR)                  N/A                      7.1.13
                                                +/-0.392 VAC                    3.14 Drift (DRR) 2                        7.1.2 3% of Setting                  3.9.1 Reset
                                                  +/-1.5%                       3.9.5


===3.6 Pressure===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                Page 14 of 32 4.4  Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description                      Data                    Reference Location Building/Elevation                            CB-98                      3.4 Room/Area                                Switchgear Room                  3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF                        40 - 104                    3.6 Humidity Range, %RH                          20 - 90                    3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated 800                      3.6 Dose, Rads Pressure Range                                Atmos                      3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
Range Same as Normal
Temperature Range, oF                    Same as Normal                 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH                      Same as Normal                  3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Same as Normal                  3.6 Rads Pressure Range                            Same as Normal                  3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g                                <3                        3.5


===3.6 Seismic===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 15 of 32 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
Accelerations, g
< 3 3.5 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 15 of 32 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 16 of 32 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty &
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 16 of 32 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with EN-IC-S-007-R , "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, "Engineering Calculation Process" (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300
-000-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology" (Reference 3.3).


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 17 of 32 7.0     Assumptions 7.1   Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to uncertainty of the device evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
-ENS*002 Rev.
7.1.2 Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.
00 3 Page 17 of 32 7.0 Assumptions
7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)
 
Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)
===7.1 Assumptions===
Reference 3.9.1 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage or malfunction. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.
that do not require confirmation
Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
 
7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
====7.1.1 Miscellaneous====
Allowance (ML)
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to uncertainty of the device evaluated by this calculation.
Brounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
7.1.2 For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)
Not applicable
 
====7.1.4 Seismic====
Effects (SE)
Reference 3.9.1 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA "without damage or malfunction
." Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0. Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
 
====7.1.5 Radiation====
Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
 
7.1.6 Power Supply Effects (PS)
====7.1.6 Power====
Supply Effects (PS)
Per Reference 3.9.1, control voltage variations may affect the setpoint of the relay by as much as +/- 0.2 volt for a 10 VDC change in the control voltage. This yields a possible variation of +/- 0.02 VAC/VDC of control voltage variation. Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC. Therefore, 15 VDC will conservatively be used to calculate the PS effects for the undervoltage relays in this calculation.
Per Reference 3.9.1, control voltage variations may affect the setpoint of the relay by as much as +/- 0.2 volt for a 10 VDC change in the control voltage. This yields a possible variation of +/- 0.02 VAC/VDC of control voltage variation. Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC. Therefore, 15 VDC will conservatively be used to calculate the PS effects for the undervoltage relays in this calculation.
Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers.
Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers.
 
7.1.7 Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
====7.1.7 Process====
Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
Not Applicable
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 18 of  32  7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
Not Applicable
Not Applicable


====7.1.9 Humidity====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 18 of 32 7.1.8  Static Pressure Effects (SP)
Effects (HE)
Not Applicable 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)
The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without introduction of additional uncertainty. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB
The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without introduction of additional uncertainty. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.
-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible. Humidity effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
Humidity effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.
7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the undervoltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.
7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the undervoltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.
7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE) Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect is 0.5 VAC over a span of 68 o - 104 oF (20 o C - 40 oC). Reference 3.6 states that the normal temperature range for this area is 40 o - 104 oF and that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5 oF higher. The temperature change 1% of the calendar year is considered negligible.
7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE)
The 0.5 VAC value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. See section 8.1.3 Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rate d value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output. 7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect is 0.5 VAC over a span of 68o - 104oF (20oC
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device
      - 40oC). Reference 3.6 states that the normal temperature range for this area is 40o -
. Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
104oF and that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5oF higher.
The temperature change 1% of the calendar year is considered negligible. The 0.5 VAC value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. See section 8.1.3 Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output.
7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device.
Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)
7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)
The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.14.
The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.14.
Drift is not applicable to transformers.
Drift is not applicable to transformers.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 19 of 32 7.1.15 Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
The accuracy rating for the ABB model 27 undervoltage relay is dependent on M&TE accuracy and calibration methodology when following the calibration instruction in Reference 3.9.1. Per Reference 3.9.3, the reference accuracy for a Fluke Model 45 digital multimeter is 0.2% of setting + 10 mV (conservatively approximated as 0.01% of setting). This yields an approximate accuracy of 0.21%. For conservatism, a value of 0.25% of setting will be used for this calculation.
-ENS*002 Rev.
7.2   Assumptions that require confirmation None
00 3 Page 19 of 32 7.1.15 Relay Reference Accuracy (RA R) The accuracy rating for the ABB model 27 undervoltage relay is dependent on M&TE accuracy and calibration methodology when following the calibration instruction in Reference 3.9.1. Per Reference 3.9.3, the reference accuracy for a Fluke Model 45 digital multimeter is 0.2% of setting + 10 mV (conservatively approximated as 0.01% of setting). This yields an approximate accuracy of 0.21%. For conservatism, a value of 0.25% of setting will be used for this calculati on. 7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 20 of  32  8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential 8.10) As Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances


===8.1 Calculation===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 20 of 32 8.0  Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
of Miscellaneous Uncertainties
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential 8.10) As Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1   Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per References 3.9.2 and 3.13.1, the Reference Accuracy for instrument class potential transformers is +/- 0.3% W, X, and Y, and +/- 1.2% Z. This relates to the burden placed upon the transformer by its connected loads. A load less than 75 VA will yield an accuracy of +/- 0.3% where a load greater than 75 VA will produce a transformer accuracy of +/- 1.2%.
 
====8.1.1 Calculation====
of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per References 3.9.2 and 3.13.1, the Reference Accuracy for instrument class potential transformers is +/- 0.3% W, X, and Y, and +/- 1.2% Z. This relates to the burden placed upon the transformer by its connected loads. A load less than 75 VA will yield an accuracy of +/- 0.3% where a load greater than 75 VA will produce a transformer accuracy of +/- 1.2%.
The loads for the metering transformer are:
The loads for the metering transformer are:
6 Undervoltage Relays @ 1.2 VA each
6 Undervoltage Relays @ 1.2 VA each                     =   7.2 1 Synchronizing relay transformer @ 3 VA                 =   3.0 1 Model 60 Voltage Balance Relay @ 0.7 VA each           =   0.7 2 Model 32 voltage Balance Relays @ 0.3 VA each         =   0.6 1 Volt Meter, GE 180 @ 3.0 VA burden each               =   3.0 1 Volt Transducer @ 3.0 VA burden                       =   3.0 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value         =   10.0 27.5 Therefore Transformer Accuracy = 0.3% of setting
= 7.2 1 Synchronizing relay transformer @ 3 VA
= 3.0 1 Model 60 Voltage Balance Relay @ 0.7 VA each
= 0.7 2 Model 32 voltage Balance Relays @ 0.3 VA each
= 0.6 1 Volt Meter, GE 180 @ 3.0 VA burden each
= 3.0 1 Volt Transducer @ 3.0 VA burden
= 3.0 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value
= 10.0 27.5 Therefore Transformer Accuracy = 0.3% of setting


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 21 of 32 8.1.2   Calculation of Under Voltage Relay Power Supply Effects (PSR)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
PSR = +/- 0.2 VAC per 10 VDC control power variation
-ENS*002 Rev.
                  = +/- 0.02 VAC x 15 VDC
00 3 Page 21 of 32   8.1.2 Calculation of Under Voltage Relay Power Supply Effects (PS R) PS R = +/- 0.2 VAC per 10 VDC control power variation
                  = +/- 0.3 VAC                                                           (2 Value)
= +/- 0.02 VAC x 15 VDC
Assumed control power voltage variation is 15 VDC per Assumption 7.1.6.
= +/- 0.3 VAC Assumed control power voltage variation is 15 VDC per Assumption 7.1.6.
8.1.3   Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TER)
 
Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/- 0.5 VAC over a temperature range of 68oF - 104oF. Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.014 VAC/oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 70oF. Therefore:
====8.1.3 Calculation====
TER = +/- (104oF - 70oF) x 0.014 VAC/oF
of Relay Temperature Effects (TE R) Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/- 0.5 VAC over a temperature range of 68 o F - 104 oF. Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.014 VAC/
                  = +/- 0.476 VAC                                                         (2 Value) 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.2.1   Transformer Reference Accuracy (RAT):
oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 10 4 o F to prevent condensation.
8.2.1.1   Transformer Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RATLV)
However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 70 oF. Therefore:
Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.15.
TE R = +/- (10 4 o F - 70 oF) x 0.014 VAC/
o F = +/- 0.4 76 VAC 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA)
 
====8.2.1 Transformer====
Reference Accuracy (RA T): 8.2.1.1 Transformer Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RATLV) Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.15.
RATLV = +/- 0.3% of Setpoint
RATLV = +/- 0.3% of Setpoint
= +/- 0.003
                          = +/- 0.003
* 51.23 VAC = +/- 0.1537 VAC 8.2.2 Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy (RA R): 8.2.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RARLV) RARLV = +/- 0.25% of Setting
* 51.23 VAC
= +/- 0.0025
                          = +/- 0.1537 VAC                                               (2 Value) 8.2.2   Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR):
* 51.23 VAC = +/- 0.12 81 VAC 8.2.3 Calculation of Loop Reference Accuracy (RA L) 8.2.3.1 Loop Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RALLV) RALLV = +/- [(RATLV)2 + (RARLV)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.1537)2 + (0.1281)2]1/2 = +/-0.2001 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
8.2.2.1   Undervoltage Relay Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RARLV)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
RARLV = +/- 0.25% of Setting
-ENS*002 Rev.
                          = +/- 0.0025
00 3 Page 22 of  32  8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2, Section 8.2 and Section 8.1)
* 51.23 VAC
                          = +/- 0.1281 VAC                                               (2 Value) 8.2.3   Calculation of Loop Reference Accuracy (RAL) 8.2.3.1   Loop Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RALLV)
RALLV = +/- [(RATLV)2 + (RARLV)2]1/2
                          = +/- [(0.1537)2 + (0.1281)2]1/2
                          = +/-0.2001 VAC                                                 (2 Value)


====8.3.1 Transformer====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                            CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 22 of 32 8.3  Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2, Section 8.2 and Section 8.1) 8.3.1   Transformer Uncertainty (AT) 8.3.1.1   Transformer Uncertainty Loss of Voltage (ATLV)
Uncertainty (A T) 8.3.1.1 Transformer Uncertainty Loss of Voltage (ATLV) ATLV = +/- [(RATLV)2]1/2 = +/- 0.1537 VAC 8.3.2 Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty (A R) 8.3.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (ARLV) ARLV = +/- [(RARLV)2 + (PS R)2 + (TE R)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.12 81)2 + (0.3)2 + (0.476)2]1/2 = +/- 0.577 1 VAC 8.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
ATLV = +/- [(RATLV)2]1/2
C L = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 8.4.1 Calculating measuring and test equipment effects. (MTE L) Measurement & Test Equipment (MTE L) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
                        = +/- 0.1537 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.3.2   Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty (AR) 8.3.2.1   Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (ARLV)
MTE LV = [(MTE RA)2 + (MTE RI)2 + (MTE T E)2 + (MTE CS)2]1/2 Where: MTE RA = Reference accuracy of the Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter (DMM) after a one hour stabilization period at the calibration location = 0.2% of setting + 10 mV. MTERALV = 0.1 1 3 VAC. MTETE = Effects of temperature changes on the Fluke Model 45 DMM between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the M&TE used. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTETELV = 0.1 1 3 VAC. MTE R I = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
ARLV = +/- [(RARLV)2 + (PSR)2 + (TER)2]1/2
MTE CS = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the DMM. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTECSLV = 0.02 9 VAC. 8.4.1.1 Calculation of loop M&TE Effects for Loss of Voltage (MTELLV) MTELLV = +/- [(MTERALV)2 + (MTE RI)2 + (MTETELV)2 + (MTECSLV)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.1 1 3)2 + (0.0)2 + (0.1 1 3)2 + (0.02 9)2 +]1/2 = +/- 0.1 6 3 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
                        = +/- [(0.1281)2 + (0.3)2 + (0.476)2]1/2
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
                        = +/- 0.5771 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.4   Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
-ENS*002 Rev.
CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 8.4.1   Calculating measuring and test equipment effects. (MTEL)
00 3 Page 23 of  32  8.4.2 Calculation of Calibration Effects (CT L) Calibration Effects (CT L) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
CT L = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of procedural inaccuracies such as procedural as left band and calibration procedural errors.
MTELV = [(MTERA)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETE)2 + (MTECS)2]1/2 Where:   MTERA = Reference accuracy of the Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter (DMM) after a one hour stabilization period at the calibration location = 0.2% of setting + 10 mV. MTERALV = 0.113 VAC.
8.4.2.1 Calculation of Calibration Effects for Loss of Voltage (CTLLV) CTLLV = +/- 0.2 1 VAC The ALT L value is 0.2 1 VAC from Section 8.12. 8.4.3 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (CLLV)  CLLV= +/- [(MTELLV)2 + (CTLLV)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.16 3)2 + (0.2 1)2]1/2 = 0.26 6 VAC  8.5 Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10
MTETE = Effects of temperature changes on the Fluke Model 45 DMM between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the M&TE used. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTETELV = 0.113 VAC.
MTERI = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digital with at least 2 digits of resolution.
(Reference 3.2)
MTECS = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the DMM.
For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTECSLV = 0.029 VAC.
8.4.1.1   Calculation of loop M&TE Effects for Loss of Voltage (MTELLV)
MTELLV = +/- [(MTERALV)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETELV)2 + (MTECSLV)2]1/2
                            = +/- [(0.113)2 + (0.0)2 + (0.113)2 + (0.029)2 +]1/2
                            = +/- 0.163 VAC                                                   (2 Value)


===8.6 Calculation===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 23 of 32 8.4.2  Calculation of Calibration Effects (CTL)
of Loop Uncertainty (LU
Calibration Effects (CTL) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
) Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:
CTL = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of procedural inaccuracies such as procedural as left band and calibration procedural errors.
LU = +/- (m/n)[(A T)2 + (A R)2 + (C L)2]1/2   Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds t o a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
8.4.2.1  Calculation of Calibration Effects for Loss of Voltage (CTLLV)
CTLLV = +/- 0.21 VAC                                                    (2 value)
The ALTL value is 0.21 VAC from Section 8.12.
8.4.3        Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (CLLV)
CLLV= +/- [(MTELLV)2 + (CTLLV)2]1/2
                  = +/- [(0.163)2 + (0.21)2]1/2
                  = 0.266 VAC                                                          (2 Value) 8.5  Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6  Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU)
Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:
LU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2]1/2 Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.
n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.
8.6.1 Loop Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (LU LV) LU LV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (C LLV)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
8.6.1   Loop Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (LULV)
= +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.577 1)2 + (0.26 6)2]1/2 +/- 0.36 89 = +/- 0.9067 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (LUPLV) LUPLV = +/- LU LV x PT Ratio * (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
LULV    = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
= +/- 0.9067 x 35 x 1.732 05 = +/- 54.97 VAC 8.7 Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.7.1 Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TD T)  0 per Assumption 7.1.13
                    = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0.266)2]1/2 +/- 0.3689
                    = +/- 0.9067 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (LUPLV)
LUPLV = +/- LULV x PT Ratio * (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
                    = +/- 0.9067 x 35 x 1.73205
                    = +/- 54.97 VAC 8.7   Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1   Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 per Assumption 7.1.13
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 24 of 32 8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3  Relay Drift (DRR):
DRR = +/- 0.392 VAC per Reference 3.14                                          (2 Value)
As there are no other components of drift to be considered, DL = DRR Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                = DRR x 35 x (3)1/2
                = +/- 0.392 VAC x 35 x (3)1/2
                = +/- 23.77 VAC 8.8  Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)
Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:
TLU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2 + (DL)2]1/2 8.8.1  Total Loop Uncertainty - Loss of Voltage (TLULV)
TLULV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2 + (DL)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
                    = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0. 266)2 + (0.392)2]1/2 +/- 0.4430
                    = +/- 1.07 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (TLUPLV)
TLUPLV = +/- TLULV x PT Ratio x (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
                    = +/- 1.07 x 35 x 1.73205
                    = +/-64.87 VAC 8.9  Calculation of Reset Differential 8.9.1  Reset Differential for Loss of Voltage (RDLV)
(Reference 3.9.1 and 3.15)
RDLV    = + (3.0% of Setting) nominal
                    = + 0.03 x 51.23
                    = + 1.54 VAC nominal Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                = RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2
                = 93.36 VAC nominal RDLV    = + (3.0% + 1.5% of Setting) max
                    = + 0.045 x 51.23
                    = + 2.305 VAC max Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                    = RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2
                    = 139.73 VAC Max Calculated uncertainties (LU and TLU) are applicable to reset.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                  Page 25 of 32 Summary of Calculation Transformer                      Undervoltage Relay Terms Device 1                            Device 2 Values            Ref.          Values                  Ref.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Input Range                      0 - 4200        -  3.9.5          0 - 120        -        3.9.2 Process Units                      VAC          -  3.9.5          VAC            -        3.9.2 7.1.15 Reference Accuracy (RA)      +/-0.3% of Setting    2  3.9.2    +/-0.25% of Setting    2 7.1.12 Temperature Effect (TE)              0          - 7.1.12          +/-0.476          2 8.1.3 Seismic Effects (SE)                N/A          -  7.1.4            0            -        7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)              N/A          -  7.1.5            N/A          -        7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)              N/A          -  7.1.14          +/-0.392          2   3.14, 7.1.14 Temperature Drift (TD)             N/A          -  7.1.13            N/A          -      7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect N/A          -  7.1.5            N/A          -        7.1.5 (RD)
-ENS*002 Rev.
Power Supply Effect (PS)            N/A          -  7.1.6          +/- 0.3          2    7.1.6, 8.1.2 Static Pressure Effects (SP)        N/A          -  7.1.8            N/A          -        7.1.8 Humidity Effects (HE)              N/A          -  7.1.9            N/A          -        7.1.9 Process Measurement N/A          -  7.1.7            N/A          -        7.1.7 Effect (PM)
00 3 Page 24 of  32  8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TD R) 0 per assumption 7.1.13
Insulation Resistance N/A          -  7.1.10            N/A          -      7.1.10 Effect (IR)
Zero Effect (ZE)                    N/A          -  7.1.3            N/A          -        7.1.3


====8.7.3 Relay====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 26 of 32 8.10 As-Left Tolerance (ALT)
Drift (DR R): DR R = +/- 0.3 92 VAC per Reference 3.14 As there are no other components of drift to be considered, D L = DR R Indexed to the PT primary voltage
Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE LLV is used.
= DR R x 35 x (3)1/2 = +/- 0.3 92 VAC x 35 x (3) 1/2  = +/- 23.77 VAC 8.8 Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)
ALTR - Relay Calculation MTELLV        =   0.163 VAC                     Section 8.4.1.1 ALTR          =   +/- SRSS (RARLV, MTELLV)
Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as: TLU = +/- (m/n)[(A T)2 + (A R)2 + (C L)2 + (D L)2]1/2 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty
                                =   +/- SRSS (0.1281, 0.163) VAC
- Loss of Voltage (TLU LV) TLU LV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2 + (D L)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin) = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0. 26 6)2 + (0.3 92)2]1/2 +/- 0.4430 = +/- 1.0 7 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (TLUPLV) TLUPLV = +/- TLU LV x PT Ratio x (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
                                =   +/- 0.21 VAC 8.11 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
= +/- 1.0 7 x 35 x 1.73205
AFTR- Relay Calculation Since drift (DRR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:
= +/-64.87 VAC 8.9 Calculation of Reset Differential
AFTR            =  DRR
                                  =   +/-0.392 VAC 8.12 Loop Tolerances ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL            =   +/- SRSS (ALTR)
                                  =  +/- SRSS (0.21) VAC
                                  =  +/- 0.21 VAC AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL            =  +/-SRSS (AFTR)
                                  =   +/-SRSS (0.392) VAC
                                  =  +/- 0.392 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALTR)                                                   +/- 0.21 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFTR)                                                   +/- 0.392 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                                    +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                                   +/- 0.392 VAC


====8.9.1 Reset====
SETPOINT CALCULATION              CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT              G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION              Page 27 of 32 9.0     Simplified Block Diagram Potential Transformer                      Undervoltage Relay Westinghouse                        ABB Model 27H Model VIY-60 4200/120 VAC Relay Mark Numbers Div. I                    Div II ENS-SWG1A-27-1A          SWG1B-27-1A  Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1B          SWG1B-27-1B  Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1C          SWG1B-27-1C  Loss of Voltage Transformer Mark Number ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS          ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS
Differential for Loss of Voltage (RD LV) (Reference 3.9.1 and 3.1 5) RD LV = + (3.0% of Setting) nominal
= + 0.03 x 51.23 = + 1.54 VAC nominal Indexed to the PT primary voltage
= RD LV x 35 x (3)1/2 = 93.36 VAC nominal RD LV = + (3.0% + 1.5% of Setting) max
= + 0.045 x 51.23 = + 2.3 05 VAC max Indexed to the PT primary voltage
= RD LV x 35 x (3)1/2 = 139.73 VAC Max Calculated uncertainties (LU and TLU) are applicable to reset.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                             CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                              G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                            Page 28 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                             DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1           ANO-2               IP-2               IP-3                 JAF                    PLP PNPS            VY                  GGNS                RBS                  W3                    NP Revision No.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*002                                                           Page 1 of 4 003
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 25 of 32   Summary of Calculation Terms Transformer Device 1 Undervoltage Relay Device 2  Values  Ref. Values  Ref. Input Range 0 - 4200 - 3.9.5 0 - 120 - 3.9.2 Process Units VAC - 3.9.5 VAC - 3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RA)
+/-0.3% of Setting 2 3.9.2 +/-0.25% of Setting 2 7.1.15  Temperature Effect (TE) 0 - 7.1.12 +/-0.476 2 7.1.12 8.1.3 Seismic Effects (SE) N/A - 7.1.4 0 - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)
N/A - 7.1.14 +/-0.3 92 2 3.14, 7.1.14 Temperature Drift (TD)
N/A - 7.1.13  N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS) N/A - 7.1.6 +/- 0.3 2 7.1.6, 8.1.2 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Humidity Effects (HE)
N/A - 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Process Measurement Effect (PM)
N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)
N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)
N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 26 of 32  8.10 As-Left Tolerance (ALT) Note:  For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE LLV is used. ALT R - Relay Calculation MTELLV  =  0.16 3 VAC Section 8.4.1.1 ALT R  = +/- SRSS (RARLV, MTELLV)      = +/- SRSS (0.1281 , 0.16 3) VAC    = +/- 0.2 1 VAC 8.11 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
AFT R- Relay Calculation Since drift (DR R) was determined using plant specific as
-found/as-left calibration data
: AFT R = DR R  = +/-0.39 2 VAC 8.12 Loop Tolerances ALT L - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALT L =  +/- SRSS (ALT R)  = +/- SRSS (0.2 1) VAC  = +/- 0.2 1 VAC AFT L - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFT L = +/-SRSS (AFT R)  = +/-SRSS (0.39 2) VAC  = +/- 0.39 2 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALT R) +/- 0.2 1 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (A FT R) +/- 0.39 2 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.2 1 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 0.39 2 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 27 of  32  9.0 Simplified Block Diagram Relay Mark Numbers Div. I Div II ENS-SWG1A-27-1A SWG1B-27-1A Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1B SWG1B-27-1B Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1C SWG1B-27-1C Loss of Voltage Transformer Mark Number ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS  Potential Transformer Undervoltage Relay Westinghouse Model  VIY
-60 4200/120 VAC ABB Model 27H


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Quality Related             Augmented Quality Related DV Method:             Design Review               Alternate Calculation               Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED                    DISCIPLINE                  VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
-ENS*002 Rev.
Electrical          Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:
00 3 Page 28 of  32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1  DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1  ANO-2  IP-2  IP-3  JAF  PLP  PNPS  VY  GGNS  RBS  W3  NP Document No.
Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Revision No.
00 3 Page 1 of 4 Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method:
Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing


VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                            CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 29 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                    DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:                                                                                  DISCIPLINE:
Electrical Robin Smith
Document
/ See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear        Originator:
Mary Coffaro
/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model         Civil/Structural 27H Undervoltage Relay Electrical Doc. No.:                 G13.18.6.2-ENS*002                   Rev. 003 QA Cat.
-ENS*002 Rev.
I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier:                        Print                     Sign                   Date           Mechanical Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification.
00 3 Page 29 of  32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:
N/A Print                 Sign               Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
DISCIPLINE:
Design Review                                 Alternate Calculations                   Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
Civil/Structural Electrical I & C Mechanical Nuclear Other Document Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2
NOTE         The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
-ENS*002 Rev. 00 3 QA Cat. Verifier:    Robin Smith
: 1.       Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
  / See AS for signature & date Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
N/A           Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11  
- 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
: 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable
. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
Yes No N/A   2. Assumptions  
Yes                 No               N/A
- Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re
: 2.       Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Yes                 No               N/A
Yes No N/A   3. Quality Assurance  
: 3.       Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
- Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
Yes                 No               N/A
Yes No  N/A SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 30 of  32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3  4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements
- Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
Yes  No  N/A    5. Construction and Operating Experience
- Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes  No  N/A    6. Interfaces
- Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes  No  N/A    7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes  No  N/A    8. Design Outputs
- Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes  No  N/A    9. Parts, Equipment and Processes
- Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes  No  N/A    10. Materials Compatibility
- Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes  No  N/A    11. Maintenance requirements
- Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes  No  N/A    12. Accessibility for Maintenance
- Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes  No  N/A    13. Accessibility for In
-service Inspection
- Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in
-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes  No  N/A    14. Radiation Exposure
- Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes  No  N/A    15. Acceptance Criteria
- Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes  No  N/A SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 31 of  32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3 16. Test Requirements
- Have adequate pre
-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified? Yes  No  N/A    17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping
- Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    18. Identification Requirements
- Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    19. Records and Documentation
- Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?
Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method?  Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
Yes  No  N/A    20. Software Quality Assurance
- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN
- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
ENS sites: This is an EN
-IT-104 task. However, per ENS
-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes  No  N/A    21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes  No N/A        


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 30 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                        DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 4.      Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
-ENS*002 Rev.
Yes                No                N/A
00 3 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT  
: 5.      Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes                No                N/A
: 6.      Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes                No                N/A
: 7.      Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes                No                N/A
: 8.      Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes                No                N/A
: 9.      Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes                No                N/A
: 10.      Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes                No                N/A
: 11.      Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes                No                N/A
: 12.      Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes                No                N/A
: 13.      Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes                No                N/A
: 14.      Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes                No                N/A
: 15.      Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes                No                N/A


===9.7 DESIGN===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                                Page 31 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                            DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1  Comments / Continuation Sheet Question 
: 16.     Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
# Comments  Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup.
Yes                No              N/A
Comments incorporated.
: 17.      Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
RS  10-11-12 ANO-1  ANO-2  GGNS  IP-2  IP-3  PLP  JAF PNPS  RBS  VY  W3  NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION COVER PAGE (1)  EC #  40339 (2)  Page 1 of 30 (3) Design Basis Calc.
Yes                No               N/A
YES     NO (4)
: 18.     Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
CALCULATION EC Markup (5)  Calculation No: G13.18.6.2
Yes                No              N/A
-ENS*004 (6)  Revision:
: 19.      Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,
002 (7)  Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays
adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
- GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay (8)  Editorial YES      NO (9)  System(s):
Yes                No              N/A
302 (10)  Review Org (Department):  NSBE3 (I&C Design)
: 20.      Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g.,
(11)  Safety Class:
GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (12)   Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2    (13)  Document Type:
Yes                No              N/A
F43.02  (14)  Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, calculation REVIEWS    (15)  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Responsible Engineer (16)  Name/Signature/Date Robin Smith / See AS (17)  Name/Signature/Date Paul Matzke
: 21.      Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
/ See AS    Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer    Comments Attached Comments Attached
Yes                No              N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                   Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7                                                      DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question              Comments                          Resolution                  Initial/Date 1       Comments provided by markup.     Comments incorporated.             RS 10-11-12
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 2 OF  30 CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET CALCULATION NO:
G.13.18.6.2
-ENS*004  REVISION:
00 2  I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations)
None  II. Relationships
: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No. 1. EN-DC-126 -- 00 4  N  2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000  N  3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300  N  4. 201.130-186 0 000  N  5. 215.150 0 006  N  6. G080-1344 0 000  N  7. 6221.418-000-001A 0 300  N  8. F137-0100 0 000  N  9. 0221.418-000-008 0 300  N  10. EE-0 01M 0 009  N  11. GE-828E537AA 003 028  N  12. GE-828E537AA 007 030  N  13. GE-828E537AA 008 028  N  14. GE-828E537AA 011 0 30  N  15. STP-302-1604 -- 0 21  Y A/R 00154228
: 16. GE-152D8167 005 004  N  17. G13.18.6.3
-012 0 000  N  18. EDP-AN-02 -- 30 1  N  19. GE-152D8167 003 006  N  20. GE-152D8167 003A 006  N  21. GE-152D8167 004 007  N  22. BE-230D 0 01 1  N  23. 0221.418-000-049 0 300  N  25. G13.18.3.1
-005 0 000  Y EC 40339 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 3 OF  30 III. CROSS REFERENCES
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 2. Technical Specifications section B3.3.8.1
: 3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993), C37.90 (1989)
: 4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH
-10 5. USAR Figures 3.11
-1 through 5 IV. SOFTWARE USED:    N/A Title:    Version/Release:
Disk/CD No.
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED
:    N/A Title:    Version/Release Disk/CD No.
VI. OTHER CHANGES
:  References removed from calculation: G13.18.3.1*002


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
ANO-1                ANO-2              GGNS                  IP-2           IP-3                  PLP JAF                  PNPS              RBS                    VY            W3 NP-GGNS-3            NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION            (1)                                                  (2)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
EC #        40339                                     Page 1 of   30 COVER PAGE (3)                                                  (4)
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 4 OF  30  Revision Record of Revision 0 Initial issue to support determination of loss of voltage relay setpoints by Electrical Engineering 1 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753. 2 EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1
Design Basis Calc.       YES      NO                        CALCULATION              EC Markup (5)                                                                                      (6)
-00 5 into this calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.
Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*004                                                       Revision: 002 (7)                                                                                      (8)
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 5 OF  30 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description
................................
................................
................................
..................
6 2.0 Results/Conclusion
................................
................................
................................
..........................
7 3.0 References
................................
................................
................................
................................
....... 8 4.0 Design Input
................................
................................
................................
................................
.. 10 5.0 Nomenclature
................................
................................
................................
................................
14 6.0 Calculation Methodology
................................
................................
................................
..............
15 7.0 Assumptions
................................
................................
................................
................................
.. 16 8.0 Calculation
................................
................................
................................
................................
.... 18 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram
................................
................................
................................
............
24 Attachments:
1 E-mail message from General Electric Power Management to George Boles
.....................
1 page 2 Design Verification Form and Comments
................................
................................
..........
5 pages SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 6 OF  30 1.0 Purpose and Description


===1.1. Purpose===
==Title:==
The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Division III, Safety
Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays -            Editorial GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay                                                  YES      NO (9)                                              (10)
-Related, 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays E22
System(s): 302                                    Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)
-27N1 and 27N2. Nominal trip Setpoints and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and G13.18.3.1
(11)                                            (12)
-005. 1.2. Loop Descriptions The DIV. III incoming Normal Supply power is monitored by two undervoltage relays (27N1 and 27N2) whose outputs are arranged in a one
Safety Class:                                    Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
-out-of-two logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compare measured input signals with pre
Safety / Quality Related                          E22-S004-27N1                E22-S004-27N2 Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (13)
-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, opens the DIV III Normal Supply source breaker.
Document Type: F43.02 (14)
The Division III 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Voltage instrumentation and associated trip logic. The DIV III emergency bus is monitored by undervoltage relays 27S1 through 27S4) whose outputs are arranged in a one
Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, calculation REVIEWS (15)                                (16)                                 (17)
-out-of-two, twice logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3).
Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS                Robin Smith / See AS                Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer                                                    Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer                              Comments Attached Comments Attached


===1.3. Design===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                PAGE 2 OF 30 CALCULATION REFERENCE          CALCULATION NO:          G.13.18.6.2-ENS*004 SHEET                          REVISION:      002 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations) None II. Relationships:                Sht  Rev      Input    Output      Impact  Tracking No.
Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3
Doc      Doc        Y/N
, "successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources." 1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability of distribution in accordance with "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology," (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations", (Reference 3.2).
: 1. EN-DC-126                    --      004                            N
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.
: 2. EN-IC-S-007-R               0      000                            N
: 3. 7224.300-000-001B            0      300                            N
: 4. 201.130-186                  0      000                            N
: 5. 215.150                      0      006                            N
: 6. G080-1344                    0      000                            N
: 7. 6221.418-000-001A            0      300                            N
: 8. F137-0100                    0      000                            N
: 9. 0221.418-000-008            0      300                            N
: 10. EE-001M                    0      009                            N
: 11. GE-828E537AA                003    028                            N
: 12. GE-828E537AA                007    030                            N
: 13. GE-828E537AA                008    028                            N
: 14. GE-828E537AA                011    030                            N
: 15. STP-302-1604                --      021                            Y    A/R 00154228
: 16. GE-152D8167                005    004                            N
: 17. G13.18.6.3-012              0       000                            N
: 18. EDP-AN-02                  --      301                            N
: 19. GE-152D8167                003    006                            N
: 20. GE-152D8167                003A    006                            N
: 21. GE-152D8167                004    007                            N
: 22. BE-230D                    0      011                            N
: 23. 0221.418-000-049            0      300                            N
: 25. G13.18.3.1-005              0      000                            Y    EC40339


===1.5. Applicability===
SETPOINT CALCULATION              CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT              G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION              PAGE 3 OF 30 III.     CROSS
A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==REFERENCES:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 7 OF  30 2.0 Results/Conclusion 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage and Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in table 2.1
: 2. Technical Specifications section B3.3.8.1
-1. Table 2.1-1 Model NGV Loss of Voltage Relay
: 3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993), C37.90 (1989)
- Voltage Trip System(s) Loop Identification Loop Uncertainty (LU)  VAC Channel Drift (D L)  VAC Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)  VAC M&TE Loop Accuracy Requirements (MTE L) VAC Maximum Loop Setting Tol. (ALT L) VAC 302 E22-S004-27 N1 E22-S004-27N2 +/- 2.37  *+/- 82.95 +/- 5.823 +/- 5. 51 *+/- 192.85 +/- 0. 390 +/- 0.99
: 4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-10
* Value adjusted to reflect uncertainty applied to the primary of the potential transformer.
: 5. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5 IV.       SOFTWARE USED:          N/A


===2.2. Conclusions===
==Title:==
The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.
Version/Release:        Disk/CD No.
V.       DISK/CDS INCLUDED:          N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Version/Release        Disk/CD No.
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 8 OF  30 3.0 References 3.1. EN-DC-126, "Engineering Calculation Process
VI.       OTHER CHANGES:
" 3.2. EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations
References removed from calculation: G13.18.3.1*002
" 3.3. 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC
-313 36P-A , "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology
" 3.4. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5. 201.130-186, "Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building"


===3.6. Environmental===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 4 OF 30 Revision                                      Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of loss of voltage relay setpoints by Electrical 0
Design Criteria, Spec 215.150 , Rev. 006 , including USAR figures 3.11
Engineering 1    Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753.
-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP
EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1-005 into this 2
-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7. RBS Operating License 3.7.1. Not used 3.7.2. Not used 3.7.3. Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.8. RBS USAR None  3.9. Vendor Manuals/Documents 3.9.1. G080-1344, General Electric Instructions Undervoltage Relays 3.9.2. F137-0100, Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.3. Multi-Amp Instructions for the EPOCH
calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.
-10, Microprocessor
-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.4. 6221.418-000-001A, High Pressure Core Spray System Power Supply Unit, NEDO
-10905 3.9.5. 02 21.418-000-008, Purchase Specification Data Sheet 21A9300AU, High Pressure Core Spray System 3.10. Electrical Schematics 3.10.1. EE-001M, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus E22
-S004 3.10.2. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 003, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.3. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 007 , Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.4. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 008 , Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                               CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                                              PAGE 5 OF 30 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION                                                                                                                                    PAGE 1.0  Purpose and Description.................................................................................................................. 6 2.0  Results/Conclusion .......................................................................................................................... 7 3.0  References ....................................................................................................................................... 8 4.0  Design Input .................................................................................................................................. 10 5.0  Nomenclature ................................................................................................................................ 14 6.0  Calculation Methodology .............................................................................................................. 15 7.0  Assumptions .................................................................................................................................. 16 8.0  Calculation .................................................................................................................................... 18 9.0  Simplified Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 24 Attachments:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
1    E-mail message from General Electric Power Management to George Boles..................... 1 page 2    Design Verification Form and Comments ..........................................................................5 pages
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 9 OF 30 3.10.5. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 011, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.11. Surveillance Test Procedures:
3.11.1. Not used 3.11.2. Not used  3.12. Logic Diagrams 3.12.1. GE-152D8167, Sheet 003, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply  3.12.2. GE-152D8167, Sheet 003A, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.3. GE-152D8167, Sheet 004, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.4. GE-152D8167, Sheet 005, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.13. Standards 3.13.1. ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2. ANSI Standard C37.90, Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus 3.14. E-mail message from General Electric Power Management to George Boles, Attachment 1 3.15. G13.18.6.3
-0 12 , General Electric Model NGV13B Relay Drift Analysis 3.16. BE-230D, 4.16kV Bus 1E22
*S004 Relay Settings 3.17. 0221.418-000-049, 1E22-S004 Equipment Summary 3.18. G13.18.3.1
-005,  Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 10 OF  30 4.0 Design Input 4.1. Loop Input 4.1.1. Loop Data:
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Da ta Reference Loop Sensor(s)
E22-S004 PT-Line 3.10.4 Location E22-S004 3.10.4 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.10.4 Input Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.10.4  4.1.2. Special Considerations:
4.1.2.1. Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator mode (Reference 3.9.3)
Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to medium resolution (Reference 3.9.2) 4.1.2.2. A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the location where the M&TE will be used shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter
.
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 11 OF  30 4.2. Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s)
E22-S004-PT-Bus 3.4 Manufacturer GE 3.17 Model(s) JVM 3.17 Location(s)
CB. 116'EL/E22
-S004 3.4 Service Description Transformer


===3.4 Instrument===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 6 OF 30 1.0    Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays E22-27N1 and 27N2. Nominal trip Setpoints and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and G13.18.3.1-005.
Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.10.4 Instrument Span 120 VAC 3.10.4 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.10.4 Calibration Interval Evaluated N/A Note Device Setting Tolerance N/A Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted. Therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval
1.2. Loop Descriptions The DIV. III incoming Normal Supply power is monitored by two undervoltage relays (27N1 and 27N2) whose outputs are arranged in a one-out-of-two logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compare measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, opens the DIV III Normal Supply source breaker.
. Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description Data Reference Component Number(s)
The Division III 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Voltage instrumentation and associated trip logic. The DIV III emergency bus is monitored by undervoltage relays 27S1 through 27S4) whose outputs are arranged in a one-out-of-two, twice logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3).
E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 3.4 Manufacturer General Electric 3.16 Model 12 NGV 3.16 Location(s)
1.3. Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.
CB. 116'EL/E22
1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability of distribution in accordance with General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations, (Reference 3.2).
-S004 3.4 Service Description Relay 3.4 Input Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.1 Output Contact Action 3.10, 3.12 Calibration Interval Evaluated 30 Mo. (24 Mo. + 25%)
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.
1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.


===3.2 SETPOINT===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 7 OF 30 2.0      Results/Conclusion 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage and Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in table 2.1-1.
CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
Table 2.1-1 Model NGV Loss of Voltage Relay - Voltage Trip Maximum Loop        Channel    Total Loop    M&TE Loop Loop Setting Uncertainty      Drift    Uncertainty    Accuracy Loop                                                                          Tol.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
System(s)                             (LU)          (DL)        (TLU)      Requirements Identification                                                                  (ALTL)
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 12 OF 30 4.3. Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 General Electric JVM Description Data Reference Reference Accuracy (RA T) 0.3% of setting 3.9.4, 8.2.1
(MTEL)
VAC          VAC            VAC          VAC VAC E22-S004-27N1          +/- 2.37                      +/- 5. 51 302                                            +/- 5.823                    +/- 0. 390          +/- 0.99 E22-S004-27N2          *+/- 82.95                  *+/- 192.85
* Value adjusted to reflect uncertainty applied to the primary of the potential transformer.
2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.


====7.1.2 Seismic====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 8 OF 30 3.0    References 3.1. EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2. EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations 3.3. 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5. 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6. Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, Rev. 006, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7. RBS Operating License 3.7.1. Not used 3.7.2. Not used 3.7.3. Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.8. RBS USAR None 3.9. Vendor Manuals/Documents 3.9.1. G080-1344, General Electric Instructions Undervoltage Relays 3.9.2. F137-0100, Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.3. Multi-Amp Instructions for the EPOCH-10, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.4. 6221.418-000-001A, High Pressure Core Spray System Power Supply Unit, NEDO-10905 3.9.5. 0221.418-000-008, Purchase Specification Data Sheet 21A9300AU, High Pressure Core Spray System 3.10. Electrical Schematics 3.10.1. EE-001M, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus E22-S004 3.10.2. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 003, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.3. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 007, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.4. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 008, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System
Effects (SE T) N/A 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE T) N/A 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR T) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD T) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR T) N/A 7.1.14  Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 General Electric NGV Description Data Reference Reference Accuracy (RA R) +/- 1% of setting 3.14, Attachment 1


====7.1.2 Seismic====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 9 OF 30 3.10.5. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 011, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.11. Surveillance Test Procedures:
Effects (SE R) 0 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE R) 2% of setting (68 o F - 104 o F) 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR R) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD R) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR R) +/- 5.823 VAC  3.15 Power Supply Effect (PS R) N/A 7.1.6 Reset Differential 10% of Setting 3.9.1 7.1.2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
3.11.1. Not used 3.11.2. Not used 3.12. Logic Diagrams 3.12.1. GE-152D8167, Sheet 003, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.2. GE-152D8167, Sheet 003A, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.3. GE-152D8167, Sheet 004, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.4. GE-152D8167, Sheet 005, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.13. Standards 3.13.1. ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2. ANSI Standard C37.90, Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus 3.14. E-mail message from General Electric Power Management to George Boles, Attachment 1 3.15. G13.18.6.3-012, General Electric Model NGV13B Relay Drift Analysis 3.16. BE-230D, 4.16kV Bus 1E22*S004 Relay Settings 3.17. 0221.418-000-049, 1E22-S004 Equipment Summary 3.18. G13.18.3.1-005, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 13 OF  30 4.4. Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-116-2 Description Data Reference Location  Building/Elevation CB-116 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room


===3.4 Normal===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 10 OF 30 4.0    Design Input 4.1. Loop Input 4.1.1. Loop Data:
Temperature Range, o F 40 - 104 3.6 , 7.1.12 Humidity Range, %RH 20 - 90 3.6 , 7.1.9 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, Rads 800 3.6 Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description                            Data                        Reference Loop Sensor(s)                    E22-S004 PT-Line                        3.10.4 Location                          E22-S004                          3.10.4 Output Range                        0 - 120 VAC                          3.10.4 Input Range                       0 - 4200 VAC                          3.10.4 4.1.2. Special Considerations:
Temperature Range, o F Same as Normal
4.1.2.1. Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
* Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator mode (Reference 3.9.3)
* Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to medium resolution (Reference 3.9.2) 4.1.2.2. A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the location where the M&TE will be used shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.


===3.6 Humidity===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 11 OF 30 4.2. Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description                          Data                          Reference Component Number(s)                    E22-S004-PT-Bus                          3.4 Manufacturer                                    GE                              3.17 Model(s)                                      JVM                              3.17 Location(s)                          CB. 116EL/E22-S004                          3.4 Service Description                        Transformer                            3.4 Instrument Range                          0 - 4200 VAC                          3.10.4 Instrument Span                              120 VAC                            3.10.4 Output Range                              0 - 120 VAC                          3.10.4 Calibration Interval Evaluated                  N/A                              Note Device Setting Tolerance                        N/A                              Note Note:  Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted.
Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal
Therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval.
Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description                          Data                          Reference E22-S004-27N1 Component Number(s)                                                              3.4 E22-S004-27N2 Manufacturer                            General Electric                        3.16 Model                                        12NGV                              3.16 Location(s)                          CB. 116EL/E22-S004                          3.4 Service Description                            Relay                              3.4 Input Range                               0 - 120 VAC                          3.9.1 Output                                    Contact Action                      3.10, 3.12 30 Mo.
Calibration Interval Evaluated                                                    3.2 (24 Mo. + 25%)


===3.6 Pressure===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 12 OF 30 4.3. Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 General Electric JVM Description                          Data                      Reference 0.3% of setting                3.9.4, 8.2.1 Reference Accuracy (RAT) 2                          7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SET)                            N/A                        7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TET)                        N/A                        7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRT)              N/A                        7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDT)                    N/A                        7.1.13 Drift (DRT)                                      N/A                        7.1.14 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 General Electric NGV Description                          Data                      Reference
Range Same as Normal
                                            +/- 1% of setting            3.14, Attachment 1 Reference Accuracy (RAR) 2                          7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SER)                              0                          7.1.4 2% of setting Temperature Effects (TER)                                                    7.1.12 (68oF - 104oF)
Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR)              N/A                        7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR)                    N/A                        7.1.13
                                              +/- 5.823 VAC Drift (DRR)                                                                    3.15 2
Power Supply Effect (PSR)                        N/A                          7.1.6 10% of Setting                    3.9.1 Reset Differential 2                          7.1.2


===3.6 Seismic===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                PAGE 13 OF 30 4.4. Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-116-2 Description                          Data                  Reference Location Building/Elevation                                  CB-116                      3.4 Room/Area                                        Switchgear Room                  3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF                                40 - 104                3.6, 7.1.12 Humidity Range, %RH                                  20 - 90                  3.6, 7.1.9 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose,              800                        3.6 Rads Pressure Range                                        Atmos                      3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
Accelerations, g
Temperature Range, oF                            Same as Normal                  3.6 Humidity Range, %RH                              Same as Normal                  3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads            Same as Normal                  3.6 Pressure Range                                    Same as Normal                  3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g                                        <3                        3.5
< 3 3.5 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 14 OF 30 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 14 OF 30 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 15 OF 30 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, "Engineering Calculation Process" (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300
-000-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology" (Reference 3.3).


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 15 OF 30 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 16 OF 30 7.0 Assumptions


===7.1. Assumptions===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 16 OF 30 7.0    Assumptions 7.1. Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1. Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
that do not require confirmation
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
 
7.1.2. Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.
====7.1.1. Miscellaneous====
7.1.3. Zero Effect Not applicable 7.1.4. Seismic Effects (SE)
Allowance (ML)
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices intermediate rounding of values, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
7.1.2. For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 7.1.3. Zero Effect Not applicable
 
====7.1.4. Seismic====
Effects (SE)
Seismic effects are assumed to be negligible for the NGV relay, per Reference 3.9.5.
Seismic effects are assumed to be negligible for the NGV relay, per Reference 3.9.5.
Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
 
7.1.5. Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
====7.1.5. Radiation====
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
7.1.6. Power Supply Effects (PS)
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environmen t (Reference 3.6).
 
====7.1.6. Power====
Supply Effects (PS)
Power supply effects are not applicable to type NGV relays as the relay does not utilize a control power source separate from the sensed voltage.
Power supply effects are not applicable to type NGV relays as the relay does not utilize a control power source separate from the sensed voltage.
Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers.
Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers.
7.1.7. Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
Not Applicable 7.1.8. Static Pressure Effects (SP)
Not Applicable 7.1.9. Humidity Effects (HE)
The relays were specified by the HPCS manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to with stand the environmental effects in the mounting location. The HPCS Design Specification, Section 4.6.1 (reference 3.9.5) states that the design conditions for the switchgear and its sub-components are 20-90% Relative Humidity. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-116-2 is 20 to 90% RH. Reference 3.6 also


====7.1.7. Process====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 17 OF 30 identifies that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the humidity could be 5 % higher. This is considered negligible. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity Effects are negligible.
Measurement Uncertainty (PM) Not Applicable
 
====7.1.8. Static====
Pressure Effects (SP)
Not Applicable
 
====7.1.9. Humidity====
Effects (HE)
The relays were specified by the HPCS manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to with stand the environmental effects in the mounting location. The HPCS Design Specification, Section 4.6.1 (reference 3.9.5) states that the design conditions for the switchgear and its sub
-components are 20
-90% Relative Humidity. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB
-116-2 is 20 to 90% RH. Reference 3.6 also SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 17 OF 30 identifies that 1% of the calend a r year (30 hours) the humidity could be 5 % higher. This is considered negligible.
Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity Effects are negligible.
7.1.10. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
7.1.10. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.
7.1.11. Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the under
7.1.11. Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the under-voltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.
-voltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.
7.1.12. Temperature Effects (TE)
7.1.12. Temperature Effects (TE)
There is no temperature effect data available from the manufacturer for the Type NGV relay. Therefore for conservatism, temperature effects are assumed to be equal to the repeatability value (+/-
There is no temperature effect data available from the manufacturer for the Type NGV relay. Therefore for conservatism, temperature effects are assumed to be equal to the repeatability value (+/- 1% of setting) given in Attachment 1. Reference 3.6 also identifies that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5oF higher. This is considered negligible.
1% of setting) given in Attachment  
Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output.
: 1. Reference 3.6 also identifies that 1% of the calend ar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5 oF higher. This is considered negligible.
7.1.13. Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers.
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.15 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device.
Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output. 7.1.13. Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.15 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device
7.1.14. Instrument Drift The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.15.
. Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
Drift is not applicable to transformers.
7.1.14. Instrument Drift The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.15
7.2. Assumptions that require confirmation None
. Drift is not applicable to transformers.


===7.2. Assumptions===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 18 OF 30 8.0     Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
that require confirmation None SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
8.1)   Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2)   Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.3)   Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4)   Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5)   Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6)   Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7)   Calculation of the Loop Drift (DL) 8.8)   Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9)   Calculation of Reset Differential (RD) 8.10)   As-Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11)   As-Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12)   Loop Tolerances 8.1. Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1. Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per Reference 3.9.4, page 5-10, section 5.3, the Type JVM potential transformer has a 1.2% ratio error for a combined relaying and metering burden of greater than 75 VA.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
However, a burden below 75VA yields a transformer accuracy of +/- 0.3% of setting. As shown below, the devices fed by the PT Line transformer do not meet the 75 VA burden threshold.
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 18 OF 30 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
2 Model NGV Undervoltage Relays @ 4.2 VA each        =  8.4 2 Model 27N Undervoltage Relays @ 0.5 VA each        =  1.0 1 Synchronizing Relay @ 2.0 VA                        =  2.0 2 Volt Meter, GE AB40 @ 0.32 VA each                  =  0.64 1 Synchronizing Scope @ 5.2 VA                        =  5.2 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value      =  10.0 27.24 VA Therefore, PT Reference Accuracy shall be 0.3% of setting (90.24 VAC per Ref. 3.18) or 0.261 VAC for this calculation.
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (C L) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of the Loop Drift (D L) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential (RD) 8.10) As-Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As-Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances


===8.1. Calculation===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 19 OF 30 8.1.2. Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TER) (Assumption 7.1.12)
of Miscellaneous Uncertainties
TER = +/- 1% Setting
                  = +/- 0.01 x 90.24 VAC
                  = +/- 0.903 VAC 8.2. Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1. Transformer Reference Accuracy (RAT)
RAT = +/- 0.3% of Setting
                  = +/- 0.003
* 90.24 VAC
                  = +/- 0.271 VAC                                                      (2 Value) 8.2.2. Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy for Voltage Setting (RAR)
RAR = +/- 1% of Setting
                  = +/- 0.01
* 90.24 VAC
                  = +/- 0.903 VAC                                                      (2 Value) 8.2.3. Loop Reference Accuracy (RAL)
(Reference 3.2)
RAL = +/- [(RAT)2 + (RAR)2]1/2
                  = +/- [(0.271)2 + (0.903)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.943 VAC                                                      (2 Value) 8.3. Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1. Device Uncertainty Transformer (AT) (Sections 4.3 and 8.2.1)
AT    = +/- [(RAT)2]1/2
                  = +/- [(0.271)2]1/2
                  = + 0.271 VAC                                                      (2 Value) 8.3.2. Device Uncertainty Relay Voltage Setting (AR)
AR    = +/- [(RAR)2 + (PSR)2 + (TER)2]1/2
                  = +/- [(0.903)2 + (0)2 + (0.903)2]1/2
                  = +/- 1.278 VAC                                                      (2 Value) 8.4. Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
Per reference 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Calibration uncertainty (CL) is defined as:
CL    = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2
            = +/- [0.3902 + 0.992]1/2 VAC                        Reference sections 8.4.1 and 8.4.2
            = +/- 1.07 VAC                                                              (2 Value)


====8.1.1. Calculation====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 20 OF 30 8.4.1. Measuring and Test Equipment Effects - Relay (MTEL)
of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per Reference 3.9.4, page 5
Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
-10, section 5.3, the Type JVM potential transformer has a 1.2% ratio error for a combined relaying and metering burden of greater than 75 VA. However, a burden below 75VA yields a transformer accuracy of +/- 0.3% of setting. As shown below, the devices fed by the PT Line transformer do not meet the 75 VA burden threshold.
MTEL = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where:
2 Model NGV Undervoltage Relays @ 4.2 VA each
MTERAT =     Reference accuracy of the M&TE used for calibration. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.271 VAC (Reference 3.2).
= 8.4 2 Model 27N Undervoltage Relays @ 0.
MTERIT =      Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
5 VA each = 1.0 1 Synchronizing Relay @ 2.0 VA
MTETET =      Effects of temperature changes on the M&TE between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.271 VAC (Reference 3.2).
= 2.0 2 Volt Meter, GE AB40 @ 0.32 VA each
MTECST =      The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.068 VAC (Reference 3.2).
= 0.64 1 Synchronizing Scope @ 5.2 VA
MTEL    =    +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2
= 5.2 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value
                    =    +/- [(0.271)2 + (0)2 + (0.271)2 + (0.068)2]1/2
= 10.0 27.24 VA Therefore, PT Reference Accuracy shall be 0.3% of setting (90.24 VAC per Ref.
                    =   +/- 0.390 VAC                                                    (2 Value) 8.4.2. Calculation of Calibration Effects (CT)
3.18) or 0.261 VAC for this calculation.
Calibration Effects (CTL) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
CTL =     Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of the calibration effects which are uncertainties due to as Left loop accuracy. Per section 8.12, the as left loop tolerance (ALTL) is 0.99 VAC.
CTL =     +/- 0.99 VAC                                                        (2 value) 8.5. Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6. Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU)
LU    = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)
            = +/- (1.645/2)[(0.271)2 + (1.278)2 + (1.07)2]1/2 +/- 0.981
            = +/- 2.37 VAC Adjusted to reflect primary voltage to the PT
            = +/- 2.37 x PT Ratio (Primary Voltage/Secondary Voltage)
            = +/- 2.37 x 35 VAC
            = +/- 82.95 VAC


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 21 OF 30 8.7. Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1. Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 for per Assumption 7.1.13 8.7.2. Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3. Relay Drift (DRR):
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Assumption 7.1.14 DRR = +/- 5.823 VAC                                                            (2 Value)
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 19 OF 30 8.1.2. Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TE R) (Assumption 7.1.12)
As the only component of loop drift is the relay drift determined in reference 3.15, Loop Drift (DRL) is equal to Relay Drift (DRR).
TE R = +/- 1% Setting
DL = +/- 5.823 VAC                                                              (2 Value) 8.8. Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) Calculation:
= +/- 0.01 x 90.24 VAC = +/- 0.903 VAC 8.2. Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty
TLU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2 + (DRL)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)
            = +/- (1.645/2)[(0.271)2 + (1.278)2 + (1.07) + (5.823)2]1/2 +/- 0.523
            = +/- 5.51VAC Adjusted to reflect primary voltage to the PT:
            = +/- 5.51 x PT Ratio (Primary Voltage/Secondary Voltage)
            = +/- 5.51 x 35 VAC
            = +/- 192.85 VAC 8.9. Calculation of Reset Differential The reset differential is applied to the voltage setting and is specified to be +/- 10% of setting per References 3.9.1. This value will be used in the calculation.
RR =      +/- 0.1
* setting VAC
          =  +/- 0.1*90.24
          =  +/- 9.02 VAC Adjusted to reflected primary (bus) voltage at the PT:
          =  RR x PT Ratio (primary voltage/secondary voltage)
          =  +/- 9.02 x 35 VAC
          =  +/- 315.7 VAC Calculated uncertainties are applicable to reset.


====8.2.1. Transformer====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION              PAGE 22 OF 30 Summary of Calculation Data Transformer                Undervoltage Relay Device 1                       Device 2 Values              Ref        Values            Ref Input Range                          0 - 42 kV      -    3.13      0 - 120        -    3.13 Process Units                          VAC          -    3.13        VAC          -    3.13 Reference Accuracy (RA)           0.3% of Setting   2    8.2.1    1% of Setting    2  8.2.2 Temperature Effect (TE)                  N/A          -   7.1.12      +/- 0.903        2 7.1.12 Seismic Effects (SE)                    N/A          -    7.1.4        N/A          -  7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)                   N/A          -    7.1.5        N/A          -   7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)                    N/A          -   7.1.14      +/- 5.823        2   3.15 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)           N/A          -    7.1.13        N/A          -  7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)              N/A          -    7.1.5        N/A          -  7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS)                 N/A          -    7.1.6        N/A          -   7.1.6 Humidity Effects (HE)                   N/A          -    7.1.9        N/A          -  7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP)             N/A          -    7.1.8        N/A          -  7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect N/A          -     7.1.7       N/A          -  7.1.7 (PM)
Reference Accuracy (RA T) RA T = +/- 0.3% of Setting
Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)        N/A          -    7.1.10        N/A          -  7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)                        N/A          -     7.1.3       N/A          -  7.1.3
= +/- 0.003
* 90.24 VAC = +/- 0.2 7 1 VAC ( 8.2.2. Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy for Voltage Setting (RA R) RA R = +/- 1% of Setting
= +/- 0.01
* 90.24 VAC = +/- 0.903 VAC  8.2.3. Loop Reference Accuracy (RA L) (Reference 3.2)
RA L = +/- [(RA T)2 + (RA R)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.2 7 1)2 + (0.903)2]1/2 = +/- 0.9 43 VAC  8.3. Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2)


====8.3.1. Device====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 23 OF 30 8.10. As-Left Tolerance (ALT)
Uncertainty Transformer (A T) (Sections 4.3 and 8.2.1)
Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used.
A T = +/- [(RA T)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.271)2]1/2 = + 0.271 VAC 8.3.2. Device Uncertainty Relay Voltage Setting (A R) A R = +/- [(RA R)2 + (PS R)2 + (TE R)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.903)2 + (0)2 + (0.903)2]1/2 = +/- 1.278 VAC 8.4. Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (C L) Per reference 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Calibration uncertainty (C L) is defined as:
ALTR - Relay Calculation MTEL        =   0.390 VAC                     Section 8.4.1 ALTR        =   +/- SRSS (RAR, MTEL)
C L = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 = +/- [0.3 90 2 + 0.99 2]1/2 VAC Reference sections 8.4.1 and 8.4.2
                                  =   +/- SRSS (0.903, 0.390) VAC
   = +/- 1.07 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
                                  =   +/- 0.99 VAC 8.11. As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
AFTR- Relay Calculation Since drift (DRR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 20 OF  30 8.4.1. Measuring and Test Equipment Effects
AFTR        =   DRR
- Relay (MTE L)  Measurement & Test Equipment (MTE L) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
                                  =   +/-5.82 VAC 8.12. Loop Tolerances ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL          =   +/- SRSS (ALTR)
MTE L = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where: MTERAT = Reference accuracy of the M&TE used for calibration. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.271 VAC (Reference 3.2).
                                    =   +/- SRSS (0.99) VAC
MTERIT = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
                                    =   +/- 0.99 VAC AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL          =   +/-SRSS (AFTR)
MTETET = Effects of temperature changes on the M&TE between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used
                                    =   +/-SRSS (5.82) VAC
. Assumed equal to the Reference accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.271 VAC (Reference 3.2).
                                    =   +/- 5.82 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALTR)                                             +/- 0.99 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFTR)                                           +/- 5.82 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                             +/- 0.99 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                             +/- 5.82 VAC
MTECST = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.068 VAC (Reference 3.2).
MTE L = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.271)2 + (0)2 + (0.271)2 + (0.068)2]1/2 = +/- 0.390 VAC (2 Value) 8.4.2. Calculation of Calibration Effects (CT)
Calibration Effects (CT L) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
CT L = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of the calibration effects which are uncertainties due to "as Left" loop accuracy.
Per section 8.12
, the as left loop tolerance (ALT L) is 0.99 VAC. CT L = +/- 0.99 VAC 8.5. Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10


===8.6. Calculation===
SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 24 OF 30 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram
of Loop Uncertainty (LU)
LU = +/- (m/n)[(A T)2 + (A R)2 + (C L)2]1/2  +/- M (margin)
= +/- (1.645/2)[(0.271)2 + (1.278)2 + (1.07)2]1/2 +/- 0.981 = +/- 2.37 VAC Adjusted to reflect primary voltage to the PT
= +/- 2.37 x PT Ratio (Primary Voltage/Secondary Voltage)
= +/- 2.37 x 35 VAC = +/- 82.95 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 21 OF 30 8.7. Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.7.1. Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TD T) 0 for per Assumption 7.1.13


====8.7.2. Relay====
SETPOINT CALCULATION  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT  G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION  PAGE 25 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 1
Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13


====8.7.3. Relay====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 26 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                         DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1         ANO-2               IP-2               IP-3               JAF                  PLP PNPS          VY                  GGNS                RBS                W3                    NP Revision No.
Drift (DR R):  Assumption 7.1.14 DR R = +/- 5.823 VAC  As the only component of loop drift is the relay drift determined in reference 3.15, Loop Drift (DR L) is equal to Relay Drift (DR R). D L = +/- 5.823 VAC  8.8. Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) Calculation:
Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*004                                                           Page 1 of 4 002
TLU = +/- (m/n)[(A T)2 + (A R)2 + (C L)2 + (DR L)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)
= +/- (1.645/2)[(0
.271)2 + (1.278)2 + (1.07) + (5.823)2]1/2 +/- 0.523 = +/- 5.51VAC Adjusted to reflect primary voltage to the PT
: = +/- 5.51 x PT Ratio (Primary Voltage/Secondary Voltage)
= +/- 5.5 1 x 35 VAC = +/- 192.85 VAC  8.9. Calculation of Reset Differential The reset differential is applied to the voltage setting and is specified to be +/-
10% of setting per Reference s 3.9.1. This value will be used in the calculation.
RR = +/- 0.1
* setting VAC
= +/- 0.1*90.24 = +/- 9.02 VAC Adjusted to reflected primary (bus) voltage at the PT:
= RR x PT Ratio (primary voltage/secondary voltage)
= +/- 9.02 x 35 VAC =  +/- 315.7 VAC Calculated uncertainties are applicable to reset.
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 22 OF 30 Summary of Calculation Data Transformer Device 1 Undervoltage Relay Device 2  Values  Ref Values  Ref Input Range 0 - 42 kV - 3.13 0 - 120 - 3.13 Process Units VAC - 3.13 VAC - 3.13 Reference Accuracy (RA) 0.3% of Setting 2 8.2.1 1% of Setting 2 8.2.2 Temperature Effect (TE)
N/A - 7.1.12 +/- 0.903 2 7.1.12 Seismic Effects (SE)
N/A - 7.1.4 N/A - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)
N/A - 7.1.14 +/- 5.823 2 3.15 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)
N/A - 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS)
N/A - 7.1.6 N/A - 7.1.6 Humidity Effects (HE)
N/A - 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP)
N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect (PM) N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)
N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)
N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 23 OF  30  8.10. As-Left Tolerance (ALT) Note:  For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used. ALT R - Relay Calculation MTE L  =  0.3 90 VAC Section 8.4.1 ALT R = +/- SRSS (RA R, MTE L)    = +/- SRSS (0.903 , 0.390) VAC    = +/- 0.99 VAC 8.11. As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
AFT R- Relay Calculation Since drift (DR R) was determined using plant specific as
-found/as-left calibration data
:  AFT R = DR R  = +/-5.82 VAC  8.12. Loop Tolerances ALT L - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALT L =  +/- SRSS (ALT R)  = +/- SRSS (0.99) VAC  = +/- 0.99 VAC AFT L - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFT L = +/-SRSS (AFT R)  = +/-SRSS (5.82) VAC  = +/- 5.82 VAC  Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALT R) +/- 0.99 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFT R) +/- 5.82 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.99 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 5.82 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 24 OF  30 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays - GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay Quality Related           Augmented Quality Related DV Method:             Design Review             Alternate Calculation             Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED                  DISCIPLINE            VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 25 OF  30 ATTACHMENT 1
Electrical        Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:
ATTACHMENT 2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
Mary Coffaro/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 26 OF  30 ATTACHMENT 9.1  DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1  ANO-2  IP-2  IP-3  JAF  PLP  PNPS  VY  GGNS  RBS  W3  NP Document No.
G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004 Revision No.
00 2 Page 1 of 4 Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays  
- GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method:
Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing


VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED  (DV print, sign, and date)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 27 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                              DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:                                                                                  DISCIPLINE:
Electrical Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear        Originator:
Document
Mary Coffaro/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved


ATTACHMENT 2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays -           Civil/Structural GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay                                               Electrical Doc. No.:                 G13.18.6.2-ENS*004                     Rev. 002  QA Cat.
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 27 OF  30 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:
I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier:                                                                                          Mechanical Print                     Sign                   Date Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification.
DISCIPLINE:
N/A Print                   Sign               Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
Civil/Structural Electrical I & C Mechanical Nuclear Other Document Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays  
Design Review                                 Alternate Calculations                   Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
- GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2
NOTE         The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
-ENS*004 Rev. 00 2 QA Cat. Verifier: Robin Smith
: 1.       Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
/ See AS for signature & date Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
N/A           Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11  
- 1974.
NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
: 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable
. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
Yes No N/A   2. Assumptions  
Yes               No               N/A
- Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re
: 2.       Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?
-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Yes No N/A   3. Quality Assurance  
Yes               No               N/A
- Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
: 3.       Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
Yes No  N/A ATTACHMENT 2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
Yes               No               N/A
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 28 OF  30 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3  4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements
- Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
Yes  No  N/A    5. Construction and Operating Experience
- Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes  No  N/A    6. Interfaces
- Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes  No  N/A    7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes  No  N/A    8. Design Outputs
- Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes  No  N/A    9. Parts, Equipment and Processes
- Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes  No  N/A    10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes  No  N/A    11. Maintenance requirements
- Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes  No  N/A    12. Accessibility for Maintenance
- Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Ye s  No  N/A    13. Accessibility for In
-service Inspection
- Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in
-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes  No  N/A    14. Radiation Exposure
- Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes  No  N/A    15. Acceptance Criteria
- Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes  No  N/A ATTACHMENT 2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 29 OF  30 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3 16. Test Requirements
- Have adequate pre
-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
Yes  No  N/A    17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping
- Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    18. Identification Requirements
- Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    19. Records and Documentation
- Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?
Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method?  Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
Yes  No  N/A    20. Software Quality Assurance
- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN
- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
ENS sites: This is an EN
-IT-104 task. However, per ENS
-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes  No  N/A    21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes  No N/A    


ATTACHMENT 2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 28 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                        DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 4.      Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 30 OF 30 ATTACHMENT  
Yes                No                N/A
: 5.      Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes                No                N/A
: 6.      Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes                No                N/A
: 7.      Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes                No                N/A
: 8.      Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes                No                N/A
: 9.      Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes                No                N/A
: 10.      Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes                No                N/A
: 11.      Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes                No                N/A
: 12.      Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes                No                N/A
: 13.      Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes                No                N/A
: 14.      Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes                No                N/A
: 15.      Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes                No                N/A


===9.7 DESIGN===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                              CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                              G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 29 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                            DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1  Comments / Continuation Sheet Question 
: 16.      Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
# Comments  Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup All comments resolved.
Yes                No              N/A
RS  10/12/12
: 17.      Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
Yes                No              N/A
: 18.      Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes                No              N/A
: 19.      Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,
adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
Yes                No              N/A
: 20.     Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes                No              N/A
: 21.      Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes                No              N/A


ANO-1  ANO-2  GGNS  IP-2  IP-3  PLP  JAF PNPS  RBS  VY  W3  NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION COVER PAGE (1)  EC #  40339 (2)  Page 1 of 3 4 (3) Design Basis Calc.
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 30 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.7                                                     DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question              Comments                          Resolution                Initial/Date 1      Comments provided by markup      All comments resolved.              RS 10/12/12
YES      NO (4)
CALCULATION EC Markup (5)  Calculation No:  G13.18.6.2
-ENS*006 (6)  Revision:  00 2 (7)  Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Delay Relays
- ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays (8)  Editorial YES      NO (9)  System(s):
302 (10)  Review Org (Department
):  NSBE3 (I&C Design)
(11)  Safety Class:
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (12)  Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
ENS-SWG1A-62-1 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 ENS-SWG1A-62-2 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 ENS-SWG1A-62-5 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 (13)  Document Type:
F43.02 ENS-SWG1A-62-6 ENS-SWG1B-62-6 (14)  Keywords (Description/Topical Codes):  uncertainty, time delay    REVIEWS    (15)  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Responsible Engineer (16)  Name/Signature/Date Robin Smith / See AS (17)  Name/Signature/Date Paul Matzke
/ See AS    Supervisor/Approval Design Verifie r    Reviewer    Comments Attached Comments Attached


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
ANO-1              ANO-2             GGNS                IP-2               IP-3                  PLP JAF                PNPS              RBS                  VY                W3 NP-GGNS-3          NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION            (1)                                                    (2)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
EC #        40339                                        Page 1 of    34 COVER PAGE (3)                                                (4)
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 2 OF  34  CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations)
Design Basis Calc.     YES      NO                      CALCULATION                  EC Markup (5)                                                                                        (6)
:  II. Relationships
Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*006                                                        Revision: 002 (7)                                                                                        (8)
: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No.
: 1. EN-DC-126 -- 004  N  2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000  N  3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300  N  4. 201.130-186 0 000  N  5. 215.150 0 006  N  6. B455-01 47 0 000  N  7. 3242.521-102-001A 0 3 00  N  8. 0242.521-102-133 0 300  N  9. B455-0157 0 0 00  N  10. EE-001K 0 019  N  11. EE-001L 0 015  N  12. ESK-08ENS01 001 008  N  13. ESK-08EGS09 001 013  N  14. ESK-08EGS10 001 012  N  15. ESK-08EGS13 001 011  N  16. ESK-08EGS14 001 010  N  17. ESK-08EGS15 001 0 10  N  18. ESK-08EGS16 001 007  N  19. STP-302-1600 -- 0 20  N  20. STP-302-1601 -- 0 20  N  21. G13.18.6.3
-009 0 000  N  22. LSK-24-09.05A 001 015  N  23. EDP-AN-02 -- 301  N  24. 0242.521-102-129 0 300  N  25. G13.18.3.1*001 0 003  Y EC 37097 26. STP-302-1602 -- 02 3  Y A/R 001542 32 


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time                Editorial Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays                              YES      NO (9)                                            (10)
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 3 OF  34 II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No.
System(s): 302                                  Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)
: 27. STP-302-1603 -- 02 4  Y A/R 001542 33 28. BE-230A 0 00 9  N  29. BE-230B 0 0 11  N  30. EE-420G 0 011  N  31. EE-420H 0 008  N  32. STP-302-0102 -- 01 7  N  33. G13.18.3.1
(11)                                          (12)
-004 0 000  Y EC 40339 II I. CROSS REFERENCES
Safety Class:                                 Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
:  1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
Safety / Quality Related                        ENS-SWG1A-62-1                ENS-SWG1B-62-1 Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related ENS-SWG1A-62-2                ENS-SWG1B-62-2 ENS-SWG1A-62-5                ENS-SWG1B-62-5 (13)
: 2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
Document Type: F43.02                              ENS-SWG1A-62-6                ENS-SWG1B-62-6 (14)
: 3. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH
Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, time delay REVIEWS (15)                                (16)                                  (17)
-40 4. USAR Figures 3.11
Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date                    Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS              Robin Smith / See AS                  Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer                                                      Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer                                  Comments Attached Comments Attached
-1 through 5.
: 5. EQTAP  IV. SOFTWARE USED
: Title:  N/A  Version/Release:
Disk/CD No.
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED
: Title:  N/A  Version/Release Disk/CD No.
VI. OTHER CHANGES
:  References removed from calculation: G13.18.6.2
-ENS*005 , G13.18.3.1*002


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT          G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION            PAGE 2 OF 34 CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations):
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
II. Relationships:              Sht  Rev      Input Output      Impact  Tracking No.
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 4 OF 34 Revision Record of Revision 0 Initial issue to support determination of degraded voltage relay setpoints and LAR by ER
Doc  Doc        Y/N
-RB-2001-0360-000. 1 Incorporated new drift value for 62K and 62L relay per EC 11753. 2 EC 40339: Revised to provide the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
: 1. EN-DC-126                    --  004                        N
-LOCA time delay Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty based on the revised setpoint provided in calculation G13.18.3.1
: 2. EN-IC-S-007-R                0    000                        N
-004. Added ALT and AFT (sections 8.9 through 8.11
: 3. 7224.300-000-001B            0    300                        N
) for Time Delay Relay 62
: 4. 201.130-186                  0   000                        N
-2 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011
: 5. 215.150                      0    006                        N
-05.          
: 6. B455-0147                    0    000                        N
: 7. 3242.521-102-001A            0    300                        N
: 8. 0242.521-102-133              0    300                        N
: 9. B455-0157                    0    000                         N
: 10. EE-001K                      0    019                        N
: 11. EE-001L                      0    015                        N
: 12. ESK-08ENS01                001    008                        N
: 13. ESK-08EGS09                001    013                        N
: 14. ESK-08EGS10                001    012                        N
: 15. ESK-08EGS13                001    011                        N
: 16. ESK-08EGS14                001    010                        N
: 17. ESK-08EGS15                001    010                        N
: 18. ESK-08EGS16                001    007                        N
: 19. STP-302-1600                --  020                        N
: 20. STP-302-1601                --  020                        N
: 21. G13.18.6.3-009              0    000                        N
: 22. LSK-24-09.05A              001    015                        N
: 23. EDP-AN-02                    --   301                        N
: 24. 0242.521-102-129            0    300                        N
: 25. G13.18.3.1*001              0    003                        Y        EC37097
: 26. STP-302-1602                --  023                        Y      A/R 00154232


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 3 OF 34 II. Relationships:                      Sht    Rev      Input      Output      Impact  Tracking No.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Doc        Doc        Y/N
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 5 OF 34 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION SHEET 1.0 PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 6 2.0 RESULTS/CONCLUSION 8
: 27. STP-302-1603                        --    024                            Y      A/R 00154233
: 28. BE-230A                            0    009                            N
: 29. BE-230B                            0    011                            N
: 30. EE-420G                            0    011                            N
: 31. EE-420H                            0     008                            N
: 32. STP-302-0102                        --    017                            N
: 33. G13.18.3.1-004                      0     000                            Y        EC40339 III.      CROSS


==3.0 REFERENCES==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
: 2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
: 3. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-40
: 4. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5.
: 5. EQTAP IV.      SOFTWARE USED:


9 4.0 DESIGN INPUT 12 5.0 NOMENCLATURE 15 6.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY 16 7.0 ASSUMPTIONS 17 8.0 CALCULATION 19 9.0 APPLICABLE MARK NUMBERS 29 Attachments:
==Title:==
1 Design Verification Record and Comments
N/A                      Version/Release:            Disk/CD No.
................................
V.       DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
................................
....... 5 pages   


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
N/A                      Version/Release            Disk/CD No.
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 6 OF  34 1.0 PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION
VI.       OTHER CHANGES:
References removed from calculation: G13.18.6.2-ENS*005, G13.18.3.1*002


===1.1 Purpose===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 4 OF 34 Revision                                        Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of degraded voltage relay setpoints and LAR by ER-RB-0 2001-0360-000.
The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the Division I & II, Safety
1     Incorporated new drift value for 62K and 62L relay per EC 11753.
-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*001 and G13.18.3.1
EC40339: Revised to provide the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty based on the revised setpoint provided in calculation 2
-004. 1.2 Loop Descriptions
G13.18.3.1-004. Added ALT and AFT (sections 8.9 through 8.11) for Time Delay Relay 62-2 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05.


Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss Of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.
SETPOINT CALCULATION                              CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                              G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 5 OF 34 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION                                                                                                          SHEET 1.0    PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION                                                                                      6 2.0    RESULTS/CONCLUSION                                                                                          8


Each 4.16 kV bus is monitored by three degraded voltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre
==3.0    REFERENCES==
-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates a time delay relay, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic. Two different time delays are applied depending on whether a LOCA signal is present at the time of the degraded voltage.
9 4.0    DESIGN INPUT                                                                                                12 5.0    NOMENCLATURE                                                                                                15 6.0    CALCULATION METHODOLOGY                                                                                    16 7.0    ASSUMPTIONS                                                                                                17 8.0    CALCULATION                                                                                                19 9.0    APPLICABLE MARK NUMBERS                                                                                    29 Attachments:
The LOCA and Non
1      Design Verification Record and Comments ....................................................................... 5 pages
-LOCA time delay is provided by the combination of the 27N relay and the 62K relays.


===1.3 Design===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 6 OF 34 1.0 PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 1.1  Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the Division I
Bases/Design Bases Event  
        & II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*001 and G13.18.3.1-004.
1.2  Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss Of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.
Each 4.16 kV bus is monitored by three degraded voltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates a time delay relay, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic. Two different time delays are applied depending on whether a LOCA signal is present at the time of the degraded voltage.
The LOCA and Non-LOCA time delay is provided by the combination of the 27N relay and the 62K relays.
1.3 Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.
1.4  Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a two sided probability distribution in accordance with 7224.300-100-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations, (Reference 3.2). One-sided probability could be used since the time delay relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only. However a two sided probability is used for added conservatism.


Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 7 OF 34 The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.
, "successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor
1.5 Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.


operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources."
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 8 OF 34 2.0  RESULTS/CONCLUSION 2.1    Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Time Delay Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1.
Table 2.1-1 Model 62K and 62L Relay - Time Delay Function M&TE Loop        Maximum Loop        Channel    Total Loop Accuracy          Loop Loop                    Uncertainty      Drift      Uncertainty System                  Model                                                    Requirements    Setting Tol.
Identification                  (LU)          (DL)        (TLU)
(MTEL)          (CTL)
Seconds        Seconds      Seconds Seconds        Seconds ENS-SWG1A-62-1 302                      62K        +/-0.209        +/-0.07        +/-0.221        +/- 4.15x10-3        +/- 0.2 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 ENS-SWG1A-62-2 302                      62K        +/-2.915        +/-1.05        +/-3.438        +/- 4.15x10-3        +/- 0.51 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 ENS-SWG1A-62-5 302                      62K        +/-0.306        +/-0.07        +/-0.314        +/- 4.15x10-3        +/- 0.3 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 ENS-SWG1A-62-6 302                      62L        +/-0.313        +/-0.07        +/-0.321        +/- 4.15x10-3        +/- 0.3 ENS-SWG1B-62-6 2.2    Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty are presented in Table 2.1-1.
These values are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.


===1.4 Degree===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                       G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                     PAGE 9 OF 34
of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a two sided probability distribution in accordance with 7224.300
-100-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology," (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations," (Reference 3.2). One
-sided probability could be used since the time delay relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only. However a two sided probability is used for added conservatism.
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 7 OF  34 The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.
 
===1.5 Applicability===
A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 8 OF  34 2.0 RESULTS/CONCLUSION
 
===2.1 Results===
The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Time Delay Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Model 62K and 62L Relay
- Time Delay Function System Loop Identification Model Loop Uncertainty (LU) Seconds Channel Drift (D L) Seconds Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) Seconds M&TE Loop Accuracy Requirements (MTE L) Seconds Maximum Loop Setting Tol. (CT L) Seconds  302 ENS-SWG1A-62-1 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 62K +/-0.209 +/-0.07 +/-0.221 +/- 4.1 5 x10-3 +/- 0.2  302 ENS-SWG1A-62-2 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 62K +/-2.9 15 +/-1.05 +/-3.4 38 +/- 4.1 5 x10-3 +/- 0.51  302 ENS-SWG1A-62-5 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 62K +/-0.306 +/-0.07 +/-0.314 +/- 4.1 5 x10-3 +/- 0.3  302 ENS-SWG1A-62-6 ENS-SW G1B-62-6 62L +/-0.313 +/-0.07 +/-0.321 +/- 4.1 5 x10-3 +/- 0.3    2.2 Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty are presented in Table 2.1-1. These values are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 9 OF 34  


==3.0 REFERENCES==
==3.0 REFERENCES==


3.1 EN-DC-1 26 , "Engineering Calculation Process
3.1 EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculation 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4 Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1   Not Used 3.7.2   Not Used 3.7.3   Technical Specification Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4   Not Used 3.8 RBS USAR None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1   B455-0147, ITE Solid-State Timing Relay Relays (62K) 3.9.2   B455-0157, ITE Solid-State Time Delay Relay ITE-62L 3.9.3   3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual-Stdby 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.4   Not Used 3.9.5   Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-40, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B
" 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculation
" 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC
-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology
" 3.4 Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186, "Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building"
 
===3.6 Environmental===
Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11
-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP
-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1 Not Used 3.7.2 Not Used 3.7.3 Technical Specification Bases Sections B3.3.8
.1 3.7.4 Not Used 3.8 RBS USAR None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1 B455-0147 , ITE Solid-State Timing Relay Relays (62K) 3.9.2 B455-0157 , ITE Solid-State Time Delay Relay ITE
-62L 3.9.3 3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual
-Stdby 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.4 Not Used 3.9.5 Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-40, Microprocessor
-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory
) 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1 B 


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                PAGE 10 OF 34 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection &
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 10 OF 34 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13 , DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14 , DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15 , DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16 , DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:
* SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:
3.11.1 STP-302-1600, ENS-SWG1A Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.2 STP-302-1601, ENS-SWG1B Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.3 STP-302-1602, ENS-SWG1A Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.4 STP-302-1603, ENS-SWG1B Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards None 3.14 Calculations:
3.11.1 STP-302-1600, ENS-SWG1A Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.2 STP-302-1601, ENS-SWG1B Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.3 STP-302-1602, ENS-SWG1A Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.4 STP-302-1603, ENS-SWG1B Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards None 3.14 Calculations:
3.14.1 Not Used 3.14.2 Not Used
3.14.1 Not Used 3.14.2 Not Used
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 11 OF  34 3.14.3 G13.18.6.3
-009, ABB Model ITE
-62 Relay Drift Analysis 3.14.4 G13.18.3.1
-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B 3.15 Equipment Qualification Trending and Thermal Aging Program (EQTAP) 3.16 Relay Setting Drawings 3.16.1 BE-230A, 4kV Bus 1ENS*
SW G1A Relay Settings 3.16.2 BE-230B, 4kV Bus 1ENS*
SW G1B Relay Settings 3.17 0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS*SWG 1A , 1B  3.18 0242.521-102-129, Bill of Material 1ENS*SWG1A & 1B 3.19 EE-420G , Seismic Conduit Installation Plan EL 98' 3.20 EE-420H, Seismic Conduit Installation Plan EL 98'
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 12 OF  34 4.0 DESIGN INPUT The following are the design inputs used to determine the uncertainty for the Division I and Division II degraded voltage timing relays.
4.1 Loop Input 4.1.1 Loop Data:
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s)
Relay contacts 3.10.4-9 Location ENS-SWG1A ENS-SWG1B 3.4 Output Contact Closure 3.10.4-9  4.1.2 Special Considerations:
4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
Multi-Amp EPOCH-40 DC/Timer Test set (Reference s 3.9.5 , 3.11) 4.2 Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1& 2 Description Data Device 1 Reference Data Device 2 Reference Component Number(s)
ENS-SWG1A 62-1, 62-2, 62-5 ENS-SWG1B 62-1, 62-2, 62-5 3.4 3.10 ENS-SWG1A 62-6 ENS-SWG1B 62-6 3.4 3.10 Type(s) Relay 3.4 Relay 3.4 Manufacturer Asea Brown Boveri 3.17 , 3.18 Asea Brown Boveri 3.18 Model 62K 3.17 , 3.18 62L 3.18 Location(s)
CB. 98 3.19, 3.20 CB. 98 3.19, 3.20 Service Description Relay 3.4 Relay 3.4 Quality Class Safety Related
 
===3.4 Safety===
Related
 
===3.4 Environmental===
Qualification N 3.4 N 3.4 Input Range 0.2-4 sec 0-100 sec 3.10 1-30 sec. 3.10 Output Contact Action 3.10 Contact Action 3.10 Calibration Interval Evaluated 30.0 Mo. (24 Mo. + 25%)
3.2 30.0 Mo. (24 Mo. + 25%)
 
===3.2 SETPOINT===
CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 13 OF  34 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 ITE 62K Description Data References Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RA R) +/-1% of Setting
 
====3.9.1 Seismic====
Effects (SE R) 0 7.1.4  Temperature Effects (TE R) +/-6% of setting or +/-30 ms, which ever is greater
(-15 o C - 55 o C)  3.9.1 7.1.12  Insulation Resistance Effects (IR R) N/A 7.1.10  Temperature Drift Effect (TD R) N/A 7.1.13  Drift (DR R) +/-2.072% Setpoint 3.14.3  Power Supply Effect (PS R) +/-1% of setting or +/-5 ms, which ever is greater 3.9.1 7.1.2 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 ITE 62L Description Data References Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RA R) +/-2% of Setting or +/-5 ms, whichever is greater


====3.9.2 Seismic====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 11 OF 34 3.14.3 G13.18.6.3-009, ABB Model ITE-62 Relay Drift Analysis 3.14.4 G13.18.3.1-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B 3.15 Equipment Qualification Trending and Thermal Aging Program (EQTAP) 3.16 Relay Setting Drawings 3.16.1 BE-230A, 4kV Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Relay Settings 3.16.2 BE-230B, 4kV Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Relay Settings 3.17 0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS*SWG1A, 1B 3.18 0242.521-102-129, Bill of Material 1ENS*SWG1A & 1B 3.19 EE-420G, Seismic Conduit Installation Plan EL 98 3.20 EE-420H, Seismic Conduit Installation Plan EL 98
Effects (SE R) 0 7.1.4  Temperature Effects (TE R) +/-4% of setting
(-20 o C - 55 o C) 3.9.2 7.1.12  Insulation Resistance Effects (IR R) N/A 7.1.10  Temperature Drift Effect (TD R) N/A 7.1.13  Drift (DR R) +/-2.072% Setpoint 3.14.3 Power Supply Effect (PS R) +/-2% of Setting or +/-5 ms, whichever is greater


====3.9.2 SETPOINT====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 12 OF 34 4.0 DESIGN INPUT The following are the design inputs used to determine the uncertainty for the Division I and Division II degraded voltage timing relays.
CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
4.1      Loop Input 4.1.1  Loop Data:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description                      Data                        Reference Loop Sensor(s)                Relay contacts                  3.10.4-9 ENS-SWG1A Location                                                        3.4 ENS-SWG1B Output                    Contact Closure                  3.10.4-9 4.1.2  Special Considerations:
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 14 OF 34 4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Shee t Zone: CB-98-1 Description Data Reference Location   Building/Elevation CB-98 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room
4.1.2.1  Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
* Multi-Amp EPOCH-40 DC/Timer Test set (References 3.9.5, 3.11) 4.2      Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1& 2 Description           Data Device 1        Reference       Data Device 2        Reference Component Number(s)          ENS-SWG1A                            ENS-SWG1A 62-1, 62-2, 62-5          3.4              62-6                3.4 ENS-SWG1B                3.10        ENS-SWG1B              3.10 62-1, 62-2, 62-5                            62-6 Type(s)                          Relay                3.4            Relay                3.4 Manufacturer              Asea Brown Boveri 3.17, 3.18        Asea Brown Boveri          3.18 Model                            62K              3.17, 3.18          62L                3.18 Location(s)                      CB. 98            3.19, 3.20          CB. 98           3.19, 3.20 Service Description              Relay                3.4             Relay                3.4 Quality Class                Safety Related            3.4        Safety Related          3.4 Environmental N                3.4                N                3.4 Qualification Input Range                    0.2-4 sec 3.10            1-30 sec.            3.10 0-100 sec Output                      Contact Action          3.10        Contact Action          3.10 Calibration Interval            30.0 Mo.                              30.0 Mo.
3.2                                  3.2 Evaluated                  (24 Mo. + 25%)                        (24 Mo. + 25%)


===3.4 Normal===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 13 OF 34 4.3    Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 ITE 62K Data                      References Description Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RAR)                              +/-1% of Setting                    3.9.1 Seismic Effects (SER)                                        0                          7.1.4
Temperature Range, &#xba;F 40 - 109 (68-96 act.) 3.6 3.15 Humidity Range, %RH 20-90 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, Rads 800 3.6 Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
                                      +/-6% of setting or +/-30 ms, which ever is greater 3.9.1 Temperature Effects (TER)                              (-15oC - 55oC) 7.1.12 2
Temperature Range, &#xba;F Same as Normal
Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR)                          N/A                        7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR)                              N/A                        7.1.13 Drift (DRR)                                          +/-2.072% Setpoint                  3.14.3
                                        +/-1% of setting or +/-5 ms, which ever is greater    3.9.1 Power Supply Effect (PSR) 2                          7.1.2 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 ITE 62L Data                      References Description Time Delay
                                                  +/-2% of Setting or +/-5 ms, Reference Accuracy (RAR)                                                                  3.9.2 whichever is greater Seismic Effects (SER)                                        0                          7.1.4
                                                      +/-4% of setting                    3.9.2 Temperature Effects (TER)
(-20oC - 55oC)                    7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR)                          N/A                        7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR)                              N/A                        7.1.13 Drift (DRR)                                          +/-2.072% Setpoint                  3.14.3
                                                  +/-2% of Setting or +/-5 ms,               3.9.2 Power Supply Effect (PSR) whichever is greater


===3.6 Humidity===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 14 OF 34 4.4    Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description                            Data                  Reference Location Building/Elevation                                    CB-98                      3.4 Room/Area                                      Switchgear Room                  3.4 Normal Temperature Range, &#xba;F                                40 - 109                    3.6 (68-96 act.)                3.15 Humidity Range, %RH                                    20-90                    3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose,                800                      3.6 Rads Pressure Range                                        Atmos                      3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
Range, % RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal
Temperature Range, &#xba;F                            Same as Normal                  3.6 Humidity Range, % RH                             Same as Normal                 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads           Same as Normal                  3.6 Pressure Range                                  Same as Normal                 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g                                        <3                      3.5


===3.6 Pressure===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 15 OF 34 5.0 NOMENCLATURE The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
Range Same as Normal


===3.6 Seismic===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 16 OF 34 6.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty &
Accelerations, g
Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).
< 3 3.5   


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                         G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                         PAGE 17 OF 34 7.0 ASSUMPTIONS 7.1 Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 15 OF  34 5.0 NOMENCLATURE
7.1.2 Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.
 
7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)
The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)
 
Reference 3.9.2 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage, malfunction or failure. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g.
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 16 OF  34 6.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, "Engineering Calculation Process" (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
-000-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology" (Reference 3.3).   
7.1.6 Power Supply Effects (PS)
 
Per Reference 3.9.1, the model 62K relay has a power supply effect of +/- 1% over the allowable DC control power range of 100 to 137.5 VDC (-20,+10% variation). Per Reference 3.9.2, the model 62L1 relay has a power supply effect of +/- 2% over the allowable DC control power range of 100 to 137.5 VDC (-20,+10% variation). Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC (104 to 112%).
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
Since the relay will only see an 8% voltage variation, +/-1% and +/-2% deviations will be used to calculate the PS effects for the respective time delay relays in this calculation.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
7.1.7 Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 17 OF 34 7.0 ASSUMPTIONS
Not applicable 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
 
===7.1 Assumptions===
that do not require confirmation
 
====7.1.1 Miscellaneous====
Allowance (ML)
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
7.1.2 For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to 7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)
Not applicable
Not applicable


====7.1.4 Seismic====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 18 OF 34 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)
Effects (SE)
Reference 3.9.2 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA "without damage, malfunction or failure." Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.
 
====7.1.5 Radiation====
Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
Radiation effects and radiation drift effect s a re not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
 
====7.1.6 Power====
Supply Effects (PS)
Per Reference 3.9.1, the model 62K relay has a power supply effect of +/- 1% over the allowable DC control power range of 100 to 137.5 VDC (-20,+10% variation). Per Reference 3.9.2, the model 62L1 relay has a power supply effect of +/- 2% over the allowable DC control power range of 100 to 137.5 VDC (-20,+10% variation). Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC (104 to 112%). Since the relay will only see an 8% voltage variation, +/-1% and +/-2% deviations will be used to calculate the PS effects for the respective time delay relays in this calculation.
 
====7.1.7 Process====
Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
Not applicable
 
====7.1.8 Static====
Pressure Effects (SP)
Not applicable 
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 18 OF 34 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)
The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without effect. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.
The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without effect. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.
7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. The timers evaluated are not low-current DC devices affected by current leakage due to insulation resistance degradation.
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. The timers evaluated are not low-current DC devices affected by current leakage due to insulation resistance degradation.
7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are not applicable because the timing relays evaluated are located in the same switchgear as their power source. 7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE)
7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are not applicable because the timing relays evaluated are located in the same switchgear as their power source.
Per ABB Descriptive Bulletin IB 18.7.7
7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE)
-1G, Ref. 3.9.1, the temperature effect for an ITE 62K relay is 6% of setting over a span of 5 o - 131&#xba;F (-15 o C - +55 oC) or 0.0476% per &#xba;F. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effects.
Per ABB Descriptive Bulletin IB 18.7.7-1G, Ref. 3.9.1, the temperature effect for an ITE 62K relay is 6% of setting over a span of 5o - 131&#xba;F (-15oC - +55oC) or 0.0476%
Per ABB Descriptive Bulletin IB 18.7.7
per &#xba;F. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effects.
-4B, Ref. 3.9.2, the temperature effect for an ITE 62L relay is 4% of setting over a span of  
Per ABB Descriptive Bulletin IB 18.7.7-4B, Ref. 3.9.2, the temperature effect for an ITE 62L relay is 4% of setting over a span of -4o - 131&#xba;F (-20oC - +55oC) or 0.0296% per &#xba;F. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effects.
-4 o - 131&#xba;F (-20 o C - +55 oC) or 0.0296% per  
&#xba;F. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effects.
7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14.3 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects, including drift due to temperature variations. 7.1.14 Instrument Drift Timing relay drift analysis is located in Reference 3.14.3. Expected relay drift is listed in Section 4.3 of this calculation.
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14.3 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects, including drift due to temperature variations.
 
7.1.14 Instrument Drift Timing relay drift analysis is located in Reference 3.14.3. Expected relay drift is listed in Section 4.3 of this calculation.
===7.2 Assumptions===
7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None
that require confirmation None  
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 19 OF  34 8.0 CALCULATION This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
 
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty to Use 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) As-Left Tolerance 8.10) As-Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.11) Loop Tolerances    8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties


====8.1.1 Calculation====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 19 OF 34 8.0 CALCULATION This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
of Power Supply Effects on 62
8.1)    Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2)    Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty to Use 8.3)    Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4)    Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5)    Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6)    Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7)    Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8)    Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9)    As-Left Tolerance 8.10)  As-Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.11)  Loop Tolerances 8.1    Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1   Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-1 Time delay setting (PSRT)
-1 Time delay setting (PS RT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
PS RT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
PSRT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
= +/- (0.010
                            = +/- (0.010
* 3.0) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16
* 3.0) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)
.2) = +/- 0.03 seconds
                            = +/- 0.03 seconds                                               (2 Value) 8.1.2   Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-2 Time delay setting (PSRT)
 
(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
====8.1.2 Calculation====
of Power Supply Effects on 62
-2 Time delay setting (PS RT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.14.4.
Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.14.4.
PS RT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
PSRT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
= +/- (0.010
                            = +/- (0.010 *50.50) seconds
* 50.50) seconds  
                            = +/- 0.505 seconds                                             (2 Value) 8.1.3   Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-5 Time delay setting (PSRT)
= +/- 0.5 05 seconds   8.1.3 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62
(Reference 3.9.2, Assumption 7.1.6)
-5 Time delay setting (PS RT) (Reference 3.9.2, Assumption 7.1.6)


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 20 OF 34 PSRT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
              = +/- (0.010
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 20 OF 34 PS RT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
= +/- (0.010
* 3) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)
* 3) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)
= +/- 0.03 seconds
              = +/- 0.03 seconds                                                 (2 Value) 8.1.4 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-6 Time delay setting (PSRT)
 
(Reference 3.9.2, Assumption 7.1.6)
====8.1.4 Calculation====
PSRT = +/- 2% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
of Power Supply Effects on 62
              = +/- (0.020
-6 Time delay setting (PS RT) (Reference 3.9.2, Assumption 7.1.6)
* 3) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)
PS RT = +/- 2% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
              = +/- 0.06 seconds                                                 (2 Value) 8.1.5 Calculation of Relay 62-1 Temperature Effects (TER)
= +/- (0.020
Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/-6% (or +/-30 ms which ever is greater) over a temperature range of -15oC -
* 3) seconds (Reference 3.16.1 , 3.16.2) = +/- 0.06 seconds
55oC (5oF - 131oF). Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.0476 %/&#xba;F. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. Reference 3.6 also states that for 1% of the calendar year (30 hours), the temperature could be 5oF higher.
 
This is considered negligible. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 73oF. Therefore:
====8.1.5 Calculation====
TER = +/- (104oF - 73oF)/ x 0.0476% /&#xba;F
of Relay 62
-1 Temperature Effects (TE R) Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/-6% (or +/-30 ms which ever is greater) over a temperature range of  
-15 o C - 55 oC (5 o F - 131 oF). Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.0476  
%/&#xba;F. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104 oF to prevent condensation. Reference 3.6 also states that for 1% of the calendar year (30 hours)
, the temperature could be 5 oF higher. This is considered negligible. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 73 oF. Therefore:
TE R = +/- (104 o F - 73 oF)/ x 0.0476% /&#xba;F
* 3.0 seconds
* 3.0 seconds
= +/- 1.48%
            = +/- 1.48%
* 3.0 sec.
* 3.0 sec.
= +/- 0.0444 sec
            = +/- 0.0444 sec 8.1.6 Calculation of Relay 62-2 Temperature Effects (TER)
 
TER = +/- (31oF) x 0.0476%/oF
====8.1.6 Calculation====
* 50.50 seconds
of Relay 62
            = +/- 1.48%
-2 Temperature Effects (TE R) TE R = +/- (31 oF) x 0.0476%/
* 50.50 sec.
o F
            = +/- 0.747 sec 8.1.7 Calculation of Relay 62-5 Temperature Effects (TER)
* 50.50 seconds = +/- 1.48%
TER = +/- (31oF) x 0.0303%/oF
* 50.50 sec. = +/- 0.7 4 7 sec 8.1.7 Calculation of Relay 62
-5 Temperature Effects (TE R) TE R = +/- (31 oF) x 0.0303%/
oF
* 3.0 seconds
* 3.0 seconds
= +/- 1.48%
            = +/- 1.48%
* 3.0 sec.
* 3.0 sec.
= +/- 0.0444 sec
            = +/- 0.0444 sec 8.1.8 Calculation of Relay 62-6 Temperature Effects (TER)
Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.2, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/-4% over a temperature range of -20oC - 55oC (-4oF - 131oF). Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.0296%/oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. Reference 3.6 also states that for 1% of the calendar year (30 hours), the temperature could be 5oF higher. This is considered negligible. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 73oF. Therefore:


====8.1.8 Calculation====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 21 OF 34 TER    = +/- (31oF) x 0.0296% /&#xba;F
of Relay 62
-6 Temperature Effects (TE R) Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.2, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/-4% over a temperature range of
-20 o C - 55 o C (-4 o F - 131 oF). Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.0296%/
oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104 oF to prevent condensation.
Reference 3.6 also states that for 1% of the calendar year (30 hours), the temperature could be 5 oF higher. This is considered negligible
. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 73 oF. Therefore:
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 21 OF 34 TE R = +/- (31 oF) x 0.0296
% /&#xba;F
* 3.0 seconds
* 3.0 seconds
= +/- 0.919%
                  = +/- 0.919%
* 3.0 sec.
* 3.0 sec.
= +/- 0.02757 sec
                  = +/- 0.02757 sec 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1 Time Delay Relay 62-1 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)
 
RART    = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting
===8.2 Calculation===
                    = +/- 0.01
of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1 Time Delay Relay 62
-1 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RA RT) RA RT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting
= +/- 0.01
* 3.0 seconds
* 3.0 seconds
= +/- 0.03 seconds 8.2.2 Time Delay Relay 62
                    = +/- 0.03 seconds                                         (2 Value) 8.2.2 Time Delay Relay 62-2 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)
-2 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RA RT) RA RT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting
RART    = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting
= +/- 0.01
                    = +/- 0.01
* 50.50 seconds = +/- 0.5 05 seconds 8.2.3 Time Delay Relay 62
* 50.50 seconds
-5 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RA RT) RA RT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting
                    = +/- 0.505 seconds                                         (2 Value) 8.2.3 Time Delay Relay 62-5 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)
= +/- 0.01
RART    = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting
                    = +/- 0.01
* 3.0 seconds
* 3.0 seconds
= +/- 0.030 seconds 8.2.4 Time Delay Relay 62
                    = +/- 0.030 seconds                                         (2 Value) 8.2.4 Time Delay Relay 62-6 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)
-6 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RA RT) RA RT = +/- 2% of Time Delay setting
RART    = +/- 2% of Time Delay setting
= +/- 0.02
                    = +/- 0.02
* 3.0 seconds
* 3.0 seconds
  = +/- 0.06 seconds
                    = +/- 0.06 seconds                                          (2 Value) 8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1  Device Uncertainty Relay 62-1 Time Delay Setting (ART)
(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2
                = +/- [(0.03)2 + (0.03)2 + (0.0444)2]1/2 seconds
                = +/- 0.0614 seconds                                            (2 value) 8.3.2 Device Uncertainty Relay 62-2 Time Delay Setting (ART)
(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2
                = +/- [(0.505)2 + (0.505)2 + (0.747)2]1/2 seconds
                = +/- 1.033 seconds                                             (2 value)


===8.3 Calculation===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 22 OF 34 8.3.3  Device Uncertainty Relay 62-5 Time Delay Setting (ART)
of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2)
(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2
                  = +/- [(0.03)2 + (0.03)2 + (0.0444)2]1/2 seconds
                  = +/- 0.0614 seconds                                                (2 value) 8.3.4  Device Uncertainty Relay 62-6 Time Delay Setting (ART)
(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2
                  = +/- [(0.06)2 + (0.06)2 + (0.02757)2]1/2 seconds
                  = +/- 0.0892 seconds                                                (2 value) 8.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3, loop calibration effects are defined as:
CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 The CTL for 62-2 Time Delay Setting is set to the loop as left tolerance (ALTL) in section 8.11.1 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05. For the remaining loops the CTL is set to the procedural as-left band (PALB).
8.4.1  Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-1 Time Delay Setting (CLT)
(Sections 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 8.4.1.1, 3.11.1, 3.11.2, 3.11.3, 3.11.4)
CLT = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2                      CTL = PALB selected = 0.2
                  = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.22]1/2 VAC
                  = +/- 0.2 seconds 8.4.1.1    Measuring and Test Equipment Effects - Relay Time Setting (MTEL)
Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
MTELV      = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where:
MTERAT = The reference accuracy of the M&TE being utilized. Epoch 40 Aux.
Timer and DC voltage/current unit has a timer accuracy of 0.005% or one digit on the min. 99.9999 range. Using 57.8 x 0.00005 =2.89x10-3 seconds.
MTETET = Temperature effect on the M&TE being utilized. The Epoch 40 operating range is 0o to 50oC with no temperature coefficient given. The total timer accuracy of 0.005% is conservatively assumed or 2.89x10-3 seconds (Reference 3.2).


====8.3.1 Device====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 23 OF 34 MTERIT = Assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
Uncertainty Relay 62
MTECST = Assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference Accuracy of the time delay function of the relay time delay function = 0.005%/4 seconds (per Reference 3.2).
-1 Time Delay Setting (A RT) (Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
MTEL      = +/- [(MTERART)2 + (MTERIRT)2 + (MTETERT)2 + (MTECSRT)2]1/2
A RT = +/- [(RA RT)2 + (PS RT)2 + (TE RT)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.03)2 + (0.03)2 + (0.0444) 2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.0614 seconds
                    = +/- [(2.89x10-3)2 + (0)2 + (2.89x10-3)2 + (7.23 x10-4)2]1/2
                    = +/- 4.15 x 10-3 seconds with worse case time delay,              (2 Value)
This value will be conservatively used for all the relays.
8.4.2  Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-2 Time Delay Setting (CLT)
CLT  = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2                          CTL = ALTL = 0.51
                  = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.512]1/2 seconds
                  = +/- 0.51 seconds 8.4.3  Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-5 Time Delay Setting (CLT)
CLT  = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2                          CTL = PALB = 0.3
                  = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.32]1/2 seconds
                  = +/- 0.3 seconds 8.4.4  Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-6 Time Delay Setting (CLT)
CLT  = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 2                        CTL = PALB = 0.3
                  = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.32]1//2 seconds
                  = +/- 0.3 seconds 8.5 Calculation of insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6 Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.6.1  Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-1 Setting (LUT)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
LUT = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2 Where:    m    =    The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95%
of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
n    =    The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty
                            =    +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06)2 + (0.2)2]1/2
                            =   +/- 0.209 seconds While a one sided distribution may be used, a two sided is used in this calculation for added conservatism.


====8.3.2 Device====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 24 OF 34 8.6.2  Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-2 Setting (LUT)
Uncertainty Relay 62
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
-2 Time Delay Setting (A RT) (Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
LUT    = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
A RT = +/- [(RA RT)2 + (PS RT)2 + (TE RT)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.505)2 + (0.505)2 + (0.7 4 7)2]1/2 seconds = +/- 1.0 3 3 seconds  
                  = +/- (2.0/2)[(1.033)2 + (0.51)2]1/2 +/- 1.763
                  = +/- 2.915 seconds Note:    The transformer uncertainty is not applicable to the time delay function of the relay.
8.6.3  Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-5 Setting (LUT)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
LUT    = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2
                  = +/- (2.0/2)[(0.06)2 + (0.3)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.306 seconds 8.6.4  Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-6 Setting (LUT)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
LUT    = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2
                  = +/- (2.0/2)[(0.089)2 + (0.3)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.313 seconds 8.7 Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1  Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 for the time delay function.
8.7.2  Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 for the time delay function.
8.7.3  Relay Drift (DRRV) 8.7.3.1 Relay 62-1 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14).
DRRT    = +/-2.072% Setpoint
                            = +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
                            = +/-0.07 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.07)
As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT.
8.7.3.2 Relay 62-2 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14).
DRRT    = +/-2.072% Setpoint
                            = +/-2.072% (50.50 sec.)
                            = +/-1.05 seconds


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 25 OF 34 As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
8.7.3.3 Relay 62-5 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14).
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 22 OF 34 8.3.3 Device Uncertainty Relay 62
DRRT    = +/-2.072% Setpoint
-5 Time Delay Setting (A RT) (Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
                          = +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
A RT = +/- [(RA RT)2 + (PS RT)2 + (TE RT)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.03)2 + (0.03)2 + (0.0444)2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.0614 seconds
                          = +/-0.07 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.07)
As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT.
8.7.3.4 Relay 62-6 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14).
DRRT    = +/-2.072% Setpoint
                          = +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
                          = +/-0.07 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.07)
As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT.
8.8 Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.8.1  Total Loop Uncertainty 1 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2
                  = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06)2 + (0.2)2+ (0.07)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.221 seconds (+/-0.2202 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.221) 8.8.2  Total Loop Uncertainty 2 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
                  = +/- (2.0/2) [(1.033)2 + (0.51)2+ (1.05)2]1/2 +/- 1.879
                  = +/- 3.438 seconds 8.8.3  Total Loop Uncertainty 5 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2
                  = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06)2 + (0.3)2+ (0.07)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.314 seconds 8.8.4  Total Loop Uncertainty 6 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2
                  = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.089)2 + (0.3)2+ (0.07)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.321 seconds


====8.3.4 Device====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 26 OF 34 Note: The transformer uncertainty is not applicable to the time delay function of the undervoltage relay.
Uncertainty Relay 62
Summary of Calculation Data Time Delay                             Time Delay Terms Device 1                                Device 2 Values                  Ref            Values              Ref Model                                      ITE 62K                  N/A            ITE 62L              N/A 3.10.6 0.2 to 4.0 sec              3.10.7                              3.10.8 Input Range                                                                        1 to 30 sec      -
-6 Time Delay Setting (A RT) (Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
0 to 100 sec              3.10.8                             3.10.9 3.10.9 Process Units                              Seconds            -      N/A            Seconds              N/A Voltage Input Range                    -20% to +10%          -      3.9.1       -20% to +10%      -    3.9.2 Input Range                                  N/A              -      N/A              N/A         -    N/A Process Units                              Seconds            -     3.9.1          Seconds        -    3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RA)                 +/-1% of Setting.        -      3.9.1    +/- 2% of Setting. 2    3.9.2 Greater of +/- 6% of Temperature Effect (TE)                                       2      3.9.1      +/- 4% of Setting    2   3.9.2 Setting or +/- 30ms.
A RT = +/- [(RA RT)2 + (PS RT)2 + (TE RT)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.06)2 + (0.06)2 + (0.02757) 2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.0892 seconds
Seismic Effects (SE)                         N/A              2     7.1.4            N/A          -    7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)                        N/A              -      7.1.5            N/A          -    7.1.5
                                            +/-0.07                  8.7.3.1 Timing Relay Drift (DR)                                       2                       +/-0.07        2
                                            +/-1.05                  8.7.3.2                            8.7.3.4 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)                N/A              2    7.1.13            N/A          -  7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)                   N/A              -      7.1.5            N/A          -    7.1.5
                                                                              +/ Greater of +/-2%
                                    +/ Greater of +/-1% of Power Supply Effect (PS)                                      -      3.9.1      of Setting or +/2   3.9.2 Setting or +/- 5ms.
5ms.
Humidity Effects (HE)                        N/A              2      7.1.9            N/A          -    7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP)                  N/A              -      7.1.8            N/A          -    7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect N/A              -      7.1.7            N/A          -    7.1.7 (PM)
Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)            N/A              -    7.1.10            N/A          -  7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)                              N/A              -      7.1.3            N/A          -    7.1.3


===8.4 Calculation===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 27 OF 34 8.9  As-Left Tolerance Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used.
of Loop Calibration Accuracy (C L) Per references 3.2 and 3.3, loop calibration effects are defined as:
ALTRT - Time Delay Relay Calculation 8.9.1 Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Left Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (ALTRT)
C L = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 T h e CT L for 62-2 Time Delay Setting is set to the loop as left tolerance (ALT L) in section 8.11.1 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011
MTEL =          +/- 4.15 x 10-3 seconds ALTRT = +/- SRSS (RART, MTEL)
-05. For the remaining loops the CT L is set to the procedural as
                    = +/- SRSS (0.505, 0. 00415) seconds
-left band (PALB). 8.4.1 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62
                    = +/- 0.51 seconds 8.10 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
-1 Time Delay Setting (C L T) (Sections 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 8.4.1.1, 3.11.1, 3.11.2 , 3.11.3, 3.11.4
AFTRT- Time Delay Relay Calculation For calculating AFTR, the actual MTE value is used:
)  C L T = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 CT L = PALB selected =  0.2
8.10.1 Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Found Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (AFTRT)
= +/- [(4.15 x 10
Since drift (DRRT) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:
-3)2 + 0.2 2]1/2 VAC = +/- 0.2 seconds 8.4.1.1 Measuring and Test Equipment Effects
AFTRT =      DRRT
- Relay Time Setting (MTE L) Measurement & Test Equipment (MTE L) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
                    =   +/-1.05 seconds 8.11 Loop Tolerances 8.11.1 Time Delay Relay 62-2 Loop Tolerance for Time Delay Setting ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL            =  +/- SRSS (ALTRT)
MTE LV = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where: MTERAT = The reference accuracy of the M&TE being utilized. Epoch 40 Aux. Timer and DC voltage/current unit has a timer accuracy of 0.005% or one digit on the min. 99.9999 range. Using 57.8 x 0.00005 =2.89x10
                            =  +/- SRSS (0.51) seconds
-3 seconds. MTETET = Temperature effect on the M&TE being utilized. The Epoch 40 operating range is 0 o to 50 oC with no temperature coefficient given. The total timer accuracy of 0.005% is conservatively assumed or 2.89x10
                            =  +/- 0.51 seconds AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL            =   +/-SRSS (AFTRT)
-3 seconds (Reference 3.2).
                            =   +/-SRSS (1.05) seconds
                            =  +/- 1.05 seconds


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 28 OF 34 Summary of Calibration Tolerances Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Left Tolerance (ALTRT)                     +/- 0.51 seconds Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Found Tolerance (AFTRT)                     +/- 1.05 seconds Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                 +/- 0.51 seconds Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                 +/- 1.05 seconds
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 23 OF 34 MTERIT = Assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
M TECST = Assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference Accuracy of the time delay function of the relay time delay function = 0.005%/4 seconds (per Reference 3.2).
MTE L = +/- [(MTERART)2 + (MTERIRT)2 + (MTETERT)2 + (MTECSRT)2]1/2 = +/- [(2.89x10
-3)2 + (0)2 + (2.89x10
-3)2 + (7.23 x10
-4)2]1/2 = +/- 4.15 x 10
-3 seconds with worse case time delay,  This value will be conservatively used for all the relays.


====8.4.2 Calculation====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                PAGE 29 OF 34 9.0 APPLICABLE MARK NUMBERS Model                  Relay Mark Numbers Div. I                Div. II ITE 62K    ENS-SWG1A-62-1       ENS-SWG1B-62-1      Sustained Undervoltage Short Time Delay ITE 62K    ENS-SWG1A-62-2       ENS-SWG1B-62-2      Degraded Voltage Long Time Delay ITE 62K    ENS-SWG1A-62-5        ENS-SWG1B-62-5      LOCA 3 second Time Retention ITE 62L    ENS-SWG1A-62-6        ENS-SWG1B-62-6      Degraded Undervoltage Short Time Delay
of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62
-2 Time Delay Setting (C LT) C LT = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 CT L = ALT L = 0.51 = +/- [(4.15  x 10-3)2 + 0.51 2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.51 seconds 8.4.3 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62
-5 Time Delay Setting (C LT) C LT = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 CT L = PALB = 0.
3 = +/- [(4.15 x 10
-3)2 + 0.3 2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.3 seconds 8.4.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62
-6 Time Delay Setting (C LT) C LT = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2  2 CT L = PALB = 0.
3 = +/- [(4.15 x 10
-3)2 + 0.3 2]1//2 seconds = +/- 0.3 seconds 8.5 Calculation of insulation Resistance Effects (I R) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10


===8.6 Calculation===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 30 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                  DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1           ANO-2               IP-2               IP-3              JAF                    PLP PNPS            VY                  GGNS                RBS                W3                    NP Revision No.
of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.6.1 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62
Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*006                                                              Page 1 of 4 002
-1 Setting (LU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
LU T = +/- (m/n)[(A RT)2 + (C LT)2]1/2 Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty
= +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06) 2 + (0.2)2]1/2 = +/- 0.209 seconds While a one sided distribution may be used, a two sided is used in this calculation for added conservatism.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays Quality Related            Augmented Quality Related DV Method:               Design Review              Alternate Calculation              Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED                    DISCIPLINE                  VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 24 OF  34 8.6.2 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62
Electrical          Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:           Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
-2 Setting (LU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
LU T = +/- (m/n)[(A RT)2 + (C LT)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
= +/- (2.0/2)[(1.
03 3)2 + (0.51)2]1/2 +/- 1.7 63 = +/- 2.9 15 seconds Note: The transformer uncertainty is not applicable to the time delay function of the relay.
8.6.3 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62
-5 Setting (LU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
LU T = +/- (m/n)[(A RT)2 + (C LT)2]1/2 = +/- (2.0/2)[(0.06) 2 + (0.3)2]1/2 = +/- 0.306 seconds 8.6.4 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62
-6 Setting (LU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
LU T = +/- (m/n)[(A RT)2 + (C LT)2]1/2 = +/- (2.0/2)[(0.089) 2 + (0.3)2]1/2 = +/- 0.313 seconds 8.7 Calculation of Loop Drift (DL)


====8.7.1 Transformer====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 31 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                          DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:                                                                                    DISCIPLINE:
Temperature Drift Effects (TD T) 0 for the time delay function. 8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TD R) 0 for the time delay function.
Document


====8.7.3 Relay====
==Title:==
Drift (DR RV) 8.7.3.1 Relay 62-1 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DR RT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Civil/Structural Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays Electrical Doc. No.:                 G13.18.6.2-ENS*006                     Rev. 002  QA Cat.
. DR RT = +/-2.072% Setpoint
Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date                                 I&C Verifier:                          Print                   Sign                     Date           Mechanical Manager authorization                                                                                 Nuclear for supervisor Other performing Verification.
= +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
N/A Print                 Sign               Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
= +/-0.0 7 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.0 7) As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DR LT) = DR RT. 8.7.3.2 Relay 62-2 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DR RT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
Design Review                                 Alternate Calculations                     Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
. DR RT = +/-2.072% Setpoint
NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
= +/-2.072% (50.50 sec.) = +/-1.0 5 seconds 
: 1.       Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
 
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 25 OF  34 As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DR LT) = DR RT. 8.7.3.3 Relay 62-5 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DR RT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
. DR RT = +/-2.072% Setpoint
= +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
= +/-0.07 seconds
(+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.0 7) As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DR LT) = DR RT. 8.7.3.4 Relay 62-6 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DR RT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
. DR RT = +/-2.072% Setpoint
= +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
= +/-0.07 seconds
(+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.0 7) As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DR LT) = DR RT. 8.8 Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)
 
====8.8.1 Total====
Loop Uncertainty  1 Time Delay Setting (TLU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLU T = +/- (m/n) [(A RT)2 + (C LT)2 + (DR LT)2]1/2 = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06) 2 + (0.2)2+ (0.07)2]1/2 =  +/- 0.22 1 seconds (+/-0.220 2 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.221) 8.8.2 Total Loop Uncertainty  2 Time Delay Setting (TLU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLU T = +/- (m/n) [(A RT)2 + (C LT)2 + (DR LT)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
= +/- (2.0/2) [(1.
03 3)2 + (0.51)2+ (1.05)2]1/2 +/- 1.879  =  +/- 3.4 38 seconds 8.8.3 Total Loop Uncertainty  5 Time Delay Setting (TLU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLU T = +/- (m/n) [(A RT)2 + (C LT)2 + (DR LT)2]1/2 = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06) 2 + (0.3)2+ (0.07)2]1/2 =  +/- 0.314 seconds 8.8.4 Total Loop Uncertainty  6 Time Delay Setting (TLU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLU T = +/- (m/n) [(A RT)2 + (C LT)2 + (DR LT)2]1/2 = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.089) 2 + (0.3)2+ (0.07)2]1/2 =  +/- 0.321 seconds 
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 26 OF  34 Note: The transformer uncertainty is not applicable to the time delay function of the undervoltage relay.
Summary of Calculation Data Terms Time Delay Device 1 Time Delay Device 2  Values  Ref Values  Ref  Model ITE 62K  N/A ITE 62L  N/A  Input Range 0.2 to 4.0 sec 0 to 100 sec 3.10.6 3.10.7 3.10.8 3.10.9 1 to 30 sec
- 3.10.8 3.10.9  Process Units Seconds - N/A Seconds  N/A  Voltage Input Range -20% to +10%
- 3.9.1 -20% to +10%
- 3.9.2  Input Range N/A - N/A N/A - N/A  Process Units Seconds - 3.9.1 Seconds - 3.9.2  Reference Accuracy (RA)
+/-1% of Setting.
- 3.9.1 +/- 2% of Setting.
2 3.9.2  Temperature Effect (TE)
Greater of +/- 6% of Setting or +/- 30ms. 2 3.9.1 +/- 4% of Setting 2 3.9.2  Seismic Effects (SE)
N/A 2 7.1.4 N/A - 7.1.4  Radiation Effect (RE)
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5  Timing Relay Drift (DR)
+/-0.07 +/-1.05 2 8.7.3.1 8.7.3.2 +/-0.07 2  8.7.3.4  Temperature Drift Effect (TD)
N/A 2 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13  Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5  Power Supply Effect (PS)
+/ Greater of +/-1% of Setting or +/
- 5ms. - 3.9.1 +/ Greater of +/-2% of Setting or +/
- 5ms. 2 3.9.2  Humidity Effects (HE)
N/A 2 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9  Static Pressure Effect (SP)
N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8  Process Measurement Effect (PM) N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7  Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)
N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10  Zero Effect (ZE)
N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3   
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 27 OF  34  8.9 As-Left Tolerance Note:  For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used. ALT R T - Time Delay Relay Calculation 8.9.1 Time Delay Relay 62
-2 As Left Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (ALT RT) MTE L =  +/- 4.1 5 x 10-3 seconds  ALT R T = +/- SRSS (RA R T, MTE L)  = +/- SRSS (0.
505 , 0. 00 41 5) seco nds  = +/- 0.51 seconds  8.10 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
AFT R T- Time Delay Relay Calculation For calculating AFT R, the actual MTE value is used:
8.10.1 Time Delay Relay 62
-2 As Found Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (AFT RT)  Since drift (DR RT) was determined using plant specific as
-found/as-left calibration data
: AFT R T =  DR R T  = +/-1.05 seconds  8.11 Loop Tolerances 8.11.1 Time Delay Relay 62
-2 Loop Tolerance for Time Delay Setting ALT L - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALT L =  +/- SRSS (ALT R T)  = +/- SRSS (0.5 1) seconds  = +/- 0.5 1 seconds  AFT L - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFT L = +/-SRSS (AFT R T)  = +/-SRSS (1.05) seconds  = +/- 1.05 seconds 
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 28 OF  34    Summary of Calibration Tolerances Time Delay Relay 62
-2 As Left Tolerance (ALT R T) +/- 0.5 1 seconds Time Delay Relay 62
-2 As Found Tolerance (AFT R T) +/- 1.05 seconds Time Delay Relay 62
-2 As Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.5 1 seconds Time Delay Relay 62
-2 As Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 1.05 seconds 
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 29 OF  34  9.0 APPLICABLE MARK NUMBERS  Model  Relay Mark Numbers Div. I Div. II  ITE 62K  ENS-SWG1A-62-1 ENS-SWG1B-62-1  Sustained Undervoltage Short Time Delay ITE 62K  ENS-SWG1A-62-2 ENS-SWG1B-62-2  Degraded Voltage Long Time Delay ITE 62K  ENS-SWG1A-62-5 ENS-SWG1B-62-5  LOCA 3 second Time Retention ITE 62L  ENS-SWG1A-62-6 ENS-SWG1B-62-6  Degraded Undervoltage Short Time Delay ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 30 OF  34 ATTACHMENT 9.1  DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1  ANO-2  IP-2  IP-3  JAF  PLP  PNPS  VY  GGNS  RBS  W3  NP Document No.
G13.18.6.2
-ENS*006 Revision No.
00 2 Page 1 of 4 Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method:
Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing
 
VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
Electrical Robin Smith
/ See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear        Originator:
Mary Coffaro
/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
 
ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 31 OF  34 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:
DISCIPLINE:
Civil/Structural Electrical I & C Mechanical Nuclear Other Document Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Delay Relays  
- ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2
-ENS*006 Rev. 00 2 QA Cat. Verifier: Robin Smith
/ See AS for signature & date Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
N/A           Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11  
- 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
: 1. Design Inputs  
- Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable
. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
Yes No N/A   2. Assumptions  
Yes               No                 N/A
- Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re
: 2.       Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?
-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Yes No N/A   3. Quality Assurance  
Yes               No                 N/A
- Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
: 3.       Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
Yes No  N/A ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
Yes               No                 N/A
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 32 OF  34 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3  4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements
- Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
Yes  No  N/A    5. Construction and Operating Experience
- Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes  No  N/A    6. Interfaces
- Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes  No  N/A    7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes  No  N/A    8. Design Outputs
- Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes  No  N/A    9. Parts, Equipment and Processes
- Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes  No  N/A    10. Materials Compatibility
- Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes  No  N/A    11. Maintenance requirements
- Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes  No  N/A    12. Accessibility for Maintenance
- Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes  No  N/A    13. Accessibility for In
-service Inspection
- Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in
-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes  No  N/A    14. Radiation Exposure
- Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes  No  N/A    15. Acceptance Criteria
- Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes  No  N/A ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 33 OF  34 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3 16. Test Requirements
- Have adequate pre
-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified? Yes  No  N/A    17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping
- Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    18. Identification Requirements
- Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    19. Records and Documentation
- Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?
Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method?  Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
Yes  No  N/A    20. Software Quality Assurance
- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN
- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program? ENS sites: This is an EN
-IT-104 task. However, per ENS
-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes  No  N/A    21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes  No N/A    


ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 32 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                        DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 4.      Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
-ENS*00 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 34 OF 34 ATTACHMENT  
Yes                No                N/A
: 5.      Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes                No                N/A
: 6.      Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes                No                N/A
: 7.      Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes                No                N/A
: 8.      Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes                No                N/A
: 9.      Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes                No                N/A
: 10.      Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes                No                N/A
: 11.      Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes                No                N/A
: 12.      Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes                No                N/A
: 13.      Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes                No                N/A
: 14.      Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes                No                N/A
: 15.      Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes                No                N/A


===9.7 DESIGN===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                              CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                              G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 33 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                            DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1  Comments / Continuation Sheet Question  # Comments  Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup Comments addressed RS  10-11-12 ANO-1  ANO-2  GGNS  IP-2  IP-3 PLP  JAF PNPS  RBS  VY  W3  NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION COVER PAGE (1)  EC #  40339 (2)  Page 1 of 29 (3) Design Basis Calc.
: 16.      Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
YES     NO (4)
Yes                No              N/A
CALCULATION EC Markup (5)  Calculation No: G13.18.6.2
: 17.      Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
-ENS*007 (6)  Revision:
Yes                No               N/A
00 2 (7)  Title: Loop Uncertainty Dete rmination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays
: 18.     Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
- Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay (8)  Editorial YES      NO (9)  System(s):
Yes                No              N/A
302 (10)  Review Org (Department):  NSBE3 (I&C Design)
: 19.      Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,
(11)  Safety Class:
adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (12)   Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
Yes                No              N/A
E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6  (13)  Document Type:
: 20.      Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
F43.02  (14)  Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, calculation, relay, time delay REVIEWS    (15)  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Responsible Engineer (16)  Name/Signature/Date Robin Smith / See AS (17)  Name/Signature/Date Paul Matzke
ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
/ See AS    Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer    Comments Attached Comments Attached
Yes                No              N/A
: 21.      Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes                No              N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION               CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION              PAGE 34 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7                                                 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question              Comments                        Resolution                  Initial/Date 1       Comments provided by markup    Comments addressed                RS 10-11-12
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 2 OF 29  CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET CALCULATION NO:
G.13.18.6.2
-ENS*007  REVISION:
00 2  I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations)    None II. Relationships
: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No.
: 1. EN-DC-126 -- 00 4  N  2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000  N  3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300  N  4. 201.130-186 0 000  N  5. 215.150 0 006  N  6. A348-0116 0 000  N  7. 6221.418-000-001A 0 300  N  8. GE-DL828E537AA 0 018  N  9. 0221.418-000-008 0 300  N  10. EE-001M 0 009  N  11. A348-0111 0 000  N  12. GE-828E537AA 003 028  N  13. GE-828E537AA 007 030  N  14. GE-828E537AA 008 028  N  15. GE-828E537AA 011 0 30  N  16. STP-302-1604 -- 0 21  N  17. BE-230D 0 01 1   N  18. G13.18.6.3
-014 0 000  N  19. EDP-AN-02 -- 30 1   N  20. STP-302-1605 -- 025  Y A/R00154234
: 21. G13.18.3.1
-005 0 000  Y EC 40339 III. CROSS REFERENCES
: 1. Indus Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 2. Technical Specifications section B3.3.8.
1 3. USAR Figures 3.11
-1 through 5
: 4. EQTAP SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 3 OF  29 IV. SOFTWARE USED:    N/A Title:    Version/Release:
Disk/CD No.
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:    N/A Title:    Version/Release Disk/CD No.
VI. OTHER CHANGES
:    References that have been removed from this calculation: G13.18.3.1*002


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
ANO-1                ANO-2               GGNS                IP-2             IP-3                  PLP JAF                  PNPS                RBS                VY              W3 NP-GGNS-3            NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION            (1)                                                   (2)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
EC #          40339                                    Page 1 of    29 COVER PAGE (3)                                                    (4)
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 4 OF  29  Revision Record of Revision 0 Initial issue to support determination of degraded voltage relay setpoints by Electrical Engineering 1 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753. 2 EC40339: Revised to provide the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
Design Basis Calc.       YES      NO                        CALCULATION                EC Markup (5)                                                                                        (6)
-LOCA time delay Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22
Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*007                                                         Revision: 002 (7)                                                                                        (8)
-S004-ACB1-62S6 based on the revised setpoint provided in calculation G13.18.3.1
-005. Added ALT and AFT (sections 8.9 through 8.11
) for relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22
-S004-ACB1-62S6 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011
-05.
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 5 OF  29 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description
................................
................................
................................
...............
6 2.0 Results/Conclusions
................................
................................
................................
......................
8 3.0 References
................................
................................
................................
................................
..... 9 4.0 Design Input
................................
................................
................................
................................
11 5.0 Nomenclature
................................
................................
................................
..............................
13 6.0 Calculation Methodology
................................
................................
................................
............
14 7.0 Assumptions
................................
................................
................................
................................
15 8.0 Calculation
................................
................................
................................
................................
.. 17 Attachments:
1 Design Verification Form and Comments
................................
................................
..........
5 pages SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 6 OF  29 1.0 Purpose and Description


===1.1. Purpose===
==Title:==
The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Division III, Safety
Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays -            Editorial Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay                                                    YES      NO (9)                                              (10)
-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays. Nominal trip Set point and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and G13.18.3.1
System(s): 302                                    Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)
-005. 1.2. Loop Descriptions The Division III 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent sustained Degraded Voltage instrumentation and associated trip logic. The Division III bus is monitored by two undervoltage relays whose outpu ts are arranged in a two
(11)                                              (12)
-out-of-two logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compare measured input signals with pre
Safety Class:                                    Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which starts the time delay relays to open the DIV III Normal Supply source breaker and illuminates a Main Control Room annunciator alarm. Two different time delays are applied depending on whether a LOCA signal is present at the time of the degraded voltage. The LOCA time delay is provided by the 27N relay. The Non
Safety / Quality Related                        E22-S004-ACB4-62S3            E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related E22-S004-ACB4-62S5            E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 (13)
-LOCA time delay is provided by the combination of the 27N relay and the ETR14 relays.
Document Type: F43.02 (14)
Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, calculation, relay, time delay REVIEWS (15)                                  (16)                                (17)
Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS                Robin Smith / See AS                Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer                                                      Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer                              Comments Attached Comments Attached


===1.3. Design===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                PAGE 2 OF 29 CALCULATION REFERENCE                CALCULATION NO:        G.13.18.6.2-ENS*007 SHEET                                REVISION:      002 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations) None II. Relationships:                    Sht    Rev      Input  Output      Impact  Tracking No.
Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, "successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources. The Time Delay Allowable Values are long enough to provide time for the offsite power supply to recover to normal voltages, but short enough to ensure that power is available to the required equipment."
Doc    Doc        Y/N
: 1. EN-DC-126                        --      004                        N
: 2. EN-IC-S-007-R                    0        000                        N
: 3. 7224.300-000-001B                0        300                        N
: 4. 201.130-186                      0        000                        N
: 5. 215.150                          0        006                        N
: 6. A348-0116                        0        000                        N
: 7. 6221.418-000-001A                0        300                        N
: 8. GE-DL828E537AA                  0        018                        N
: 9. 0221.418-000-008                0        300                        N
: 10. EE-001M                        0        009                        N
: 11. A348-0111                      0        000                        N
: 12. GE-828E537AA                    003      028                        N
: 13. GE-828E537AA                    007      030                        N
: 14. GE-828E537AA                    008      028                        N
: 15. GE-828E537AA                    011      030                        N
: 16. STP-302-1604                    --      021                        N
: 17. BE-230D                        0        011                        N
: 18. G13.18.6.3-014                  0        000                        N
: 19. EDP-AN-02                      --      301                        N
: 20. STP-302-1605                    --      025                        Y    A/R00154234
: 21. G13.18.3.1-005                    0    000                        Y    EC40339 III. CROSS


===1.4. Degree===
==REFERENCES:==
of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with 7224.300
: 1. Indus Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
-100-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology," (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R , "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations
: 2. Technical Specifications section B3.3.8.1
", (Reference 3.2). One
: 3. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5
-sided probability is used since the time delay relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.
: 4. EQTAP
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions state d in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 3 OF 29 IV. SOFTWARE USED:          N/A
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 7 OF 29 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the devices stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Version/Release:                Disk/CD No.
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 8 OF  29 2.0 Results/Conclusions
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:          N/A


===2.1. Results===
==Title:==
The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Agastat time delay relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Model ETR14 Time Delay Relay System s Loop Identification Loop Uncertainty (LU) Seconds Channel Drift (D L) Seconds Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) Seconds M&TE Loop Accuracy Requirements (MTE L) Seconds Maximum Loop Setting Tol. (CT L) Seconds 203/302 E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 +/- 0.316 +/- 0.112  +/- 0.322 +/- 1.55 x10-4 +/- 0.18 203/302 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 +/- 5.1 48 +/- 1.6 85  +/- 5.48 0 +/-2.3 3 x10-3 +/-1.35  2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty are presented in Table 2.1-1. These values apply to the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.
Version/Release                  Disk/CD No.
VI. OTHER CHANGES:
References that have been removed from this calculation: G13.18.3.1*002


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 4 OF 29 Revision                                      Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of degraded voltage relay setpoints by Electrical Engineering 0
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
1     Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753.
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 9 OF 29 3.0 References 3.1. EN-DC-126 , " Engineering Calculation Process" 3.2. EN-IC-S-007-R , "Instrument Loop Uncertainty &
EC40339: Revised to provide the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-2    ACB1-62S6 based on the revised setpoint provided in calculation G13.18.3.1-005. Added ALT and AFT (sections 8.9 through 8.11) for relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05.
Setpoint Calculations" 3.3. 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC
-31336P-A , "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology
" 3.4. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5. 201.130-186 , "Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building"


===3.6. Environmental===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                                CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                                              PAGE 5 OF 29 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION                                                                                                                                  PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description ............................................................................................................... 6 2.0 Results/Conclusions ...................................................................................................................... 8 3.0 References ..................................................................................................................................... 9 4.0 Design Input ................................................................................................................................ 11 5.0 Nomenclature .............................................................................................................................. 13 6.0 Calculation Methodology............................................................................................................ 14 7.0 Assumptions................................................................................................................................ 15 8.0 Calculation .................................................................................................................................. 17 Attachments:
Design Criteria, Spec 215.150 , including USAR figures 3.11
1 Design Verification Form and Comments .......................................................................... 5 pages
-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP
-AN-02 section 6.3.
1 3.7. RBS Operating License 3.7.1. Not used 3.7.2. Not used 3.7.3. Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.8. RBS USAR None 3.9. Vendor Manuals/Documents 3.9.1. A348-0116 , Amerace - Agastat Nuclear Qualified Control Relays 3.9.2. Not used 3.9.3. Not used 3.9.4. 6221.418-000-001A , High Pressure Core Spray System Power Supply Unit, NEDO10905 3.9.5. 0221.418-000-008 , Purchase Specification Data Sheet 21A9300AU, High Pressure Core Spray System 3.9.6. A348-0111 , Amerace Electronic Components Catalog
- Agastat Electromechanical Relays 3.10. Electrical Schematics 3.10.1. EE-001M , 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus E22
-S004 3.10.2. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 003, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 6 OF 29 1.0    Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays. Nominal trip Set point and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and G13.18.3.1-005.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
1.2. Loop Descriptions The Division III 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent sustained Degraded Voltage instrumentation and associated trip logic. The Division III bus is monitored by two undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-two logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compare measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which starts the time delay relays to open the DIV III Normal Supply source breaker and illuminates a Main Control Room annunciator alarm. Two different time delays are applied depending on whether a LOCA signal is present at the time of the degraded voltage. The LOCA time delay is provided by the 27N relay. The Non-LOCA time delay is provided by the combination of the 27N relay and the ETR14 relays.
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 10 OF 29 3.10.3. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 007, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.4. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 008, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.5. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 011, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.11. Surveillance Test Procedures:
1.3. Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources. The Time Delay Allowable Values are long enough to provide time for the offsite power supply to recover to normal voltages, but short enough to ensure that power is available to the required equipment.
3.11.1. STP-302-1605, HPCS Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.2. STP-302-1604 , HPCS Loss of  Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.3. Not used 3.12. Logic Diagrams None 3.13. Standards None 3.14. Equipment Qualification Trending and Thermal Aging Program (EQTAP) 3.15. BE-230D , 4.16 Kv Bus E22
1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with 7224.300-100-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations, (Reference 3.2). One-sided probability is used since the time delay relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.
*S004 Relay Settings 3.16. Calculations 3.16.1. G13.18.3.1
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.
-005, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22
-S004 3.16.2. Not Used 3.16.3. G13.18.6.3
-014 , Drift Study for Agastat ETR Series Time Delay Relay s 3.17 GE-DL828E537AA , Elementary Diagram
-Device List
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 11 OF  29 4.0 Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine the uncertainty for the Division III Ag astat time delay relays. 4.1. Loop Input 4.1.1. Loop Data:
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s)
Auxiliary Relays 3.10.4 Location E22-S004 3.10.4 Output Contact closure 3.10.4  4.1.2. Special Considerations:
4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
Multi-Amp EPOCH-40 DC/Timer Test set.
4.2. Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s)
E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62 S6 3.4 3.10 Manufacturer Amerace/Agastat 3.17 Model ETR14 3.17 Location(s)
CB.116/E33
-S004 3.4 Service Description Relay 3.4 Quality Class Safety Related
 
===3.4 Environmental===
Qualification N 3.4 Input Range 0-125 VDC 3.10 Output Contact Action 3.10 Calibration Interval Evaluated 30 Mo (24 Mo. + 25%).
 
===3.2 SETPOINT===
CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 12 OF  29 4.3. Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Agastat ETR14 Description Data References Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RA R) 10% of Setting 5% of Setting (TR) 3.9.1 3.9.6 Seismic Effects (SE R) 0 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE R) 5% of setting (40 o F - 122 o F)  3.9.6 3.14 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR R) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD R) N/A 7.1.1 3 Drift (DR R) 3.725% Setpoint 3.16.3  Power Supply Effect (PS R) 5% of setting (includes TE R)  3.9.6 3.14  4.4. Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-116-2 Description Data Reference Location  Building/Elevation CB-116 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room


===3.4 Normal===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 7 OF 29 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the devices stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.
Temperature Range, o F 40 - 10 9 (68 oF to 83 oF act.) 3.6 3.14 Humidity Range, %RH 20-95 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, Rads 800 3.6 Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)  Temperature Range, o F Same as Normal


===3.6 Humidity===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 8 OF 29 2.0    Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Agastat time delay relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1.
Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal
Table 2.1-1 Model ETR14 Time Delay Relay M&TE Loop        Maximum Loop        Channel      Total Loop Accuracy          Loop Loop          Uncertainty      Drift      Uncertainty Systems                                                                Requirements        Setting Identification      (LU)          (DL)          (TLU)
(MTEL)        Tol. (CTL)
Seconds      Seconds        Seconds Seconds        Seconds E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 203/302                        +/- 0.316      +/- 0.112        +/- 0.322      +/- 1.55 x10-4      +/- 0.18 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 203/302                        +/- 5.148      +/- 1.685        +/- 5.480      +/-2.33 x10-3       +/-1.35 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty are presented in Table 2.1-1.
These values apply to the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.


===3.6 Pressure===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 9 OF 29 3.0      References 3.1. EN-DC-126,  Engineering Calculation Process 3.2. EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations 3.3. 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5. 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6. Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7. RBS Operating License 3.7.1. Not used 3.7.2. Not used 3.7.3. Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.8. RBS USAR None 3.9. Vendor Manuals/Documents 3.9.1. A348-0116, Amerace - Agastat Nuclear Qualified Control Relays 3.9.2. Not used 3.9.3. Not used 3.9.4. 6221.418-000-001A, High Pressure Core Spray System Power Supply Unit, NEDO10905 3.9.5. 0221.418-000-008, Purchase Specification Data Sheet 21A9300AU, High Pressure Core Spray System 3.9.6. A348-0111, Amerace Electronic Components Catalog - Agastat Electromechanical Relays 3.10. Electrical Schematics 3.10.1. EE-001M, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus E22-S004 3.10.2. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 003, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System
Range Same as Normal


===3.6 Seismic===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 10 OF 29 3.10.3. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 007, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.4. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 008, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.5. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 011, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.11. Surveillance Test Procedures:
Accelerations, g
3.11.1. STP-302-1605, HPCS Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.2. STP-302-1604, HPCS Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.3. Not used 3.12. Logic Diagrams None 3.13. Standards None 3.14. Equipment Qualification Trending and Thermal Aging Program (EQTAP) 3.15. BE-230D, 4.16 Kv Bus E22*S004 Relay Settings 3.16. Calculations 3.16.1. G13.18.3.1-005, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 3.16.2. Not Used 3.16.3. G13.18.6.3-014, Drift Study for Agastat ETR Series Time Delay Relays 3.17    GE-DL828E537AA, Elementary Diagram-Device List
< 3 3.5 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 13 OF 29 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 11 OF 29 4.0     Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine the uncertainty for the Division III Agastat time delay relays.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
4.1. Loop Input 4.1.1. Loop Data:
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 14 OF 29 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126 , "Engineering Calculation Process
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description                      Data                        Reference Loop Sensor(s)                  Auxiliary Relays                    3.10.4 Location                            E22-S004                        3.10.4 Output                            Contact closure                    3.10.4 4.1.2. Special Considerations:
" (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300
4.1.2.1    Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
-000-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology" (Reference 3.3).
* Multi-Amp EPOCH-40 DC/Timer Test set.
4.2. Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description                        Data                          Reference Component Number(s)                  E22-S004-ACB4-62S3                        3.4 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4                      3.10 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 Manufacturer                            Amerace/Agastat                        3.17 Model                                        ETR14                            3.17 Location(s)                             CB.116/E33-S004                        3.4 Service Description                          Relay                            3.4 Quality Class                            Safety Related                        3.4 Environmental Qualification                    N                              3.4 Input Range                                0-125 VDC                          3.10 Output                                  Contact Action                        3.10 Calibration Interval Evaluated      30 Mo (24 Mo. + 25%).                     3.2


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 12 OF 29 4.3. Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Agastat ETR14 Data                    References Description Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RAR)                  10% of Setting      (2)            3.9.1 5% of Setting (TR) (2)              3.9.6 Seismic Effects (SER)                                0                          7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TER)                                                      3.9.6 5% of setting 3.14 (40oF - 122oF) 2 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR)                N/A                        7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR)                    N/A                        7.1.13 Drift (DRR)                                3.725% Setpoint                    3.16.3 2
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Power Supply Effect (PSR)              5% of setting (includes TER)            3.9.6 2                          3.14 4.4. Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-116-2 Description                            Data                  Reference Location Building/Elevation                                  CB-116                      3.4 Room/Area                                    Switchgear Room                  3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF                              40 - 109                    3.6 (68oF to 83oF act.)              3.14 Humidity Range, %RH                                  20-95                      3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated 800                      3.6 Dose, Rads Pressure Range                                      Atmos                      3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 15 OF 29 7.0 Assumptions
Temperature Range, oF                          Same as Normal                  3.6 Humidity Range, %RH                            Same as Normal                  3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads        Same as Normal                  3.6 Pressure Range                                Same as Normal                  3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g                                      <3                        3.5


===7.1. Assumptions===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 13 OF 29 5.0  Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
that do not require confirmation


====7.1.1. Miscellaneous====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 14 OF 29 6.0  Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty
Allowance (ML)
    & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
7.1.2. For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be  7.1.3. Zero Effect (ZE)
Not applicable


====7.1.4. Seismic====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 15 OF 29 7.0    Assumptions 7.1. Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1. Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
Effects (SE)
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
Reference 3.9.1 states that the timing delays have been tested to 6 g ZPA "without damage, malfunction or failure." Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 116 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.
7.1.2. Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.
 
7.1.3. Zero Effect (ZE)
====7.1.5. Radiation====
Not applicable 7.1.4. Seismic Effects (SE)
Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
Reference 3.9.1 states that the timing delays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage, malfunction or failure. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 116 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.
7.1.5. Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays evaluated by this calculation as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays evaluated by this calculation as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
 
7.1.6. Power Supply Effects (PS)
====7.1.6. Power====
Per reference 3.9.6, Power Supply Effects for the model TR time delay function is assumed to be well under 5% of setting under all control voltage conditions. Therefore, for conservatism the power supply effects on the time delay function will be assumed to equal +/-5% of setting.
Supply Effects (PS
7.1.7. Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
) Per reference 3.9.6, Power Supply Effects for the model TR time delay function is assumed to be well under 5% of setting under all control voltage conditions. Therefore, for conservatism the power supply effects on the time delay function will be assumed to equal +/-5% of setting.
Not Applicable 7.1.8. Static Pressure Effects (SP)
 
====7.1.7. Process====
Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
Not Applicable
 
====7.1.8. Static====
Pressure Effects (SP)
Not Applicable
Not Applicable


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 16 OF 29 7.1.9. Humidity Effects (HE)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
The relays were specified by the HPCS manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location. The HPCS Design Specification, Section 4.6.1 (reference 3.9.5) states that the design conditions for the switchgear and its sub-components are 20 to 90% relative Humidity. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-116-2 is 20 to 90% RH. Reference 3.6 also identifies that 1% of the days/calendar year (30 hours) the humidity could be 5 %
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 16 OF 29 7.1.9. Humidity Effects (HE)
higher. This is considered negligible. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.
The relays were specified by the HPCS manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location. The HPCS Design Specification, Section 4.6.1 (reference 3.9.5) states that the design conditions for the switchgear and its sub
-components are 20 to 90% relative Humidity. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB
-116-2 is 20 to 90% RH. Reference 3.6 also identifies that 1% of the days/calendar year (30 hours) the humidity could be 5 % higher. This is considered negligible. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.
7.1.10. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
7.1.10. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
(IR) effects, which may result from degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the device s and circuits addressed by this calculation. The timers evaluated are not low
(IR) effects, which may result from degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. The timers evaluated are not low-current DC devices affected by current leakage due to insulation resistance degradation.
-current DC devices affect ed by curre nt leakage due to insulation resistance degradation.
7.1.11. Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the timing relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switchgear compartment. The voltage effects are included in the temperature effects per Ref. 3.9.1 and 3.9.6.
7.1.11. Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the timing relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switchgear compartment. The voltage effects are included in the temperature effects per Ref. 3.9.1 and 3.9.6.
7.1.12. Temperature Effects (TE)
7.1.12. Temperature Effects (TE)
Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect for the ETR relay is 10% of setting over a span of 40 o - 156 oF. Per Reference 3.9.6, the temperature effect for the TR relay is 5% of setting over a span of 32 o - 122 oF (the non
Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect for the ETR relay is 10% of setting over a span of 40o - 156oF. Per Reference 3.9.6, the temperature effect for the TR relay is 5% of setting over a span of 32o - 122oF (the non-safety version of the same relay). Since the historical temperature in the area only varies 14oF the 5% value is assumed. The non-safety relay is built to the same specifications but substitute material may be used. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effect. The 5% tolerance is combined with voltage effects in Ref. 3.9.6 but will be conservatively used as an independent effect.
-safety version of the same relay). Since the historical temperature in the area only varies 14 oF the 5% value is assumed. The non
-safety relay is built to the same specifications but substitute material may be used. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effect. The 5% tolerance is combined with voltage effects in Ref. 3.9.6 but will be conservatively used as an independent effect.
7.1.13. Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
7.1.13. Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.16.3 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.16.3 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device.
. Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
7.1.14. Instrument Drift Deleted 7.2. Assumptions that require confirmation None SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
7.1.14. Instrument Drift Deleted 7.2. Assumptions that require confirmation None
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 17 OF  29 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty to Use 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) As-Left Tolerance 8.10) As-Found Tolerance 8.11) Loop Tolerance s 8.1. Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties


====8.1.1. Calculation====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 17 OF 29 8.0  Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
of Power Supply Effects on 62S3 and 62S4 Time delay setting (PS RT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
8.1)  Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2)  Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty to Use 8.3)  Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4)  Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5)  Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6)  Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7)  Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8)  Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9)  As-Left Tolerance 8.10) As-Found Tolerance 8.11) Loop Tolerances 8.1. Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1. Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62S3 and 62S4 Time delay setting (PSRT)
PSRT1 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting, Setting is 3.0 seconds from Ref. 3.15
(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
= +/- (0.050*3.0) seconds
PSRT1   = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting, Setting is 3.0 seconds from Ref. 3.15
= +/- 0.15 seconds
                        = +/- (0.050*3.0) seconds
 
                        = +/- 0.15 seconds                                                   (2 value) 8.1.2. Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62S5 and 62S6 Time delay setting (PSRT)
====8.1.2. Calculation====
(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
of Power Supply Effects on 62S5 and 62S6 Time delay setting (PS RT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
Reference Accuracy, Power Supply Effects and Temperature Effects as well as M&TE Reference Accuracy are specified as a percentage of time delay setting. The setting of relays 62S5 and 62S6 is specified in Reference 3.16.1 as 45.24 seconds.
Reference Accuracy, Power Supply Effects and Temperature Effects as well as M&TE Reference Accuracy are specified as a percentage of time delay setting. The setting of relays 62S5 and 62S6 is specified in Reference 3.16.1 as 45.
PSRT2   = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting,
24 seconds. PSRT2 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting , = +/- (0.050
                        = +/- (0.050
* 45.2 4) seconds = +/- 2.2 62 seconds  8.1.3. Calculation of Temperature Effects on 62S3 and 62S4 Relay Time Delay Settings (TE RT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.12)
* 45.24) seconds
                        = +/- 2.262 seconds                                                  (2 value) 8.1.3. Calculation of Temperature Effects on 62S3 and 62S4 Relay Time Delay Settings (TERT)
(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.12)
TERT1 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting under Adverse Conditions
TERT1 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting under Adverse Conditions
= +/- (0.05 x 3) seconds
                        = +/- (0.05 x 3) seconds
= +/- 0.15 seconds
                        = +/- 0.15 seconds                                                   (2 value)


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 18 OF 29 8.1.4. Calculation of Temperature Effects on 62S5 and 62S6 Relay Time Delay Settings (TERT)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.12)
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 18 OF 29 8.1.4. Calculation of Temperature Effects on 62S5 and 62S6 Relay Time Delay Settings (TE RT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.12)
TERT2 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting under Adverse Conditions
TERT2 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting under Adverse Conditions
= +/- (0.05 x 45.24) seconds = +/- 2.2 62 seconds  8.2. Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA)  
                    = +/- (0.05 x 45.24) seconds
& Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty
                    = +/- 2.262 seconds                                                (2 value) 8.2. Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1. Undervoltage Relay 62S3 and 62S4 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)
RART1 = +/- 5% of Setting, Setting is 3.0 seconds per Ref. 3.15
                    = +/- 0.05
* 3.0 seconds
                    = +/- 0.15 seconds                                                  (2 value) 8.2.2. Undervoltage Relay 62S5 and 62S6 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)
RART2 = +/- 0.5% of Setting
                    = +/- 0.05
* 45.24 seconds
                    = +/- 2.262 seconds                                                (2 Value) 8.3. Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1. Device Uncertainty Relay 62S3 and 62S4 Time Delay Setting (ART)
(Sections 8.2.1, 8.1.3, 8.1.1)
ART1    = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2
                    = +/- [(0.15)2 + (0.15)2 + (0.15)2]1/2 seconds
                    = +/- 0.2598 seconds                                                (2 value)
This is conservative because the impacts of RART, PSRT and TERT are all combined in the manufacturers specified RART.
8.3.2. Device Uncertainty Relay 62S5 and 62S6 Time Delay Setting (ART)
(Sections 8.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.1.4)
ART2    = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2
                    = +/- [(2.262)2 + (2.262)2 + (2.262)2]1/2 seconds
                    = +/- 3.918 seconds 8.4. Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3, loop calibration effects are defined as:
CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2


====8.2.1. Undervoltage====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 19 OF 29 The CTL for 62S5 and 62S6 Time Delay Settings are set to the loop as left tolerance (ALTL) in section 8.11.1 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05. For the remaining loops the CTL is set to the procedural as-left band (PALB), reference 3.11.2.
Relay 62S3 and 62S4 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RA RT) RART1 = +/- 5% of Setting
8.4.1. Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the Time Delay Setting (CLT)
, Setting is 3.0 seconds per Ref. 3.15
CLT1    = +/- [(MTELT1)2 + (CTLT1)2]1/2
= +/- 0.05
                    = +/- [(1.55 x 10-4)2 + (0.18)2]1/2 seconds
* 3.0 second s = +/- 0.15 seconds
                    = +/- 0.18 seconds CLT2    = +/- [(MTELT2)2 + (CTLT2)2]1/2
                    = +/- [(2.33 x 10-3)2 + (1.35)2]1/2 seconds
                    = +/- 1.35 seconds 8.4.1.1 Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
MTELV = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where:
MTERAT = The reference accuracy of the M&TE being utilized. Epoch 40 Aux.
Timer and DC voltage/current unit has a timer accuracy of 0.005% or one digit on the min. 99.9999 range. Using 3.0 x 0.00005 = 1.5 x 10-4 seconds or using 45.24 x 0.00005 = 2.262 x 10-3 seconds.
MTETET = Temperature effect on the M&TE being utilized. Zero is assumed since the Epoch 40 operating range is 0o to 50oC with no temperature coefficient given. (Reference 3.9.4).
MTERIT = Assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
MTECST = Assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference Accuracy of the test equipment being utilized = 0.005%/4 seconds (per Reference 3.2).
MTEL1      = +/- [(MTERART1)2 + (MTERIRT1)2 + (MTETERT1)2 + (MTECSRT1)2]1/2
                              = +/- [(1.5 X 10-4)2 + (0)2 + (0)2 + (3.75 X 10-5)2]1/2
                              = +/- 1.55 X 10-4 seconds.                                 (2 Value)
MTEL2      = +/- [(MTERART2)2 + (MTERIRT2)2 + (MTETERT2)2 + (MTECSRT2)2]1/2
                              = +/- [(2.262x10-3)2 + (0)2 + (0)2 + (5.655 x 10-4)2]1/2
                              = +/- 2.33 x10-3 seconds.                                  (2 Value) 8.5. Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10


====8.2.2. Undervoltage====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                       PAGE 20 OF 29 8.6. Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.6.1. Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay Setting (LUT)
Relay 62S5 and 62S6 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RA RT) RART2 = +/- 0.5% of Setting
Per references 3.2 and 3.3, Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
= +/- 0.05
LUT1     = +/- (m/n)[(ART1)2 + (CLT1)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
* 45.24 seconds = +/- 2.2 62 seconds  8.3. Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2)
Where:       m =     The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
 
N =     The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.
====8.3.1. Device====
M (Margin) = Margin is added for additional conservatism.
Uncertainty Relay 62S3 and 62S4 Time Delay Setting (A RT) (Sections 8.2.
                            =   +/- (1.645/2)[(0.2598)2 + (0.18)2]1/2 +/- 0.056
1, 8.1.3, 8.1.
                            =   +/- 0.316 seconds 8.6.2. Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay Setting (LUT)
: 1) ART1 = +/- [(RA RT)2 + (PS RT)2 + (TE RT)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.15) 2 + (0.15)2 + (0.15)2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.2598 seconds This is conservative because the impacts of RA RT, PS RT and TE RT are all combined in the manufacturers specified RA RT. 8.3.2. Device Uncertainty Relay 62S5 and 62S6 Time Delay Setting (A RT) (Sections 8.2.
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
2 , 8.1.2, 8.1.4) ART2 = +/- [(RA RT)2 + (PS RT)2 + (TE RT)2]1/2 = +/- [(2.2 62)2 + (2.2 62)2 + (2.2 62)2]1/2 seconds = +/- 3.9 18 seconds 8.4. Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (C L) Per references 3.2 and 3.3, loop calibration effects are defined as:
LUT2     = +/- (m/n)[(ART2)2 + (CLT2)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
C L = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
                    = +/- (1.645/2)[(3.918)2 + (1.35)2]1/2 +/- 1.740
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
                    = +/- 5.148 seconds 8.7. Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1. Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT)
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 19 OF  29 The CT L for 62S5 and 62S6 Time Delay Setting s are set to the loop as left tolerance (ALT L) in section 8.11.1 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011
N/A for both the voltage and time delay function per Assumption 7.1.13 8.7.2. Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR)
-05. For the remaining loops the CT L is set to the procedural as
N/A for both the voltage and time delay function per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3. Relay Drift (DRRV) 8.7.3.1   Relay Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
-left band (PALB)
, reference 3.11.2
. 8.4.1. Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the Time Delay Setting (C LT) C L T1 = +/- [(MTELT1)2 + (CT LT 1)2]1/2 = +/- [(1.55 x 10-4)2 + (0.18)2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.18 seconds C L T2 = +/- [(MTELT2)2 + (CT LT 2)2]1/2 = +/- [(2.3 3 x 10-3)2 + (1.35)2]1/2 seconds = +/- 1.35 seconds 8.4.1.1  Measurement & Test Equipment (MTE L) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
MTE LV = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where: MTERAT = The reference accuracy of the M&TE being utilized. Epoch 40 Aux. Timer and DC voltage/current unit has a timer accuracy of 0.005% or one digit on the min. 99.9999 range. Using 3.0 x 0.00005 = 1.5 x 10
-4 seconds or using 45.24 x 0.00005 = 2.
2 6 2 x 10-3 seconds. MTETET = Temperature effect on the M&TE being utilized. Zero is assumed since the Epoch 40 operating range is 0 o to 50 oC with no temperature coefficient given. (Reference 3.9.4).
MTERIT = Assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at l east 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
MTECST = Assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference Accuracy of the test equipment being utilized
= 0.005%/4 seconds (per Reference 3.2).
MTE L1 = +/- [(MTERART1)2 + (MTERIRT1)2 + (MTETERT1)2 + (MTECSRT1)2]1/2 = +/- [(1.5 X 10
-4)2 + (0)2 + (0)2 + (3.75 X 10
-5)2]1/2 = +/- 1.55 X 10
-4 seconds. MTE L2 = +/- [(MTERART2)2 + (MTERIRT2)2 + (MTETERT2)2 + (MTECSRT2)2]1/2 = +/- [(2.2 6 2 x10-3)2 + (0)2 + (0)2 + (5.65 5 x 10-4)2]1/2 = +/- 2.3 3 x10-3 seconds. 8.5. Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 20 OF 29 8.6. Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.6.1. Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay Setting (LU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3
, Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
LUT1 = +/- (m/n)[(ART1)2 + (CLT1)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
N = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty
. M (Margin) = Margin is added for additional conservatism.
= +/- (1.645/2)[(0.2598) 2 + (0.18)2]1/2 +/- 0.056 = +/- 0.316 seconds 8.6.2. Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay Setting (LU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
LUT2 = +/- (m/n)[(ART2)2 + (CLT2)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
= +/- (1.645/2)[(3.9 18)2 + (1.35)2]1/2 +/- 1.7 4 0 = +/- 5.1 48 seconds 8.7. Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.7.1. Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TD T) N/A for both the voltage and time delay function per Assumption 7.1.13
 
====8.7.2. Relay====
Temperature Drift Effects (TD R) N/A for both the voltage and time delay function per assumption 7.1.13
 
====8.7.3. Relay====
Drift (DR RV) 8.7.3.1 Relay Drift for Time Delay Setting (DR RT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
DRRT1 = +/- 3.725% Setpoint
DRRT1 = +/- 3.725% Setpoint
= +/- (0.03 725 x 3) seconds
                      = +/- (0.03725 x 3) seconds
= +/- 0.1 12 seconds As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DR RT 8.7.3.2 Relay Drift for Time Delay Setting (DR RT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
                      = +/- 0.112 seconds                                                 (2 Value)
As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT 8.7.3.2 Relay Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14)


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 21 OF 29 DRRT2 = +/- 3.725% Setpoint
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
                      = +/- (0.03725 x 45.24) seconds
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 21 OF 29 DRRT2 = +/- 3.725% Setpoint
                      = +/- 1.685 seconds                                                 (2 Value)
= +/- (0.03 725 x 45.24) seconds = +/- 1.6 85 seconds   As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DR RT 8.8. Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)
As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT 8.8. Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.8.1. Total Loop Uncertainty - Time Delay Setting (TLUT)
 
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
====8.8.1. Total====
Loop Uncertainty
- Time Delay Setting (TLU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLUT1 = +/- (m/n) [(ART1)2 + (CLT1)2 + (DRLT1)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)
TLUT1 = +/- (m/n) [(ART1)2 + (CLT1)2 + (DRLT1)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)
= +/- (1.645/2)[[(0.2598) 2 + (0.18)2 + (0.1 12)2]1/2 +/- 0.046 = +/- 0.322 seconds 8.8.2. Total Loop Uncertainty  
                    = +/- (1.645/2)(((0.2598)2 + (0.18)2 + (0.112)2]1/2 +/- 0.046
- Time Delay Setting (TLU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
                    = +/- 0.322 seconds 8.8.2. Total Loop Uncertainty - Time Delay Setting (TLUT)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLUT2 = +/- (m/n) [(ART2)2 + (CLT2)2 + (DRTL2)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
TLUT2 = +/- (m/n) [(ART2)2 + (CLT2)2 + (DRTL2)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
= +/- (1.645/2)[[3.9 18)2 + (1.35)2 + (1.6 85)2]1/2 +/- 1.801 = +/- 5.48 0 seconds.
                    = +/- (1.645/2)((3.918)2 + (1.35)2 + (1.685)2]1/2 +/- 1.801
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
                    = +/- 5.480 seconds.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 22 OF  29  Summary of Calculation Data Time Delay Relay Device 1  Time Delay Normal Conditions (TR data) Time Delay Adverse Conditions (ETR data)
Terms Values  Ref Values  Ref Input Range 62S3, 62S4 62S5, 62S6
.55 to 15 4 to 120 _ 3.9.6 .55 to 15 4 to 120 _ 3.9.1 Process Units Seconds - 3.9.6 Seconds - 3.9.1 Voltage Range 85-110%V  3.9.6 80% Min V.


====3.9.1 Humidity====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 22 OF 29 Summary of Calculation Data Time Delay Relay Device 1 Time Delay Normal Conditions      Time Delay Adverse Conditions (TR data)                          (ETR data)
40-60% 3.9.6 10-95% 3.9.1 Temperature Range o F 70-104 - 3.9.6 40-145 - 3.9.1 Reference Accuracy (RA) 5% of Setting 2 3.9.6 +/- 10% of Setting 2 3.9.1 Temperature Effect (TE)
Terms                                  Values                Ref          Values              Ref Input Range        62S3, 62S4      .55 to 15                          .55 to 15
Included in RA 2 7.1.12 8.1.4 Included in RA 2 7.1.12 8.1.3 8.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)
_      3.9.6                        _    3.9.1 62S5, 62S6        4 to 120                            4 to 120 Process Units                          Seconds        -      3.9.6        Seconds        -    3.9.1 Voltage Range                        85-110%V                3.9.6      80% Min V.            3.9.1 Humidity                               40-60%                 3.9.6       10-95%               3.9.1 Temperature Range oF                  70-104         -     3.9.6       40-145         -   3.9.1
Included in RA
                                                                          +/- 10% of Reference Accuracy (RA)             5% of Setting     2     3.9.6                       2   3.9.1 Setting 7.1.12 7.1.12 Temperature Effect (TE)           Included in RA     2               Included in RA     2   8.1.3 8.1.4 8.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)               Included in RA     -     7.1.4   Included in RA     -   7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)             Included in RA     -     7.1.5   Included in RA     -   7.1.5
- 7.1.4 Included in RA - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)
                                    +/- 0.112 sec.      2    7.1.14      +/- 0.112 sec.     2   7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)
Included in RA
                                    +/- 1.685 sec.     2      8.7.3      +/- 1.685 sec.     2   8.7.3 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)           N/A           -     7.1.13         N/A           -   7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)             N/A           -     7.1.5         N/A           -   7.1.5 7.1.6                            7.1.6 Power Supply Effect (PS)           Included in RA     2               Included in RA     2 8.1.1                            8.1.2 Humidity Effects (HE)             Included in RA     -     7.1.9   Included in RA     -   7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP)             N/A           -     7.1.8         N/A           -   7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect               N/A           -     7.1.7         N/A           -   7.1.7 (PM)
- 7.1.5 Included in RA
Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)       N/A           -     7.1.10         N/A           -   7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)                         N/A           -     7.1.3         N/A           -   7.1.3
- 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)
 
+/- 0.1 12 sec. +/- 1.6 8 5 sec. 2 2 7.1.14 8.7.3 +/- 0.1 12 sec. +/- 1.6 85 sec. 2 2 7.1.14 8.7.3 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 23 OF 29 8.9. As-Left Tolerance (ALT)
N/A - 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used.
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS)
ALTRT - Time Delay Relay Calculation 8.9.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (ALTRT2)
Included in RA 2 7.1.6 8.1.1 Included in RA 2 7.1.6 8.1.2 Humidity Effects (HE)
MTEL2            = +/- 2.33 x 10-3 seconds ALTRT2          = +/- SRSS (RART2, MTEL2)
Included in RA
                              = +/- SRSS (2.262, 0.00233) seconds
- 7.1.9 Included in RA
                              = +/- 2.26 seconds Because ALTRT2 is greater than the AFTRT2 value calculated in section 8.10.1, ALTRT2 will be set to 80% of AFTRT2, therefore:
- 7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP)
ALTRT2          = +/- 80%* AFTRT2
N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect (PM) N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)
                              = +/- 0.80
N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)
* 1.685 seconds
N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
                              = +/- 1.35 seconds 8.10. As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
AFTRT- Time Delay Relay Calculation For calculating AFTRT, the actual MTE value is used:
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 23 OF 29 8.9. As-Left Tolerance (ALT)
8.10.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (AFTRT2)
Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used. ALT RT - Time Delay Relay Calculation 8.9.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (ALT RT 2) MTE L 2 = +/- 2.3 3 x 10-3 seconds ALT RT 2 = +/- SRSS (RA RT 2, MTE L 2) = +/- SRSS (2.262, 0.
Since drift (DRRT2) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:
00 23 3) seconds = +/- 2.2 6 seconds Because ALT RT 2 is greater than the AFT RT 2 value calculated in section 8.10.1, ALT RT 2 will be set to 80% of AFT RT 2, therefore:
AFTRT2      = DRRT2
ALT RT 2 = +/- 80%* AFT RT 2  = +/- 0.80
                          = +/-1.685 seconds 8.11. Loop Tolerances 8.11.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 Loop Tolerance for Time Delay Setting ALTL2 - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL2      =     +/- SRSS (ALTRT2)
* 1.685 seconds = +/- 1.35 seconds 8.10. As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
                                =     +/- SRSS (1.35) seconds
AFT RT- Time Delay Relay Calculation For calculating AFT R T, the actual MTE value is used: 8.10.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (AFT RT 2) Since drift (DR RT 2) was determined using plant specific as
                                =     +/- 1.35 seconds AFTL2 - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL2      =     +/-SRSS (AFTRT2)
-found/as-left calibration data
                                =     +/-SRSS (1.685) seconds
: AFT RT 2 = DR RT 2  = +/-1.685 seconds 8.11. Loop Tolerances 8.11.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 Loop Tolerance for Time Delay Setting ALT L 2 - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALT L 2 = +/- SRSS (ALT RT 2) = +/- SRSS (1.35) seconds = +/- 1.35 seconds AFT L2 - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFT L 2 = +/-SRSS (AFT RT 2) = +/-SRSS (1.685) seconds
                                =     +/- 1.685 seconds
  = +/- 1.685 seconds SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
 
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 24 OF 29 Summary of Calibration Tolerances Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Tolerance (ALTRT2)               +/- 1.35 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Tolerance (AFTRT2)             +/- 1.685 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL2)           +/- 1.35 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL2)         +/- 1.685 seconds
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 24 OF 29 Summary of Calibration Tolerances Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Tolerance (ALT RT 2) +/- 1.35 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Tolerance (AFT RT 2) +/- 1.685 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L 2) +/- 1.35 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L 2) +/- 1.685 seconds ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 25 OF  29 ATTACHMENT 9.1  DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1  ANO-2  IP-2  IP-3  JAF  PLP  PNPS  VY  GGNS  RBS  W3  NP Document No.
G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007 Revision No.
00 2 Page 1 of 4 Title: Loop Uncertainty Dete rmination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays
- Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method:
Design Review Alternate Calculation  Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
Electrical Robin Smith/ See AS for signature & date Mechanical  Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear        Originator:
Mary Coffaro
/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 26 OF  29 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:
DISCIPLINE:
Civil/Structural Electrical I & C Mechanical Nuclear Other Document Title: Loop Uncertainty Dete rmination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays
- Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007 Rev. 00 2 QA Cat. I Verifier: Robin Smith
/ See AS for signature & date Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
N/A          Print Sign Date  METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11
- 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered. 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable
. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
Yes  No  N/A    2. Assumptions
- Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?  Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re
-verification when the detailed activities are completed?  Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Yes  No  N/A    3. Quality Assurance
- Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 27 OF  29 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3  4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements
- Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
Yes  No  N/A    5. Construction and Operating Experience
- Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes  No  N/A    6. Interfaces
- Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes  No  N/A    7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes  No  N/A    8. Design Outputs
- Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes  No  N/A    9. Parts, Equipment and Processes
- Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes  No  N/A    10. Materials Compatibility
- Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes  No  N/A    11. Maintenance requirements
- Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes  No  N/A    12. Accessibility for Maintenance
- Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes  No  N/A    13. Accessibility for In
-service Inspection
- Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in
-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes  No  N/A    14. Radiation Exposure
- Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes  No  N/A    15. Acceptance Criteria
- Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes  No  N/A ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 28 OF  29 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3 16. Test Requirements
- Have adequate pre
-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
Yes  No  N/A    17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping
- Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    18. Identification Requirements
- Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    19. Records and Documentation
- Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?
Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method?  Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
Yes  No  N/A    20. Software Quality Assurance
- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN
- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program? ENS sites: This is an EN
-IT-104 task. However, per ENS
-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes  No  N/A    21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes  No  N/A   


ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 25 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                    DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1            ANO-2              IP-2                IP-3                JAF                    PLP PNPS              VY                  GGNS                RBS                W3                    NP Revision No.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*007                                                              Page 1 of 4 002
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 29 OF 29 ATTACHMENT  


===9.7 DESIGN===
==Title:==
VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question  #
Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays - Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay Quality Related            Augmented Quality Related DV Method:              Design Review              Alternate Calculation              Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED                      DISCIPLINE                  VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
Comments  Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup Incorporated RS  10/13/12
Electrical        Robin Smith/ See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:
Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved


ANO-1  ANO-2  GGNS  IP-2  IP-3  PLP  JAF PNPS  RBS  VY  W3  NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION COVER PAGE (1)  EC #  40339 (2)  Page 1 of 32 (3) Design Basis Calc.
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                            PAGE 26 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                             DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:                                                                                     DISCIPLINE:
YES      NO (4)
Document
CALCULATION EC Markup (5)  Calculation No:  G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 (6)  Revision:  00 3 (7)  Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay (8)  Editorial YES      NO (9)  System(s):
302 (10)  Review Org (Department
):   NSBE3 (I&C Design)
(11)  Safety Class:
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (12)  Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, 1B, 1C ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, 1B, 1C ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS      (13)  Document Type:
F43.02 (14) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes):  relay, uncertainty, undervoltage REVIE WS    (15)  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Responsible Engineer (16)  Name/Signature/Date Robin Smith / See AS (17)  Name/Signature/Date Paul Matzke
/ See AS    Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer    Comments Attached Comments Attached


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays -           Civil/Structural Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay Electrical Doc. No.:                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*007                  Rev. 002  QA Cat. I              I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date                                Mechanical Verifier:
-ENS*00 2, Rev. 00 3 PAGE 2 OF  32 CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET CALCULATION NO:
Print                    Sign                    Date Nuclear Manager authorization for                                                                            Other supervisor performing Verification.
G.13.18.6.2
N/A Print                  Sign                Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
-ENS*002  REVISION:
Design Review                                  Alternate Calculations                      Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
00 3  I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): None  II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No.
NOTE            The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
: 1. EN-DC-126 -- 00 4  N  2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000  N  3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300  N  4. 201.130-186 0 000  N  5. 215.150 0 006  N  6. B455-0139 0 000  N  7. 3242.521-102-001A 0 300  N  8. F1 37-0100 0 000  N  9. 0242.521-102-133 0 300  N  10. EE-001K 0 019  N  11. EE-001L 0 015  N  12. ESK-08ENS01 001 008  N  13. ESK-08EGS09 001 013  N  14. ESK-08EGS10 001 012  N  15. ESK-08EGS13 001 011  N  16. ESK-08EGS14 001 010  N  17. ESK-08EGS15 001 0 10  N  18. ESK-08EGS16 001 007  N  19. STP-302-1600 -- 0 20  Y A/R 00154225
: 1.         Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
: 20. STP-302-1601 -- 0 20  Y A/R 00154227
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
: 21. G13.18.6.3
All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
-006 0 000  N  22. LSK-24-09.05A 001 015  N  23. EDP-AN-02 -- 30 1   N  24. STP-302-0102 -- 01 7  N  25. G13.18.3.1
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
-004 0 000  Y EC 40339 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
Yes                No                N/A
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 2.         Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?
-ENS*00 2, Rev. 00 3 PAGE 3 OF  32 III. CROSS REFERENCES
Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
Yes                No                N/A
: 3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993)
: 3.        Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
: 4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH
Yes                No               N/A
-10 5. USAR Figures 3.11
-1 through 5 IV. SOFTWARE USED
: N/A Title:    Version/Release:
Disk/CD No.
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED
: N/A Title:    Version/Release Disk/CD No.
VI. OTHER CHANGES
:      References removed from the calculation: G13.18.3.1*001


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 27 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                            DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 4.        Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
-ENS*002 Rev.
Yes                No                N/A
00 3 Page 4 of  32  Revision Record of Revision 00 0 Initial issue to support determination of undervoltage rely setpoints by Electrical Engineering.
: 5.       Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
00 1 Deleted Degraded Voltage Relay setpoints. With relay change per ER
Yes                No                N/A
-RB-2001-0360-00, the degraded voltage relay setpoints are moved to G13.18.3.6.2
: 6.       Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
-ENS-005 Rev. 0. Revised procedural as
Yes                No                N/A
-left band.
: 7.        Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
00 2 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753. 003 EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1
Yes                No                N/A
-004 into this calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.
: 8.        Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes                No                N/A
: 9.        Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes                No                N/A
: 10.      Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes                No                N/A
: 11.       Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes                No                N/A
: 12.       Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes                No                N/A
: 13.       Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes                No                N/A
: 14.       Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes                No                N/A
: 15.       Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes                No                N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                               CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 28 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                               DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 16.       Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
-ENS*002 Rev.
Yes                No              N/A
00 3 Page 5 of  32  TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Descripti on 6 2.0 Results/Conclusions 8 3.0 References 9 4.0 Design Inputs 11 5.0 Nomenclature 15 6.0 Calculation Methodology 16 7.0 Assumptions 17 8.0 Calculation 20 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram 2 8 Attachments:
: 17.       Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
1 Design Verification Form and Comments
Yes                No              N/A
................................
: 18.       Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
................................
Yes                No              N/A
..........
: 19.       Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,
5 page s SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Yes                No              N/A
-ENS*002 Rev.
: 20.       Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
00 3 Page 6 of  32  1.0 Purpose and Description
ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes                No              N/A
: 21.       Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes                No              N/A


===1.1. Purpose===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 29 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7                                                    DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question #          Comments                          Resolution                  Initial/Date 1    Comments provided by markup    Incorporated                      RS 10/13/12
The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Safety
-Related 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays for Divisions I & II. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1
-00 4. 1.2. Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.
Each 4.16 kV bus monitored by three undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre
-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic.


===1.3. Design===
ANO-1                 ANO-2              GGNS                IP-2            IP-3                 PLP JAF                  PNPS                RBS                  VY              W3 NP-GGNS-3           NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION            (1)                                                  (2)
Bases Event Per Technical Specification Bases B 3.3.8.1 (Reference 3
EC #        40339                                    Page 1 of    32 COVER PAGE (3)                                                   (4)
.7.3), "successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources." 1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology," (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2). One sided probability is used since the Loss of Voltage relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.
Design Basis Calc.       YES        NO                      CALCULATION                EC Markup (5)                                                                                        (6)
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation.
Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*002                                                        Revision: 003 (7)                                                                                       (8)
The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model            Editorial 27H Undervoltage Relay                                                            YES      NO (9)                                              (10)
-ENS*002 Rev.
System(s): 302                                    Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)
00 3 Page 7 of  32  1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 9.0. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.
(11)                                              (12)
Safety Class:                                    Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
Safety / Quality Related                  ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, 1B, 1C      ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, 1B, 1C Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS              ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS (13)
Document Type: F43.02 (14)
Keywords (Description/Topical Codes):
relay, uncertainty, undervoltage REVIEWS (15)                                  (16)                                (17)
Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS                Robin Smith / See AS                Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer                                                      Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer                              Comments Attached Comments Attached


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 2 OF 32 CALCULATION REFERENCE          CALCULATION NO:            G.13.18.6.2-ENS*002 SHEET                          REVISION:      003 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): None II. Relationships:              Sht  Rev       Input      Output      Impact  Tracking No.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Doc        Doc        Y/N
-ENS*002 Rev.
: 1. EN-DC-126                      --  004                              N
00 3 Page 8 of  32  2.0 Results/Conclusions
: 2. EN-IC-S-007-R                  0    000                              N
: 3. 7224.300-000-001B              0    300                              N
: 4. 201.130-186                    0    000                              N
: 5. 215.150                        0    006                              N
: 6. B455-0139                      0    000                              N
: 7. 3242.521-102-001A              0    300                              N
: 8. F137-0100                      0    000                              N
: 9. 0242.521-102-133              0    300                              N
: 10. EE-001K                      0    019                              N
: 11. EE-001L                      0   015                              N
: 12. ESK-08ENS01                  001  008                              N
: 13. ESK-08EGS09                  001  013                              N
: 14. ESK-08EGS10                  001  012                              N
: 15. ESK-08EGS13                  001  011                              N
: 16. ESK-08EGS14                  001  010                              N
: 17. ESK-08EGS15                  001  010                              N
: 18. ESK-08EGS16                  001  007                              N
: 19. STP-302-1600                  --  020                              Y      A/R 00154225
: 20. STP-302-1601                  --  020                              Y      A/R 00154227
: 21. G13.18.6.3-006                0    000                              N
: 22. LSK-24-09.05A                001  015                              N
: 23. EDP-AN-02                    --  301                              N
: 24. STP-302-0102                  --  017                              N
: 25. G13.18.3.1-004                0    000                              Y        EC40339


===2.1. Results===
SETPOINT CALCULATION              CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT              G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION            PAGE 3 OF 32 III.     CROSS
The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Loss of Voltage Relay System(s) Loop Identification Loop Uncertainty (LU) VAC Channel Drift (D L) VAC Total Loop Uncertainty (TL U) VAC M&TE Loop Accuracy Requirements VAC Maximum Loop Setting Tol.
(ALT L) VAC 302 See Section 9.0
+/- 0.9067 +/- 54.97* +/- 0.3 92 +/- 1.07 +/- 64.87* +/- 0.1 61 +/- 0.21
* Uncertainty indexed to the primary (bus) voltage of the potential transformers.


===2.2. Conclusions===
==REFERENCES:==
The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 9.0.
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
: 2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
: 3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993)
: 4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-10
: 5. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5 IV.       SOFTWARE USED:
N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Version/Release:      Disk/CD No.
-ENS*002 Rev.
V.       DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
00 3 Page 9 of  32  3.0 References 3.1 EN-DC-126 , "Engineering Calculation Process" 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R , "Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations
N/A
" 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC
-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology


===3.4 Asset===
==Title:==
Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186 , "Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building
Version/Release        Disk/CD No.
" 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11
VI.       OTHER CHANGES:
-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP
References removed from the calculation: G13.18.3.1*001
-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1 Not used 3.7.2 Not used 3.7.3 Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4 Not used 3.8 RBS USAR  None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1 B455-0139, Singl e-Phase Voltage Relays 3.9.2 3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual
-STNBY 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.3 F137-0100, Fluke Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.4 Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH
-10, Microprocessor
-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.5 0242.521-102-133 , Bill of Material 1ENS-SWG1A & 1B 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 4 of 32 Revision                                      Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of undervoltage rely setpoints by Electrical 000    Engineering.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Deleted Degraded Voltage Relay setpoints. With relay change per ER-RB-2001-0360-00, the 001    degraded voltage relay setpoints are moved to G13.18.3.6.2-ENS-005 Rev. 0. Revised procedural as-left band.
-ENS*002 Rev.
002   Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753.
00 3 Page 10 of 32   3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09 , DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage   Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage      Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage  Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:
EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1-004 into this 003    calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.
3.11.1 Not used  3.11.2 Not used 3.11.3 Not used 3.11.4 Not used 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards 3.13.1 ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformer s 3.13.2 Not used 3.14 G13.18.6.3
-006, ABB Model ITE
-27H Relay Drift Analysis 3.15 G13.18.3.1
-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS
-SWG01A and ENS
-SWG01B SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 11 of  32  4.0 Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine uncertainty for the DIV I and II Lo ss of Voltage relays.
4.1 Loop Input 4.1.1 Loop Data:
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s)
ENS-SWG1A-PT ENS-SWG1B-PT 3.10 Location ENS-SWG1A ENS-SWG1B 3.4 Output Range 0-120 VAC 3.10 Input Range 0-4200 VAC 3.10  4.1.2 Special Considerations:
4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator Mode (Reference 3.9.4)
Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to Medium Resolution (Reference 3.9.3) 4.1.2.2 A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the calibration location shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                                  Page 5 of 32 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION                                                                                                            PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description                                                                                                6 2.0 Results/Conclusions                                                                                                    8 3.0 References                                                                                                            9 4.0 Design Inputs                                                                                                        11 5.0 Nomenclature                                                                                                          15 6.0 Calculation Methodology                                                                                              16 7.0 Assumptions                                                                                                          17 8.0 Calculation                                                                                                          20 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram                                                                                              28 Attachments:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
1  Design Verification Form and Comments .......................................................................... 5 pages
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 12 of 32 4.2 Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s
) ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS 3.4 Manufacturer Westinghouse 3.9.5 Model(s) VIY-60 3.9.5 Location(s)
CB 98'E1. /ENS
-SWG1A CB 98'E1. /ENS
-SWG1B 3.4 Service Description Transformer


===3.4 Instrument===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 6 of 32 1.0     Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Safety-Related 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays for Divisions I & II. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1-004.
Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.9.5 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.5 Calibration Interval Evaluated N/A Note Device Setting Tolerance N/A Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted, therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval
1.2. Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.
. Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Descripti on Data Reference Component Number(s
Each 4.16 kV bus monitored by three undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic.
) See Section 9.0 3.4 , 3.10 Manufacturer Asea Brown Boveri 3.9.5, 3.9.1 Model 27H 3.9.5 , 3.9.1 Location(s)
1.3. Design Bases Event Per Technical Specification Bases B 3.3.8.1 (Reference 3.7.3), successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.
CB 98'EL/ENS-SWG1A CB 98'EL/ENS-SWG1B 3.4 Service Description Relay 3.9.1, 3.10 Input Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.2 Output Contact Action 3.10, 3.12 Calibration Interval Evaluated 30 Mo. (24 Mo. + 25%)
1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95%
probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2). One sided probability is used since the Loss of Voltage relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation.
The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.


===3.2 SETPOINT===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 7 of 32 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 9.0. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.
CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 13 of 32 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Westinghouse VIY-60 Description Data Reference Reference Accuracy (RA T) 0.3% of setting  3.9.2 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SE T) N/A 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE T) N/A 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR T) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD T) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR T) N/A 7.1.14  Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Asea Brown Boveri 27H Description Data Reference Reference Accuracy (RA R) +/-0.25% of setting 3.9.1 7.1.2 7.1.15 Seismic Effects (SE R) 0 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE R) 0.5 VAC/(68 o F - 104 o F)  7.1.12 7.1.2 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR R) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD R) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR R) +/-0.3 92 VAC  3.14 7.1.2 Reset 3% of Setting
+/-1.5% 3.9.1 3.9.5 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 14 of 32  4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description Data Reference Location  Building/Elevation CB-98 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room


===3.4 Normal===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 8 of 32 2.0      Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1.
Temperature Range, o F 40 - 104 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH 20 - 90 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, Rads 800 3.6 Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
Table 2.1-1 Loss of Voltage Relay Maximum Loop                          Total Loop    M&TE Loop Channel Drift                                        Loop Loop          Uncertainty                      Uncertainty    Accuracy System(s)                                          (DL)                                       Setting Tol.
Temperature Range, o F Same as Normal
Identification      (LU)                              (TLU)      Requirements VAC                                          (ALTL)
VAC                                VAC          VAC VAC See          +/- 0.9067                            +/- 1.07 302                                          +/- 0.392                        +/- 0.161          +/- 0.21 Section 9.0      +/- 54.97*                          +/- 64.87*
* Uncertainty indexed to the primary (bus) voltage of the potential transformers.
2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 9.0.


===3.6 Humidity===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 9 of 32 3.0    References 3.1  EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2  EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations 3.3  7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4  Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5  201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6   Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7  RBS Operating License 3.7.1  Not used 3.7.2  Not used 3.7.3 Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4  Not used 3.8  RBS USAR None 3.9  Vendor Manuals 3.9.1  B455-0139, Single-Phase Voltage Relays 3.9.2  3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual-STNBY 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.3  F137-0100, Fluke Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.4  Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-10, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.5  0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS-SWG1A & 1B 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B
Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal


===3.6 Pressure===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                    Page 10 of 32 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:
Range Same as Normal
3.11.1 Not used 3.11.2 Not used 3.11.3 Not used 3.11.4 Not used 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards 3.13.1 ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2 Not used 3.14 G13.18.6.3-006, ABB Model ITE-27H Relay Drift Analysis 3.15 G13.18.3.1-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B


===3.6 Seismic===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 11 of 32 4.0     Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine uncertainty for the DIV I and II Loss of Voltage relays.
Accelerations, g
4.1  Loop Input 4.1.1  Loop Data:
< 3 3.5 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description                      Data                        Reference ENS-SWG1A-PT Loop Sensor(s)                                                    3.10 ENS-SWG1B-PT ENS-SWG1A Location                                                      3.4 ENS-SWG1B Output Range                    0-120 VAC                        3.10 Input Range                    0-4200 VAC                        3.10 4.1.2  Special Considerations:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
4.1.2.1      Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
-ENS*002 Rev.
* Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator Mode (Reference 3.9.4)
00 3 Page 15 of 32 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
* Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to Medium Resolution (Reference 3.9.3) 4.1.2.2     A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the calibration location shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 12 of 32 4.2  Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description                            Data                          Reference Component Number(s)                  ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS 3.4 ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS Manufacturer                              Westinghouse                            3.9.5 Model(s)                                      VIY-60                              3.9.5 Location(s)                         CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1B Service Description                        Transformer                              3.4 Instrument Range                          0 - 4200 VAC                            3.9.5 Output Range                              0 - 120 VAC                            3.9.5 Calibration Interval Evaluated                  N/A                                Note Device Setting Tolerance                        N/A                                Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted, therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description                              Data                          Reference Component Number(s)                          See Section 9.0                      3.4, 3.10 Manufacturer                                Asea Brown Boveri                    3.9.5, 3.9.1 Model                                                27H                          3.9.5, 3.9.1 Location(s)                             CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1B Service Description                                Relay                        3.9.1, 3.10 Input Range                                    0 - 120 VAC                          3.9.2 Output                                        Contact Action                      3.10, 3.12 30 Mo.
-ENS*002 Rev.
Calibration Interval Evaluated                                                        3.2 (24 Mo. + 25%)
00 3 Page 16 of 32 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with EN-IC-S-007-R , "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, "Engineering Calculation Process" (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300
-000-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology" (Reference 3.3).


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 13 of 32 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Westinghouse VIY-60 Description                        Data                    Reference 0.3% of setting                3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RAT) 2                        7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SET)                          N/A                        7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TET)                      N/A                      7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRT)            N/A                      7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDT)                  N/A                      7.1.13 Drift (DRT)                                    N/A                      7.1.14 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Asea Brown Boveri 27H Description                        Data                    Reference 3.9.1
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
                                              +/-0.25% of setting Reference Accuracy (RAR)                                                  7.1.2 2
-ENS*002 Rev.
7.1.15 Seismic Effects (SER)                            0                        7.1.4 0.5 VAC/(68oF - 104oF)            7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TER) 2                        7.1.2 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR)            N/A                      7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR)                  N/A                      7.1.13
00 3 Page 17 of 32 7.0 Assumptions
                                                +/-0.392 VAC                    3.14 Drift (DRR) 2                        7.1.2 3% of Setting                  3.9.1 Reset
                                                  +/-1.5%                      3.9.5


===7.1 Assumptions===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                Page 14 of 32 4.4  Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description                      Data                    Reference Location Building/Elevation                            CB-98                      3.4 Room/Area                                Switchgear Room                  3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF                        40 - 104                    3.6 Humidity Range, %RH                          20 - 90                    3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated 800                      3.6 Dose, Rads Pressure Range                                Atmos                      3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
that do not require confirmation
Temperature Range, oF                    Same as Normal                  3.6 Humidity Range, %RH                      Same as Normal                  3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Same as Normal                  3.6 Rads Pressure Range                            Same as Normal                  3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g                                <3                        3.5


====7.1.1 Miscellaneous====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 15 of 32 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
Allowance (ML)
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to uncertainty of the device evaluated by this calculation.
Brounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
7.1.2 For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)
Not applicable


====7.1.4 Seismic====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 16 of 32 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty &
Effects (SE)
Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).
Reference 3.9.1 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA "without damage or malfunction
." Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0. Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.


====7.1.5 Radiation====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 17 of 32 7.0    Assumptions 7.1  Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to uncertainty of the device evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
7.1.2 Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.
7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)
Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)
Reference 3.9.1 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage or malfunction. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.
Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
 
7.1.6 Power Supply Effects (PS)
====7.1.6 Power====
Supply Effects (PS)
Per Reference 3.9.1, control voltage variations may affect the setpoint of the relay by as much as +/- 0.2 volt for a 10 VDC change in the control voltage. This yields a possible variation of +/- 0.02 VAC/VDC of control voltage variation. Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC. Therefore, 15 VDC will conservatively be used to calculate the PS effects for the undervoltage relays in this calculation.
Per Reference 3.9.1, control voltage variations may affect the setpoint of the relay by as much as +/- 0.2 volt for a 10 VDC change in the control voltage. This yields a possible variation of +/- 0.02 VAC/VDC of control voltage variation. Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC. Therefore, 15 VDC will conservatively be used to calculate the PS effects for the undervoltage relays in this calculation.
Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers.
Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers.
 
7.1.7 Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
====7.1.7 Process====
Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
Not Applicable
Not Applicable


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 18 of 32 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Not Applicable 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)
-ENS*002 Rev.
The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without introduction of additional uncertainty. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.
00 3 Page 18 of 32 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
Humidity effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
Not Applicable
 
====7.1.9 Humidity====
Effects (HE)
The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without introduction of additional uncertainty. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB
-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible. Humidity effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.
7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the undervoltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.
7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the undervoltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.
7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE) Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect is 0.5 VAC over a span of 68 o - 104 oF (20 o C - 40 oC). Reference 3.6 states that the normal temperature range for this area is 40 o - 104 oF and that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5 oF higher. The temperature change 1% of the calendar year is considered negligible.
7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE)
The 0.5 VAC value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. See section 8.1.3 Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rate d value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output. 7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect is 0.5 VAC over a span of 68o - 104oF (20oC
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device
      - 40oC). Reference 3.6 states that the normal temperature range for this area is 40o -
. Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
104oF and that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5oF higher.
The temperature change 1% of the calendar year is considered negligible. The 0.5 VAC value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. See section 8.1.3 Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output.
7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device.
Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)
7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)
The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.14.
The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.14.
Drift is not applicable to transformers.
Drift is not applicable to transformers.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 19 of 32 7.1.15 Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
The accuracy rating for the ABB model 27 undervoltage relay is dependent on M&TE accuracy and calibration methodology when following the calibration instruction in Reference 3.9.1. Per Reference 3.9.3, the reference accuracy for a Fluke Model 45 digital multimeter is 0.2% of setting + 10 mV (conservatively approximated as 0.01% of setting). This yields an approximate accuracy of 0.21%. For conservatism, a value of 0.25% of setting will be used for this calculation.
-ENS*002 Rev.
7.2   Assumptions that require confirmation None
00 3 Page 19 of 32 7.1.15 Relay Reference Accuracy (RA R) The accuracy rating for the ABB model 27 undervoltage relay is dependent on M&TE accuracy and calibration methodology when following the calibration instruction in Reference 3.9.1. Per Reference 3.9.3, the reference accuracy for a Fluke Model 45 digital multimeter is 0.2% of setting + 10 mV (conservatively approximated as 0.01% of setting). This yields an approximate accuracy of 0.21%. For conservatism, a value of 0.25% of setting will be used for this calculati on. 7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 20 of  32  8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential 8.10) As Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances


===8.1 Calculation===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 20 of 32 8.0  Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
of Miscellaneous Uncertainties
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential 8.10) As Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1   Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per References 3.9.2 and 3.13.1, the Reference Accuracy for instrument class potential transformers is +/- 0.3% W, X, and Y, and +/- 1.2% Z. This relates to the burden placed upon the transformer by its connected loads. A load less than 75 VA will yield an accuracy of +/- 0.3% where a load greater than 75 VA will produce a transformer accuracy of +/- 1.2%.
 
====8.1.1 Calculation====
of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per References 3.9.2 and 3.13.1, the Reference Accuracy for instrument class potential transformers is +/- 0.3% W, X, and Y, and +/- 1.2% Z. This relates to the burden placed upon the transformer by its connected loads. A load less than 75 VA will yield an accuracy of +/- 0.3% where a load greater than 75 VA will produce a transformer accuracy of +/- 1.2%.
The loads for the metering transformer are:
The loads for the metering transformer are:
6 Undervoltage Relays @ 1.2 VA each
6 Undervoltage Relays @ 1.2 VA each                     =   7.2 1 Synchronizing relay transformer @ 3 VA                 =   3.0 1 Model 60 Voltage Balance Relay @ 0.7 VA each           =   0.7 2 Model 32 voltage Balance Relays @ 0.3 VA each         =   0.6 1 Volt Meter, GE 180 @ 3.0 VA burden each               =   3.0 1 Volt Transducer @ 3.0 VA burden                       =   3.0 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value         =   10.0 27.5 Therefore Transformer Accuracy = 0.3% of setting
= 7.2 1 Synchronizing relay transformer @ 3 VA
= 3.0 1 Model 60 Voltage Balance Relay @ 0.7 VA each
= 0.7 2 Model 32 voltage Balance Relays @ 0.3 VA each
= 0.6 1 Volt Meter, GE 180 @ 3.0 VA burden each
= 3.0 1 Volt Transducer @ 3.0 VA burden
= 3.0 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value
= 10.0 27.5 Therefore Transformer Accuracy = 0.3% of setting
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 21 of  32  8.1.2 Calculation of Under Voltage Relay Power Supply Effects (PS R) PS R = +/- 0.2 VAC per 10 VDC control power variation
= +/- 0.02 VAC x 15 VDC
= +/- 0.3 VAC Assumed control power voltage variation is 15 VDC per Assumption 7.1.6.
 
====8.1.3 Calculation====
of Relay Temperature Effects (TE R) Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/- 0.5 VAC over a temperature range of 68 o F - 104 oF. Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.014 VAC/
oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 10 4 o F to prevent condensation.
However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 70 oF. Therefore:
TE R = +/- (10 4 o F - 70 oF) x 0.014 VAC/
o F = +/- 0.4 76 VAC  8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA)


====8.2.1 Transformer====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 21 of 32 8.1.2  Calculation of Under Voltage Relay Power Supply Effects (PSR)
Reference Accuracy (RA T): 8.2.1.1 Transformer Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RATLV) Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.15.
PSR = +/- 0.2 VAC per 10 VDC control power variation
                  = +/- 0.02 VAC x 15 VDC
                  = +/- 0.3 VAC                                                          (2 Value)
Assumed control power voltage variation is 15 VDC per Assumption 7.1.6.
8.1.3  Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TER)
Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/- 0.5 VAC over a temperature range of 68oF - 104oF. Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.014 VAC/oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 70oF. Therefore:
TER = +/- (104oF - 70oF) x 0.014 VAC/oF
                  = +/- 0.476 VAC                                                        (2 Value) 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.2.1   Transformer Reference Accuracy (RAT):
8.2.1.1   Transformer Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RATLV)
Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.15.
RATLV = +/- 0.3% of Setpoint
RATLV = +/- 0.3% of Setpoint
= +/- 0.003
                          = +/- 0.003
* 51.23 VAC = +/- 0.1537 VAC 8.2.2 Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy (RA R): 8.2.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RARLV) RARLV = +/- 0.25% of Setting
* 51.23 VAC
= +/- 0.0025
                          = +/- 0.1537 VAC                                               (2 Value) 8.2.2   Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR):
* 51.23 VAC = +/- 0.12 81 VAC 8.2.3 Calculation of Loop Reference Accuracy (RA L) 8.2.3.1 Loop Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RALLV) RALLV = +/- [(RATLV)2 + (RARLV)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.1537)2 + (0.1281)2]1/2 = +/-0.2001 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
8.2.2.1   Undervoltage Relay Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RARLV)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
RARLV = +/- 0.25% of Setting
-ENS*002 Rev.
                          = +/- 0.0025
00 3 Page 22 of  32  8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2, Section 8.2 and Section 8.1)
* 51.23 VAC
                          = +/- 0.1281 VAC                                               (2 Value) 8.2.3   Calculation of Loop Reference Accuracy (RAL) 8.2.3.1   Loop Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RALLV)
RALLV = +/- [(RATLV)2 + (RARLV)2]1/2
                          = +/- [(0.1537)2 + (0.1281)2]1/2
                          = +/-0.2001 VAC                                                 (2 Value)


====8.3.1 Transformer====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                            CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 22 of 32 8.3  Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2, Section 8.2 and Section 8.1) 8.3.1   Transformer Uncertainty (AT) 8.3.1.1   Transformer Uncertainty Loss of Voltage (ATLV)
Uncertainty (A T) 8.3.1.1 Transformer Uncertainty Loss of Voltage (ATLV) ATLV = +/- [(RATLV)2]1/2 = +/- 0.1537 VAC 8.3.2 Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty (A R) 8.3.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (ARLV) ARLV = +/- [(RARLV)2 + (PS R)2 + (TE R)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.12 81)2 + (0.3)2 + (0.476)2]1/2 = +/- 0.577 1 VAC 8.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
ATLV = +/- [(RATLV)2]1/2
C L = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 8.4.1 Calculating measuring and test equipment effects. (MTE L) Measurement & Test Equipment (MTE L) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
                        = +/- 0.1537 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.3.2   Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty (AR) 8.3.2.1   Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (ARLV)
MTE LV = [(MTE RA)2 + (MTE RI)2 + (MTE T E)2 + (MTE CS)2]1/2 Where: MTE RA = Reference accuracy of the Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter (DMM) after a one hour stabilization period at the calibration location = 0.2% of setting + 10 mV. MTERALV = 0.1 1 3 VAC. MTETE = Effects of temperature changes on the Fluke Model 45 DMM between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the M&TE used. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTETELV = 0.1 1 3 VAC. MTE R I = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
ARLV = +/- [(RARLV)2 + (PSR)2 + (TER)2]1/2
MTE CS = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the DMM. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTECSLV = 0.02 9 VAC. 8.4.1.1 Calculation of loop M&TE Effects for Loss of Voltage (MTELLV) MTELLV = +/- [(MTERALV)2 + (MTE RI)2 + (MTETELV)2 + (MTECSLV)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.1 1 3)2 + (0.0)2 + (0.1 1 3)2 + (0.02 9)2 +]1/2 = +/- 0.1 6 3 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
                        = +/- [(0.1281)2 + (0.3)2 + (0.476)2]1/2
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
                        = +/- 0.5771 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.4   Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
-ENS*002 Rev.
CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 8.4.1   Calculating measuring and test equipment effects. (MTEL)
00 3 Page 23 of  32  8.4.2 Calculation of Calibration Effects (CT L) Calibration Effects (CT L) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
CT L = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of procedural inaccuracies such as procedural as left band and calibration procedural errors.
MTELV = [(MTERA)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETE)2 + (MTECS)2]1/2 Where:   MTERA = Reference accuracy of the Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter (DMM) after a one hour stabilization period at the calibration location = 0.2% of setting + 10 mV. MTERALV = 0.113 VAC.
8.4.2.1 Calculation of Calibration Effects for Loss of Voltage (CTLLV) CTLLV = +/- 0.2 1 VAC The ALT L value is 0.2 1 VAC from Section 8.12. 8.4.3 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (CLLV)  CLLV= +/- [(MTELLV)2 + (CTLLV)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.16 3)2 + (0.2 1)2]1/2 = 0.26 6 VAC  8.5 Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10
MTETE = Effects of temperature changes on the Fluke Model 45 DMM between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the M&TE used. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTETELV = 0.113 VAC.
MTERI = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digital with at least 2 digits of resolution.
(Reference 3.2)
MTECS = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the DMM.
For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTECSLV = 0.029 VAC.
8.4.1.1   Calculation of loop M&TE Effects for Loss of Voltage (MTELLV)
MTELLV = +/- [(MTERALV)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETELV)2 + (MTECSLV)2]1/2
                            = +/- [(0.113)2 + (0.0)2 + (0.113)2 + (0.029)2 +]1/2
                            = +/- 0.163 VAC                                                   (2 Value)


===8.6 Calculation===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 23 of 32 8.4.2  Calculation of Calibration Effects (CTL)
of Loop Uncertainty (LU
Calibration Effects (CTL) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
) Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:
CTL = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of procedural inaccuracies such as procedural as left band and calibration procedural errors.
LU = +/- (m/n)[(A T)2 + (A R)2 + (C L)2]1/2   Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds t o a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
8.4.2.1  Calculation of Calibration Effects for Loss of Voltage (CTLLV)
CTLLV = +/- 0.21 VAC                                                    (2 value)
The ALTL value is 0.21 VAC from Section 8.12.
8.4.3        Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (CLLV)
CLLV= +/- [(MTELLV)2 + (CTLLV)2]1/2
                  = +/- [(0.163)2 + (0.21)2]1/2
                  = 0.266 VAC                                                          (2 Value) 8.5  Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6  Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU)
Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:
LU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2]1/2 Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.
n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.
8.6.1 Loop Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (LU LV) LU LV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (C LLV)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
8.6.1   Loop Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (LULV)
= +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.577 1)2 + (0.26 6)2]1/2 +/- 0.36 89 = +/- 0.9067 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (LUPLV) LUPLV = +/- LU LV x PT Ratio * (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
LULV    = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
= +/- 0.9067 x 35 x 1.732 05 = +/- 54.97 VAC 8.7 Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.7.1 Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TD T)  0 per Assumption 7.1.13
                    = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0.266)2]1/2 +/- 0.3689
                    = +/- 0.9067 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (LUPLV)
LUPLV = +/- LULV x PT Ratio * (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
                    = +/- 0.9067 x 35 x 1.73205
                    = +/- 54.97 VAC 8.7   Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1   Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 per Assumption 7.1.13
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 24 of 32 8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3  Relay Drift (DRR):
DRR = +/- 0.392 VAC per Reference 3.14                                          (2 Value)
As there are no other components of drift to be considered, DL = DRR Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                = DRR x 35 x (3)1/2
                = +/- 0.392 VAC x 35 x (3)1/2
                = +/- 23.77 VAC 8.8  Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)
Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:
TLU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2 + (DL)2]1/2 8.8.1  Total Loop Uncertainty - Loss of Voltage (TLULV)
TLULV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2 + (DL)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
                    = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0. 266)2 + (0.392)2]1/2 +/- 0.4430
                    = +/- 1.07 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (TLUPLV)
TLUPLV = +/- TLULV x PT Ratio x (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
                    = +/- 1.07 x 35 x 1.73205
                    = +/-64.87 VAC 8.9  Calculation of Reset Differential 8.9.1  Reset Differential for Loss of Voltage (RDLV)
(Reference 3.9.1 and 3.15)
RDLV    = + (3.0% of Setting) nominal
                    = + 0.03 x 51.23
                    = + 1.54 VAC nominal Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                = RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2
                = 93.36 VAC nominal RDLV    = + (3.0% + 1.5% of Setting) max
                    = + 0.045 x 51.23
                    = + 2.305 VAC max Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                    = RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2
                    = 139.73 VAC Max Calculated uncertainties (LU and TLU) are applicable to reset.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                  Page 25 of 32 Summary of Calculation Transformer                      Undervoltage Relay Terms Device 1                            Device 2 Values            Ref.          Values                  Ref.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Input Range                      0 - 4200        -  3.9.5          0 - 120        -        3.9.2 Process Units                      VAC          -  3.9.5          VAC            -        3.9.2 7.1.15 Reference Accuracy (RA)      +/-0.3% of Setting    2  3.9.2    +/-0.25% of Setting    2 7.1.12 Temperature Effect (TE)              0          - 7.1.12          +/-0.476          2 8.1.3 Seismic Effects (SE)                N/A          -  7.1.4            0            -        7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)              N/A          -  7.1.5            N/A          -        7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)              N/A          -  7.1.14          +/-0.392          2   3.14, 7.1.14 Temperature Drift (TD)             N/A          -  7.1.13            N/A          -      7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect N/A          -  7.1.5            N/A          -        7.1.5 (RD)
-ENS*002 Rev.
Power Supply Effect (PS)            N/A          -  7.1.6          +/- 0.3          2    7.1.6, 8.1.2 Static Pressure Effects (SP)        N/A          -  7.1.8            N/A          -        7.1.8 Humidity Effects (HE)              N/A          -  7.1.9            N/A          -        7.1.9 Process Measurement N/A          -  7.1.7            N/A          -        7.1.7 Effect (PM)
00 3 Page 24 of  32  8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TD R) 0 per assumption 7.1.13
Insulation Resistance N/A          -  7.1.10            N/A          -      7.1.10 Effect (IR)
Zero Effect (ZE)                    N/A          -  7.1.3            N/A          -        7.1.3


====8.7.3 Relay====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 26 of 32 8.10 As-Left Tolerance (ALT)
Drift (DR R): DR R = +/- 0.3 92 VAC per Reference 3.14 As there are no other components of drift to be considered, D L = DR R Indexed to the PT primary voltage
Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE LLV is used.
= DR R x 35 x (3)1/2 = +/- 0.3 92 VAC x 35 x (3) 1/2  = +/- 23.77 VAC 8.8 Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)
ALTR - Relay Calculation MTELLV        =   0.163 VAC                     Section 8.4.1.1 ALTR          =   +/- SRSS (RARLV, MTELLV)
Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as: TLU = +/- (m/n)[(A T)2 + (A R)2 + (C L)2 + (D L)2]1/2 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty
                                =   +/- SRSS (0.1281, 0.163) VAC
- Loss of Voltage (TLU LV) TLU LV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2 + (D L)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin) = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0. 26 6)2 + (0.3 92)2]1/2 +/- 0.4430 = +/- 1.0 7 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (TLUPLV) TLUPLV = +/- TLU LV x PT Ratio x (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
                                =   +/- 0.21 VAC 8.11 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
= +/- 1.0 7 x 35 x 1.73205
AFTR- Relay Calculation Since drift (DRR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:
= +/-64.87 VAC 8.9 Calculation of Reset Differential
AFTR            =  DRR
                                  =   +/-0.392 VAC 8.12 Loop Tolerances ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL            =   +/- SRSS (ALTR)
                                  =  +/- SRSS (0.21) VAC
                                  =  +/- 0.21 VAC AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL            =  +/-SRSS (AFTR)
                                  =   +/-SRSS (0.392) VAC
                                  =  +/- 0.392 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALTR)                                                   +/- 0.21 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFTR)                                                   +/- 0.392 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                                    +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                                   +/- 0.392 VAC


====8.9.1 Reset====
SETPOINT CALCULATION              CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT              G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION              Page 27 of 32 9.0     Simplified Block Diagram Potential Transformer                      Undervoltage Relay Westinghouse                        ABB Model 27H Model VIY-60 4200/120 VAC Relay Mark Numbers Div. I                    Div II ENS-SWG1A-27-1A          SWG1B-27-1A  Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1B          SWG1B-27-1B  Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1C          SWG1B-27-1C  Loss of Voltage Transformer Mark Number ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS          ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS
Differential for Loss of Voltage (RD LV) (Reference 3.9.1 and 3.1 5) RD LV = + (3.0% of Setting) nominal
= + 0.03 x 51.23 = + 1.54 VAC nominal Indexed to the PT primary voltage
= RD LV x 35 x (3)1/2 = 93.36 VAC nominal RD LV = + (3.0% + 1.5% of Setting) max
= + 0.045 x 51.23 = + 2.3 05 VAC max Indexed to the PT primary voltage
= RD LV x 35 x (3)1/2 = 139.73 VAC Max Calculated uncertainties (LU and TLU) are applicable to reset.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                             CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                              G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                            Page 28 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                             DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1           ANO-2               IP-2               IP-3                 JAF                    PLP PNPS            VY                  GGNS                RBS                  W3                    NP Revision No.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*002                                                           Page 1 of 4 003
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 25 of 32   Summary of Calculation Terms Transformer Device 1 Undervoltage Relay Device 2  Values  Ref. Values  Ref. Input Range 0 - 4200 - 3.9.5 0 - 120 - 3.9.2 Process Units VAC - 3.9.5 VAC - 3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RA)
+/-0.3% of Setting 2 3.9.2 +/-0.25% of Setting 2 7.1.15  Temperature Effect (TE) 0 - 7.1.12 +/-0.476 2 7.1.12 8.1.3 Seismic Effects (SE) N/A - 7.1.4 0 - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)
N/A - 7.1.14 +/-0.3 92 2 3.14, 7.1.14 Temperature Drift (TD)
N/A - 7.1.13  N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS) N/A - 7.1.6 +/- 0.3 2 7.1.6, 8.1.2 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Humidity Effects (HE)
N/A - 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Process Measurement Effect (PM)
N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)
N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)
N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 26 of 32  8.10 As-Left Tolerance (ALT) Note:  For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE LLV is used. ALT R - Relay Calculation MTELLV  =  0.16 3 VAC Section 8.4.1.1 ALT R  = +/- SRSS (RARLV, MTELLV)      = +/- SRSS (0.1281 , 0.16 3) VAC    = +/- 0.2 1 VAC 8.11 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
AFT R- Relay Calculation Since drift (DR R) was determined using plant specific as
-found/as-left calibration data
: AFT R = DR R  = +/-0.39 2 VAC 8.12 Loop Tolerances ALT L - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALT L =  +/- SRSS (ALT R)  = +/- SRSS (0.2 1) VAC  = +/- 0.2 1 VAC AFT L - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFT L = +/-SRSS (AFT R)  = +/-SRSS (0.39 2) VAC  = +/- 0.39 2 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALT R) +/- 0.2 1 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (A FT R) +/- 0.39 2 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.2 1 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 0.39 2 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 27 of  32  9.0 Simplified Block Diagram Relay Mark Numbers Div. I Div II ENS-SWG1A-27-1A SWG1B-27-1A Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1B SWG1B-27-1B Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1C SWG1B-27-1C Loss of Voltage Transformer Mark Number ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS  Potential Transformer Undervoltage Relay Westinghouse Model  VIY
-60 4200/120 VAC ABB Model 27H


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Quality Related             Augmented Quality Related DV Method:             Design Review               Alternate Calculation               Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED                    DISCIPLINE                  VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
-ENS*002 Rev.
Electrical          Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:
00 3 Page 28 of  32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1  DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1  ANO-2  IP-2  IP-3  JAF  PLP  PNPS  VY  GGNS  RBS  W3  NP Document No.
Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Revision No.
00 3 Page 1 of 4 Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method:
Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing


VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                            CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 29 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                    DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:                                                                                  DISCIPLINE:
Electrical Robin Smith
Document
/ See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear        Originator:
Mary Coffaro
/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==Title:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model         Civil/Structural 27H Undervoltage Relay Electrical Doc. No.:                 G13.18.6.2-ENS*002                   Rev. 003 QA Cat.
-ENS*002 Rev.
I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier:                        Print                     Sign                   Date           Mechanical Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification.
00 3 Page 29 of  32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:
N/A Print                 Sign               Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
DISCIPLINE:
Design Review                                 Alternate Calculations                   Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
Civil/Structural Electrical I & C Mechanical Nuclear Other Document Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2
NOTE         The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
-ENS*002 Rev. 00 3 QA Cat. Verifier:    Robin Smith
: 1.       Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
  / See AS for signature & date Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
N/A           Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11  
- 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
: 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable
. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
Yes No N/A   2. Assumptions  
Yes                 No               N/A
- Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re
: 2.       Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Yes                 No               N/A
Yes No N/A   3. Quality Assurance  
: 3.       Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
- Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
Yes                 No               N/A
Yes No N/A SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
 
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 30 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                         DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
-ENS*002 Rev.
: 4.       Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
00 3 Page 30 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements  
Yes               No               N/A
- Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
: 5.       Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes No N/A   5. Construction and Operating Experience  
Yes               No               N/A
- Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
: 6.       Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes No N/A   6. Interfaces  
Yes               No               N/A
- Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
: 7.       Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes No N/A   7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   8. Design Outputs  
: 8.       Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
- Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   9. Parts, Equipment and Processes  
: 9.       Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
- Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   10. Materials Compatibility  
: 10.     Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
- Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   11. Maintenance requirements  
: 11.     Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
- Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   12. Accessibility for Maintenance  
: 12.     Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
- Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   13. Accessibility for In
: 13.     Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
-service Inspection  
Yes               No               N/A
- Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in
: 14.     Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   14. Radiation Exposure  
: 15.     Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
- Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   15. Acceptance Criteria  
 
- Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                                Page 31 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                           DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
Yes No N/A SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
: 16.     Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Yes               No               N/A
-ENS*002 Rev.
: 17.     Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
00 3 Page 31 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3 16. Test Requirements  
Yes               No               N/A
- Have adequate pre
: 18.     Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified? Yes No N/A   17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping  
Yes               No               N/A
- Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
: 19.     Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,
Yes No N/A   18. Identification Requirements  
adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
- Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   19. Records and Documentation  
: 20.     Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g.,
- Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?
GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes No N/A   20. Software Quality Assurance
Yes               No               N/A
- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN
: 21.     Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
Yes               No               N/A
ENS sites: This is an EN
 
-IT-104 task. However, per ENS
SETPOINT CALCULATION                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                  Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7                                                      DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question              Comments                          Resolution                  Initial/Date 1        Comments provided by markup.      Comments incorporated.              RS 10-11-12
-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
 
Yes No N/A   21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
ANO-1              ANO-2          GGNS                IP-2        IP-3            PLP JAF              PNPS            RBS                  VY          W3 NP-GGNS-3        NP-RBS-3 (1)                                                    (2)
Yes No N/A         
CALCULATION                  EC #         40339                                    Page 1 of  21 COVER PAGE (3)  Design Basis Calc. YES      NO            (4)        CALCULATION              EC Markup (5 )                                                                                    (6)
Calculation No: G13.18.3.1-005                                                        Revision: 000 (7 )                                                                                    (8)
 
==Title:==
Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004                                  Editorial YES      NO (9)                                            (10)
System(s): 302                                Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (Electrical Design)
(11)                                          (12)
Safety Class:                                  Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program E22-S004-ACB4-62S5            E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 Non-Safety Related E22-S004-27N1                  E22-S004-27N2 (13)
Document Type: F43.02 (14)
Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): degraded voltage relay, setpoint, GE setpoint methodology REVIEWS (15)                              (16)                                  (17)
Name/Signature/Date                Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS              Robin Smith / See AS                  Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer          Design Verifier                          Supervisor/Approval Reviewer Comments Attached                            Comments Attached


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                       PAGE 2 OF 21 CALCULATION REFERENCE          CALCULATION NO:          G13.18.3.1-005 SHEET                          REVISION:      000 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 1. None II. Relationships:                        Sht      Rev  Input    Output  Impact  Tracking No.
-ENS*002 Rev.
Doc      Doc      Y/N
00 3 Page 32 of  32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT
: 1. STP-302-1604                            --    21                      N
: 2. STP-302-1605                            --    25                      N
: 3. G13.18.6.2-ENS*004                      0      001                    N    EC-40339
: 4. G13.18.6.2-ENS*007                      0      001                    N    EC-40339 III. CROSS


===9.7 DESIGN===
==REFERENCES:==
VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1  Comments / Continuation Sheet Question 
N/A IV. SOFTWARE USED:    N/A
# Comments  Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup.
Comments incorporated.
RS  10-11-12 ANO-1  ANO-2  GGNS  IP-2  IP-3  PLP  JAF PNPS  RBS  VY  W3  NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION COVER PAGE (1)  EC #  40339 (2)Page 1 of 21  (3) Design Basis Calc.
YES      NO  (4)
CALCULATION EC Markup (5 )  Calculation No:  G13.18.3.1
-00 5 (6)  Revision:    0 00 (7 )  Title:  Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 (8)  Editorial YES      NO (9)    System(s):
302 (10)  Review Org (Department):
NSBE3 (Electrical Design)      (1 1)    Safety Class:
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (1 2)    Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
E22-S004-ACB4-62S 5 E22-S004-ACB 1-62S 6 E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2    (1 3) Document Type: F43.02  (1 4) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): degraded voltage relay, setpoint, GE setpoint methodology REVIEWS    (1 5)  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro
/ See AS  (1 6)  Name/Signature/Date Robin Smith
/ See AS (1 7)  Name/Signature/Date Paul Matzke
/ See AS    Responsible Engineer Design Verifier Supervisor/Approval Reviewer    Comments Attached Comments Attached


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
==Title:==
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 2 OF 21    CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET CALCULATION NO:
Version/Release:             Disk/CD No.
G13.18.3.1
V.     DISK/CDS INCLUDED:     N/A
-005  REVISION:
0 00  I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations)   
: 1. None  II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No.
: 1. STP-302-160 4 -- 2 1  N  2. STP-302-160 5 -- 2 5  N  3. G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 0 00 1  N EC-40339 4. G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 7 0 001  N EC-40339  III. CROSS REFERENCES
: N/A    IV. SOFTWARE USED
:    N/A Title:    Version/Release:
Disk/CD No.
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:     N/A Title:    Version/Release Disk/CD No.
VI. OTHER CHANGES
:    N/A     


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
==Title:==
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 3 OF 21            Revision Record of Revision 0 Initial issue. EC 37097 MARK-UP This EC-37097 engineering change markup has been issued to provide revised Technical Specification and TRM setpoint limits for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
Version/Release              Disk/CD No.
-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints
VI. OTHER CHANGES:      N/A
. Revision bars have not been included since the changes made by this EC markup are extensive such that revision bars would be of limited value.
EC-40339 markup EC-40339 (markup) incorporates the as left loop tolerances calculated in calculations G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 and G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 7 into the EC
-37097 mar kup and corrects the 62S6 relay equipment ID in Section 3.1. This markup affects pages 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 1 1 of the EC-37097 markup.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                             G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                             PAGE 3 OF 21 Revision                                  Record of Revision Initial issue.
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 4 OF 21      TABLE OF CONTENTS
0 This EC-37097 engineering change markup has been issued to provide revised Technical EC 37097 Specification and TRM setpoint limits for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. Revision bars have not been included MARK-UP  since the changes made by this EC markup are extensive such that revision bars would be of limited value.
EC-40339 (markup) incorporates the as left loop tolerances calculated in calculations EC-40339 G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 into the EC-37097 markup and corrects the markup  62S6 relay equipment ID in Section 3.1. This markup affects pages 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 of the EC-37097 markup.


===1.0 PURPOSE===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                                                  G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                                                                PAGE 4 OF 21 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE ......................................................................................................................................................................5
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
...... 5  


==2.0 CONCLUSION==
==2.0 CONCLUSION==
S
S ............................................................................................................................................................5 3.0 INPUT AND DESIGN CRITERIA ..............................................................................................................................5 4.0 ASSUMPTIONS ............................................................................................................................................................7 5.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY .........................................................................................................................7 6.0 CALCULATION ...........................................................................................................................................................8 ATTACHMENTS 1   DESIGN VERIFICATION ............................................................................................................ 5 PAGES
................................
................................
................................
................................
............................
5 3.0 INPUT AND DESIGN CRITERIA ................................
................................
................................
..............................
5 4.0 ASSUMPTIONS
................................
................................
................................
................................
............................
7 5.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY ................................
................................
................................
.........................
7 6.0 CALCULATION
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........................
8 ATTACHMENTS 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION
................................
................................
................................
............
5 PAGES SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 5 OF 21    1.0 Purpose Calculation markup EC-37097 provide d the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout voltage setpoints, and Technical Specification and TRM limits. The purpose of this calculation markup (EC-40339) is to incorporate the as left loop tolerances calculated in calculations G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 and G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 7 into calculation G13.18.3.1
-00 5. This change is being implemented by incorporating the necessary changes into the EC
-37097 markup.


==2.0 Conclusions==
SETPOINT CALCULATION                            G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                            PAGE 5 OF 21 1.0  Purpose Calculation markup EC-37097 provided the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout voltage setpoints, and Technical Specification and TRM limits. The purpose of this calculation markup (EC-40339) is to incorporate the as left loop tolerances calculated in calculations G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 into calculation G13.18.3.1-005. This change is being implemented by incorporating the necessary changes into the EC-37097 markup.
The following table shows the new revised Technical Specification limits.
2.0   Conclusions The following table shows the new revised Technical Specification limits.
Specification Existing Values Revised Values T.S. 3.3.8.1
Specification                         Existing Values                         Revised Values T.S. 3.3.8.1-1 2a                       2831 V and 3259 V               3019 V and  3325 V T.S. 3.3.8.1-1 2d                       53.4 s and  66.6 s                44.7 s and  54.82 s TRM 3.3.8.1-1 2a                       2892 V and 3198 V               3036 V and  3313 V TRM 3.3.8.1-1 2d                       53.4 s and 66.6 s                 45.04 s and  54.49 s 3.0   Input and Design Criteria 3.1. Div 3 Degraded Voltage Relays Relay:                           E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 E22-S004-27/62-1 E22-S004-27/62-2 E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 Relay         Input                                 Total Loop        Max. Loop Setting Tol. Current Setpoint Loop Uncertainty (LU)
-1 2a 2831 V and 3259 V 3019 V and  3325 V T.S. 3.3.8.1
Uncertainty (TLU)             (CTL)
-1 2d   44.7 s and  54.8 2 s TRM 3.3.8.1
E22-S004-ACB4-62S5
-1 2a V and 319 8 V 3 036 V and  3313 V TRM 3.3.8.1
                              +/- 5.148 s                 +/- 5.480 s       +/- 1.35 s                 54.9 s E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 E22-S004-27/62-1
-1 2d 53.4 s and .6 s 45.04 s and  5 4.49 s 3.0 Input and Design Criteria 3.1. Div 3 Degraded Voltage Relays Relay: E22-S004-ACB4-62S 5  E22-S004-ACB 1-62S6   E22-S004-27/62-1 E22-S004-27/62-2 E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 Relay             Input           Loop Uncertainty (LU)
                              +/- 0.469 s                 +/- 0.47 s         +/- 0.4 s                   5.1 s E22-S004-27/62-2 E22-S004-27N1
Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)
                              +/- 2.37 V                   +/- 5.51 V         +/- 0.99 V                 87 V E22-S004-27N2 G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 G13.18.6.2-ENS*007         G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 Reference Document      G13.18.6.2-ENS*003 G13.18.6.2-ENS*003        G13.18.6.2-ENS*003        BE-230D G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 G13.18.6.2-ENS*004         G13.18.6.2-ENS*004
Max. Loop Setting Tol. (CT L) Current Setpoint E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB 1-62S6 +/- 5.1 48 s +/- 5.48 0 s +/- 1.3 5 s 54.9 s E22-S004-27/62-1 E22-S00 4-27/62-2 +/- 0.469 s +/- 0.47 s +/- 0.4 s 5.1 s E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 +/- 2.3 7 V +/- 5.51 V +/- 0.99 V 87 V Reference Document G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 3 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 3 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 3 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 BE-230D SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 6 OF 21          3.2. Analytical Limits For the combination of timing functions of E22-S004-27/62-1 & E22-S004-27/62-2 and E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 & E22-S004-ACB 1-62S6 , Analytical Limit = 60 s (Ref: G13.18.3.6*016)
For E 22-S004-27N1 and E22-S004-27N2 Analytical Limit =
2935 VAC (Ref: G13.18.3.6*016)
Maximum dropout for the Loss of Voltage Relays = 3351 VAC. 3.3. Bus to Relay Voltage Conversion The Division 3 Degraded Voltage bus (4160 kV) to relay input voltage conversion factor is (35) (Ref: G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007). 3.4.Output Documents (Any Changes to the data, analyses, or conclusions of calculation G13.18.3.1
-005 may impact the following RBS documents) 3.4.1. RBS Technical Specification and Technical Requirements Manual 3.4.1.1 TS 3.3.8.1, Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation.
3.4.1.2 TR 3.3.8.1, Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation.


====3.4.2. Procedures====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                            G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 6 OF 21 3.2. Analytical Limits For the combination of timing functions of E22-S004-27/62-1 & E22-S004-27/62-2 and E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 & E22-S004-ACB1-62S6, Analytical Limit = 60 s (Ref: G13.18.3.6*016)
3.4.2.1 STP-302-160 5 , HPCS DEGRADED VOLTAGE CHANNEL CALIBRATION AND LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST
For E22-S004-27N1 and E22-S004-27N2 Analytical Limit = 2935 VAC (Ref: G13.18.3.6*016)
. 3.4.2.2 STP-302-160 4 , HPCS LOSS OF VOLTAGE CHANNEL CALIBRATION AND LOGICSYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST
Maximum dropout for the Loss of Voltage Relays = 3351 VAC.
. 3.5. Operating Experience CR-RBS-2011-04838: CR-RBS-2011-04838 documented non
3.3. Bus to Relay Voltage Conversion The Division 3 Degraded Voltage bus (4160 kV) to relay input voltage conversion factor is (35) (Ref:
-conservative Technical Specification for Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. The condition report documented that the existing limits do not protect the RBS motors against sustained degraded voltage conditions for a long period of time.
G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007).
3.4.Output Documents (Any Changes to the data, analyses, or conclusions of calculation G13.18.3.1-005 may impact the following RBS documents) 3.4.1. RBS Technical Specification and Technical Requirements Manual 3.4.1.1    TS 3.3.8.1, Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation.
3.4.1.2    TR 3.3.8.1, Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation.
3.4.2. Procedures 3.4.2.1   STP-302-1605, HPCS DEGRADED VOLTAGE CHANNEL CALIBRATION AND LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST.
3.4.2.2   STP-302-1604, HPCS LOSS OF VOLTAGE CHANNEL CALIBRATION AND LOGICSYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST.
3.5. Operating Experience CR-RBS-2011-04838:
CR-RBS-2011-04838 documented non-conservative Technical Specification for Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. The condition report documented that the existing limits do not protect the RBS motors against sustained degraded voltage conditions for a long period of time.
Disposition: This engineering change markup has been issued to provide revised Technical Specification and TRM setpoint limits for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. The new setpoint limits provided within this markup will ensure that the RBS motors are protected against sustained undervoltage and degraded voltage conditions.


Disposition: This engineering change markup has been issued to provide revised Technical Specification and TRM setpoint limits for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
SETPOINT CALCULATION                              G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 7 OF 21 4.0 Assumptions 4.1. The Limiting Operating Transient Variation (XT) is assumed to be equal to the minimum voltage observed on the associated bus during a LOCA transient at the Lower Analytical Limit for the Degraded Voltage Relays (See calculation G13.18.3.6*016). Thus, the setpoint should be such that the Loss of Voltage relays do not dropout during a degraded grid LOCA transient.
-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. The new setpoint limits provided within this markup will ensure that the RBS motors are protected against sustained undervoltage and degraded voltage conditions.  
The Limiting Operating Transient Variation (XT) is given by the following equations (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):
The minimum voltage during a transient is observed for Division 3 bus. This voltage is 3351 VAC (Section 3.2). Therefore, XT = 3351 /(35) = 95.75 VAC (Ref: Section 3.3 for bus to relay voltage conversion).
4.2. The LU, TLU and reset differential, derived in calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 are calculated using instrument uncertainties that are based on % setting (% setpoint).
5.0 Calculation Methodology The methodology used in this calculation is in accordance with Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R) and General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Ref:
7224.300-000-001B).
The Allowable Values (AV) and Nominal Trip Setpoints (NTSP2) for the setpoints considered in this calculation have both upper and lower limits. The Lower Limit (AV MIN) is calculated for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay by subtracting the difference between the AV MAX and the NTSP2 from the NTSP2. Then an additional margin of 2.5% is applied to give the final value of AV MIN. The Upper Limit (AV MAX) is calculated for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout by adding the difference between the NTSP2 and AV MIN to the NTSP2. An additional margin of 2.5% is applied to give the final value of AV MAX. Spurious trip avoidance analysis will ensure, with a greater than 95% certainty, that these relays will not experience a spurious trip under postulated transient conditions.
The upper AV for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay (AV MAX) must be below the upper Analytical Limit (AL) minus the absolute value of the positive Loop Uncertainty (LU). The lower AV for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout (AV MIN) must be above the lower AL plus the absolute value of the negative LU.
Upper AV  Upper AL - +LU Lower AV  Lower AL + -LU


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                               G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 8 OF 21 The NTSP2 for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay must be below the upper AL minus the absolute value of the positive Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU). The NTSP2 for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout must be above the lower AL plus the absolute value of the negative TLU.
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 7 OF 21       4.0 Assumptions 4.1. The Limiting Operating Transient Variation (X T) is assumed to be equal to the minimum voltage observed on the associated bus during a LOCA transient at the Lower Analytical Limit for the Degraded Voltage Relays (See calculation G13.18.3.6*016). Thus, the setpoint should be such that the Loss of Voltage relays do not dropout during a degraded grid LOCA transient.
Time Delay Relay NTSP2  Upper AL - +TLU Loss of Voltage Relay NTSP2  Lower AL + -TLU The Loop Uncertainties and Total Loop Uncertainties used as input to this calculation are developed in the Loop Uncertainty Determination calculations (Ref: G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007) using the methodologies provided in EN-IC-S-007-R and 7224.300-000-001B.
The Limiting Operating Transient Variation (X T) is given by the following equations (Ref: EN
The Maximum Loop Setting Tolerance (CTLV) provides the tolerance for the desired setpoint of the relay.
-IC-S-007-R): The minimum voltage during a transient is observed for Division 3 bus. This voltage is 3351 VAC (Section 3.2). Therefore, X T = 3351 /(35) = 95.75 VAC (Ref: Section 3.3 for bus to relay voltage conversion)
This tolerance is irrespective of the setpoint chosen and is, therefore, the same for the dropout and the reset values. The minimum and maximum setting values for the TRM setpoint is calculated as follows:
. 4.2. The LU, TLU and reset differential
Desired Max. = TRM Trip Value + CTLV Desired Min. = TRM Trip Value - CTLV 6.0  Calculation 6.1. Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay relay The setpoint for the relays is calculated iteratively as the LU and TLU are proportional to the setpoint.
, derived in calculation G13.18.6.2
The final TRM setpoint calculated iteratively is 50.49 s. This value includes both the time delay associated with relays 62S5 & 62S6 and relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2. The time delays associated with each of these two sets of relays add to comprise the 50.49 s TRM setpoint (Ref. EE-001M, Rev. 009).
-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2
The following analysis provides the calculated STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2) for relays 62S5 & 62S6. The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2) for relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2 are established in calculation G13.18.3.1*002. A margin of 4.15 s is used in this calculation for LER Avoidance.
-ENS*007 are calculated using instrument uncertainties that are based on % setting (% setpoint).  
The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of relays 27/62-1 &
27/62-2 are specified in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and STP-302-1605 as:
NTSP        Tech Spec        TRM            STP          STP          TRM        Tech Spec Allowable      Allowable      Minimum      Maximum      Allowable    Allowable Minimum        Minimum                                    Maximum      Maximum (sec)        (sec)
(sec)        (sec)          (sec)                                    (sec)          (sec) 5.10          4.50          4.63          4.70        5.50        5.57          5.70


===5.0 Calculation===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                            G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                            PAGE 9 OF 21 Loop Uncertainty (LU) and Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) will first be calculated for the total time delay (including both sets of relays) for use in establishing the TRM setpoint and the Allowable Values to be specified in Table 3.3.8.1-1, Function 2d of the RBS TRM and Table 3.3.8.1-1, Function 2d of the RBS Tech Specs.
Methodology The methodology used in this calculation is in accordance with "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R) and "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology" (Ref
LU, for this analysis, is established by combining the LU from calculations G13.18.6.2-ENS*003 for relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 for relays 62S5 & 62S6 using a square root sum of squares (SRSS) methodology.
: 7224.300-000-001B). The Allowable Values (AV) and Nominal Trip Setpoints (NTSP2) for the setpoints considered in this calculation have both upper and lower limits. The Lower Limit (AV MIN) is calculated for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
LU = +/- [(LU62S5/62S6 - Margin)2 + (LU27/62-1 & 27/62-2)2]1/2 +/- Margin
-LOCA time delay by subtracting the difference between the AV MAX and the NTSP2 from the NTSP2. Then an additional margin of 2.5% is applied to give the final value of AV MIN. The Upper Limit (AV MAX) is calculated for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout by adding the difference between the NTSP2 and AV MIN to the NTSP2. An additional margin of 2.5% is applied to give the final value of AV MAX. Spurious trip avoidance analysis will ensure, with a greater than 95% certainty, that these relays will not experience a spurious trip under postulated transient conditions
    = +/- [(5.148 - 1.740)2 + (0.469)2] 1/2 +/- 1.740 s LU = +/- 5.18 s TLU values for both sets of relays are similarly combined.
. The upper AV for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
TLU = +/- [(TLU62S5/62S6 - Margin)2 + (TLU27/62-1 & 27/62-2)2]1/2 +/- Margin
-LOCA time delay (AV MAX) must be below the upper Analytical Limit (AL) minus the absolute value of the positive Loop Uncertainty (LU). The lower AV for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout (AV MIN) must be above the lower AL plus the absolute value of the negative LU.
      = +/- [(5.480 - 1.801)2 + (0.470)2] 1/2 +/- 1.801 s TLU = +/- 5.51 s AV MAX Upper AL - +LU = 60 - 5.18 = 54.82 s AV MIN  (NTSP - (AV MAX - NTSP)) x 0.975 = (50.34 - (54.82 - 50.34)) x 0.975 = 44.7 s (rounded down)
Upper AV  AL - Lower AV  Lower AL + -LU SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
NTSP (TRM) Upper AL - +TLU - LER Avoidance Margin = 60 - 5.51 - 4.15 = 50.34 s TRM MAX  Upper AL - +TLU = 60 - 5.51 = 54.49 s TRM MIN  (NTSP - (TRM MAX - NTSP)) x 0.975 = (50.34 - (54.49 - 50.34)) x 0.975 = 45.04 s (rounded down)
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 8 OF 21    The NTSP2 for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint for relays 62S5 & 62S6 are calculated as follows:
-LOCA time delay must be below the upper AL minus the absolute value of the positive Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU). The NTSP2 for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout must be above the lower AL plus the absolute value of the negative TLU. Time Delay Relay NTSP2 AL - Loss of Voltage Relay NTSP2  Lower AL + -TLU The Loop Uncertainties and Total Loop Uncertainties used as input to this calculation are developed in the Loop Uncertainty Determination calculation s (Ref: G13.18.6.2
AV MAX62S5/62S6  AV MAX - AV MAX27/62-1 & 27/62-2 AV MAX62S5/62S6 = 54.82 s - 5.70 s
-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2
                  = 49.12 s AV MIN62S5/62S6  AV MIN - AV MIN27/62-1 & 27/62-2
-ENS*007) using the methodologies provided in EN-IC-S-007-R and 7224.300-000-001B. The Maximum Loop Setting Tolerance (CT LV) provides the tolerance for the desired setpoint of the rela
: y. This tolerance is irrespective of the setpoint chosen and is, therefore, the same for the dropout and the reset values. The minimum and maximum setting values for the TRM setpoint is calculated as follows:
Desired Max. = TRM Trip Value +
CT LV Desired Mi
: n. = TRM Trip Value
- CT LV 6.0 Calculation


===6.1. Degraded===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                             G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                             PAGE 10 OF 21 AV MIN62S5/62S6 = 44.7 s - 4.5 s
Voltage Relay No
                        = 40.2 s TRM MAX62S5/62S6 TRM MAX - TRM MAX27/62-1 & 27/62-2 TRM MAX62S5/62S6 = 54.49 s - 5.57 s
-LOCA time delay relay The setpoint for the relays is calculated iteratively as the LU and TLU are proportional to the setpoint. The final TRM setpoint calculated iteratively is 50.49 s. This value includes both the time delay associated with relays 62S5 & 62S6 and relays 27/62
                          = 48.92 s TRM MIN62S5/62S6  TRM MIN - TRM MIN27/62-1 & 27/62-2 TRM MIN62S5/62S6 = 45.04 s - 4.63 s
-1 & 27/62-2. The time delays associated with each of these two sets of relays add to comprise the 50.49 s TRM setpoint (Ref. EE
      = 40.41 s NTSP62S5/62S6 = NTSP - NTSP27/62-1 & 27/62-2
-001M, Rev. 009).
                    = 50.34 s - 5.10 s
The following analysis provides the calculated STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2) for relays 62S5 & 62S6. The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2) for relays 27/62
                    = 45.24 s STP MIN = NTSP2 - lCTLl = 45.24 - 1.35 = 43.89 s STP MAX = NTSP2 + lCTLl = 45.24 + 1.35 = 46.59 s To summarize, the STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of relays 62S5 & 62S6 are:
-1 & 27/62-2 are established in calculation G13.18.3.1*002. A margin of 4
NTSP     Tech Spec        TRM            STP          STP        TRM        Tech Spec Allowable      Allowable      Minimum      Maximum    Allowable    Allowable Minimum       Minimum                                Maximum      Maximum (sec)         (sec)
.15 s is used in this calculation for LER Avoidance.
(sec)       (sec)         (sec)                                   (sec)         (sec) 45.24       40.2          40.41        43.89       46.59     48.92      49.12 6.2. Loss of Voltage Relay The setpoint for the relays is calculated iteratively as the LU and TLU are proportional to the setpoint.
The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of relays 27/62
The final Nominal setpoint (NTSP2) calculated iteratively is 90.24 VAC.
-1 & 27/62-2 are specified in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and STP
The following calculations provide the calculated STP setting limits, Allowable Value and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2). A margin of 0.865 V is used for LER Avoidance. For LU, Calculation LU = 2.37 VAC
-302-1605 as: NTSP  (sec) Tech Spec Allowable Minimum (sec) TRM Allowable Minimum (sec) STP Minimum (sec) STP Maximum (sec) TRM Allowable Maximum (sec) Tech Spec Allowable Maximum (sec) 5.10 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
 
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 9 OF 21    Loop Uncertainty (LU) and Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) will first be calculated for the total time delay (including both sets of relays) for use in establishing the TRM setpoint and the Allowable Values to be specified in Table 3.3.8.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                             G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                            PAGE 11 OF 21 TLU = 5.51 VAC AV MIN  Lower AL + +LU = 2935 / (35) + 2.37 = 83.86 + 2.37 = 86.23 VAC (rounded up)
-1, Function 2d of the RBS TRM and Table 3.3.8.1-1, Functio n 2d of the RBS Tech Specs.
AV MAX (NTSP2 + (NTSP2 - AV MIN)) x 1.03 = (90.24 + (90.24 - 86.23)) x 1.03 = 97.08 VAC 97.08 VAC x 35 = 3397.8 VAC Since AV MAX is calculated to be 3397.8 VAC, which is not within the Limiting Operating Transient Variation (assumption 8.1) for the Loss of Voltage Relays (3351 VAC), AV MAX will be chosen to be 3325 VAC (3325 VAC x 35 = 95.00 VAC) to provide adequate margin to the Limiting Operating Transient Variation for the Loss of Voltage Relays.
LU, for this analysis, is established by combining the LU from calculations G13.18.6.2
TRM MIN Lower AL + +LU + Margin = 83.86 + 2.37 + 0.5 = 86.73 VAC 86.73 VAC x 35 = 3036 VAC TRM MAX (NTSP2 + (NTSP2 - TRM MIN)) x 1.01 = (90.24 + (90.24 - 86.73)) x 1.01
-ENS*003 for relays 27/62
                                                          = 94.68 VAC 94.68 VAC x 35 = 3313 VAC (3313.8 VAC rounded down to 3313 VAC for conservatism)
-1 & 27/62-2 and G13.18.6.2
NTSP2 (TRM)  Lower AL + +TLU + LER Avoidance Margin = 83.86 + 5.51 + 0.865 = 90.24 VAC (Rounded Up)
-ENS*007 for relays 62S5 & 62S6 using a square root sum of squares (SRSS) methodology.
STP MIN = NTSP2 - lCTLl = 90.24 - 0.99 = 89.25 VAC STP MAX = NTSP2 + lCTLl = 90.24 + 0.99 = 91.23 VAC To summarize, the STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of loss of voltage relays 27N1 & 27N2 are:
LU = +/- [(LU62S5/62S6 - Margin)2 + (LU27/62-1 & 27/62-2)2]1/2 +/- Margin = +/- [(5.148 - 1.740)2 + (0.469)2] 1/2 +/- 1.740 s LU = +/- 5.1 8 s TLU values for both sets of relays are similarly combined.
NTSP     Tech Spec        TRM          STP          STP          TRM      Tech Spec Allowable    Allowable    Minimum      Maximum      Allowable Allowable Minimum        Minimum                                Maximum    Maximum (VAC)         (VAC)
TLU = +/- [(TLU62S5/62S6 - Margin)2 + (TLU27/62-1 & 27/62-2)2]1/2 +/- Margin = +/- [(5.48 0 - 1.801)2 + (0.470)2] 1/2 +/- 1.801 s TLU = +/- 5.51 s AV MAX  AL - - 5.1 8 = 54.8 2 s AV MIN - (AV MAX - NTSP)) x 0.97 5 = (50.34 - (54.8 2 - 50.34)) x 0.97 5 = 44.7 s (rounded down)
(VAC)       (VAC)         (VAC)                                   (VAC)       (VAC) 90.24       86.23         86.73       89.25       91.23       94.68     95.00 STP as-left pick up (reset) values are determined as follows:
NTSP (TRM)  AL - - LER Avoidance Margin = 60
Reset differential is equal to 10% of relay setting (Ref. G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 1).
- 5.51 - 4.15 = 50.34 s TRM MAX  AL - TLU- 5.51 = 54.49 s TRM MIN - (TRM MAX - NTSP)) x 0.975 = (50.34
Reset differential (deadband) = NTSP2 x 10%
- (54.49 - 50.34)) x 0.975 = 45.04 s (rounded down)
The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint for relays 62S5 & 62S6 are calculated as follows:
AV MAX 62S5/62S6 - AV MAX27/62-1 & 27/62-2 AV MAX62S5/62S6 = 54.8 2 s - 5.70 s = 49.1 2 s AV MIN62S5/62S6 - AV MIN27/62-1 & 27/62-2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 10 OF 21   AV MIN62S5/62S6 = 44.7 s - 4.5 s = 40.2 s TRM MAX62S5/62S6 - TRM MAX27/62-1 & 27/62-2 TRM MAX62S5/62S6 = 54.49 s - 5.57 s = 48.92 s TRM MIN62S5/62S6  TRM MIN - TRM MIN27/62-1 & 27/62-2 TRM MIN62S5/62S6 = 45.04 s  
- 4.63 s = 40.41 s NTSP62S5/62S6 = NTSP - NTSP27/62-1 & 27/62-2 = 50.34 s - 5.10 s = 45.24 s STP MIN = NTSP2  
- lCT Ll = 45.24 - 1.3 5 = 43.89 s STP MAX = NTSP2 + l CT Ll = 45.24 + 1.3 5 = 4 6.5 9 s To summarize, the STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of relays 62S5 & 62S6 are:
NTSP (sec) Tech Spec Allowable Minimum (sec) TRM Allowable Minimum (sec) STP Minimum (sec) STP Maximum (sec) TRM Allowable Maximum (sec) Tech Spec Allowable Maximum (sec) 45.24   3.89 6.59   6.2. Loss of Voltage Relay The setpoint for the relays is calculated iteratively as the LU and TLU are proportional to the setpoint. The final Nominal setpoint (NTSP2) calculated iteratively is 90.24 VAC. The following calculations provide the calculated STP setting limits, Allowable Value and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2). A margin of 0.865 V is used for LER Avoidance. For LU, Calculation LU = 2.3 7 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 11 OF 21   TLU = 5.51 VAC AV MIN  AL + (35) + 2.37 = 83.86 + 2.37 = 86.23 VAC (rounded up)
AV MAX - AV MIN)) x 1.03 = (90.24 + (90.24  
- 86.23)) x 1.03 = 97.08 VAC 97.08 VAC x 35 = 3397.8 VAC Since AV MAX is calculated to be 3397.8 VAC, which is not within the Limiting Operating Transient Variation (assumption 8.1) for the Loss of Voltage Relays (3351 VAC), AV MAX will be chosen t o be 3325 VAC (3325 VAC x 35 = 95.00 VAC) to provide adequate margin to the Limiting Operating Transient Variation for the Loss of Voltage Relays.
TRM MI N AL + 86.73 VAC x 35 = 3036 VAC TRM MAX - TRM MIN)) x 1.01 = (90.24 + (90.24  
- 86.73)) x 1.01  
= 94.68 VAC 94.68 VAC x 35 = 3313 VAC (3313.8 VAC rounded down to 3313 VAC for conservatism) NTSP2 (TRM)  Lower AL + LER Avoidance Margin =
83.86 + 5.51 + 0.865 = 90.2 4 VAC (Rounded Up)
STP MIN = NTSP2  
- lCT Ll = 90.24 - 0.99 = 89.25 VAC STP MAX = NTSP2 + l CT Ll = 90.24 + 0.99 = 91.23 VAC To summarize, the STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of loss of voltage relays 27N1 & 27N2 are: NTSP  (VAC) Tech Spec Allowable Minimum (VAC) TRM Allowable Minimum (VAC) STP Minimum (VAC) STP Maximum (VAC) TRM Allowable Maximum (VAC) Tech Spec Allowable Maximum (VAC) 90.24 86.23 86.73 89.25 91.23 94.68 95.00   STP as-left pick up (reset) values are determined as follows:
Reset differential is equal to 10% of relay setting (Ref. G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 1).
Reset differential (deadband)
= NTSP2 x 10%


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION               G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION              PAGE 12 OF 21
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 12 OF 21   = 90.24 VAC x 0.10 = 9.02 VAC Minimum as left reset = STP MIN trip value + deadband
                              = 90.24 VAC x 0.10
= 87.63 VAC + 9.02 VAC
                              = 9.02 VAC Minimum as left reset = STP MIN trip value + deadband
= 96.65 VAC Maximum as left reset = STP MAX trip value + deadband
                      = 87.63 VAC + 9.02 VAC
= 92.85 VAC + 9.02 VAC
                      = 96.65 VAC Maximum as left reset = STP MAX trip value + deadband
= 101.87 VAC
                      = 92.85 VAC + 9.02 VAC
                      = 101.87 VAC


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                 G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                                PAGE 13 OF 21 6.3. Margin Checks:
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 13 OF 21     6.3. Margin Checks:
6.3.1. Spurious Trip Avoidance Test The Spurious Trip Analysis is performed to demonstrate the acceptability of the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint. The Nominal Trip Setpoint should provide at least 95% probability that a spurious trip will not occur. The value calculated for Z should be = 1.645 to achieve the 95% criteria.
Spurious Trip Equation (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):
NTSP2  X T ZT =
( M )2 + ( )2 I
Where:
NTSP2        = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint, Upper XT            = Limiting operating transient M            = standard deviation for the operating transient (equal to zero when the limiting operating transient is based on documented operating conditions).
                            =0 I            = standard deviation of the NTSP2 1
                            =  ( AN ) 2 + (C L ) 2 + ( DL ) 2 + ( PM ) 2 + ( PE ) 2 n
The Total Loop Uncertainty is defined in EN-IC-S-007-R as:
m TLU = +/-        ( AL ) + (C L ) + ( DL ) + ( PM ) + ( PE )
2          2      2        2          2 n
AL    = Total loop random uncertainty (provided in G13.18.2.3-ENS*004 and G13.18.2.3-ENS*007 EC-27437)
AN    = The loop random uncertainty for normal conditions (i.e. AL determined for normal environmental conditions)
AL  AN Since a higher value of I reduces the spurious trip avoidance probability, it is conservative to assume that AN = AL for the equation for standard deviation.


====6.3.1. Spurious====
SETPOINT CALCULATION                              G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 14 OF 21
Trip Avoidance Test The Spurious Trip Analysis is performed to demonstrate the acceptability of the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint. The Nominal Trip Setpoint should provide at least 95% probability that a spurious trip will not occur. The value calculated for Z should be  
        +/- TLU  1 I    =          =  ( AL ) + (C L ) + ( DL ) + ( PM ) + ( PE )
= 1.645 to achieve the 95% criteria.
2        2        2        2        2 m        n Since, TLU as provided in G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, contains the m
Spurious Trip Equation (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):      2 2 2 I M T T XNTSP Z  Where:      NTSP2 = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint, Upper  X T  = Limiting operating transient M  = standard deviation for the operating transient (equal to zero when the limiting operating transient is based on documented operating conditions).
same random component,          ( AL ) + (C L ) + ( DL ) + ( PM ) + ( PE ) for both positive 2        2        2        2        2 n
= 0    I  = standard deviation of the NTSP 2  = 2 2 2 2 2)()()()()(1 E M L L N P P D C A n The Total Loop Uncertainty is defined in EN
and negative direction, I    = +TLU / m m    = 1.645 (for Loss of Voltage relay)
-IC-S-007-R as: TLU = 2 2 2 2 2)()()()()(E M L L L P P D C A n m A L  = Total loop random uncertainty (provided in G13.18.2.3
      = 2 (for Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay)
-ENS*004 and G13.18.2.3
I    = 5.51 / 1.645 V
-ENS*007 EC-27437) A N = The loop random uncertainty for normal conditions (i.e.
      = 3.35 V (for Loss of Voltage Relay)
A L determined for normal environmental conditions)
      = 5.51 / 1.645 s (for Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay; used in Section 6.3.2.1)
A L  A N Since a higher value of  I reduces the spurious trip avoidance probability, it is conservative to assume that A N = A L for the equation for standard deviation.
      = 3.35 s (for Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay) 6.3.1.1    Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay relay Spurious trip avoidance test for the time delay is bounded by the spurious trip avoidance for the Loss of Voltage relay dropout setpoint. The purpose the Loss of voltage relays is to ensure that the RBS safety related motors will not experience less than 70% terminal voltage.
The time delay ensures that, if such a condition occurs, the degraded voltage relay trips in less than 60 seconds. This condition is based on the analysis provided in calculation G13.18.3.6*016. There are no other conditions that are dependent upon the Time Delay function of the relay. However, a spurious trip avoidance test for the Loss of Voltage relays is required to ensure that the relays do not dropout during worst case LOCA transient conditions.
6.3.1.2    Loss of Voltage relay The Spurious Trip Analysis is performed to demonstrate the acceptability of the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint. The Nominal Trip Setpoint should provide at least 95% probability that a spurious trip will not occur. The value calculated for Z should be = 1.645 to achieve the 95% criteria.
NTSP2         = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint
              = 90.24 V (Per Section 6.2)


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                               G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                             PAGE 15 OF 21 XT            = Limiting operating transient
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 14 OF 21    I  =  m TLU = 2 2 2 2 2)()()()()(1 E M L L L P P D C A n Since, TLU as provided in G13.18.6.2
                        = 95.75 V (Per Assumption 4.1)
-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.
M             = standard deviation for the operating transient (equal to zero when the limiting operating transient is based on documented operating conditions).
2-ENS*007, contains the same random component
                        =0 I             = +TLU / m m             = 1.645 I             = 5.51 / 1.645 V
, 2 2 2 2 2)()()()()(E M L L L P P D C A n m for both positive and negative direction,  I  = +TLU / m m = 1.645 (for Loss of Voltage relay)
                        = 3.35 V Spurious Trip Calculation:
  = 2 (for Degraded Voltage Relay No
ZT    = l90.24 - 95.75l
-LOCA time delay)
((0)2 + (3.35)2)1/2
I  = 5.51 / 1.645 V = 3.3 5 V (for Loss of Voltage Relay)
              = 1.645 The calculated value for ZT is approximately 1.645. Therefore the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint is acceptable.
  = 5.51 / 1.645 s (for Degraded Voltage Relay No
-LOCA time delay; used in Section 6.3.2.1)  = 3.35 s (for Degraded Voltage Relay No
-LOCA time delay) 6.3.1.1 Degraded Voltage Relay No
-LOCA time delay relay Spurious trip avoidance test for the time delay is bounded by the spurious trip avoidance for the Loss of Voltage relay dropout setpoint. The purpose the Loss of voltage relays is to ensure that the RBS safety related motors will not experience less than 70% terminal voltage. The time delay ensures that
, if such a condition occurs
, the degraded voltage relay trips in less than 60 seconds. This condition is based on the analysis provided in calculation G13.18.3.6*016. There are no other conditions that are dependent upon the Time Delay function of the relay. However, a spurious trip avoidance test for the Loss of Voltage relays is required to ensure that the relays do not dropout during worst case LOCA transient conditions.
6.3.1.2 Loss of Voltage relay The Spurious Trip Analysis is performed to demonstrate the acceptability of the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint. The Nominal Trip Setpoint should provide at least 95% probability that a spurious trip will not occur. The value calculated for Z should be
= 1.645 to achieve the 95% criteria.
NTSP 2  = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint
      = 90.24 V (Per Section 6.2)
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 15 OF 21   X T  = Limiting operating transient = 95.75 V (Per Assumption 4.1)       M = standard deviation for the operating transient (equal to zero when the limiting operating transient is based on documented operating conditions).
= 0   I   = +TLU / m m = 1.645   I   = 5.51 / 1.645 V = 3.35 V     Spurious Trip Calculation:
Z T  =   l90.24 - 95.75l             ((0)2 + (3.3 5)2)1/2 =   1.645 The calculated value for Z T is approximately 1.645. The refore the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint is acceptable.
6.3.2. LER Avoidance Analysis:
6.3.2. LER Avoidance Analysis:
LER avoidance analysis is performed to determine the acceptability of the margin between the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint and the calculated Allowable Value. The margi n should provide at least a 90% probability the instrument channel's trip setpoint will not exceed the allowable value. The calculated value for ZLER should be  1.28. LER Avoidance Equation (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):     ILERNTSP AV Z 2 Where:     AV     = Allowable Value NTSP 2  = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint I = standard deviation of the NTSP
LER avoidance analysis is performed to determine the acceptability of the margin between the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint and the calculated Allowable Value. The margin should provide at least a 90% probability the instrument channels trip setpoint will not exceed the allowable value. The calculated value for ZLER should be  1.28.
LER Avoidance Equation (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):
AV NTSP2 Z LER =
I Where:
AV       = Allowable Value NTSP2 = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint I       = standard deviation of the NTSP


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                             G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                            PAGE 16 OF 21 6.3.2.1   Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay relay ZLER = l50.34 -54.82l 3.35
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 16 OF 21   6.3.2.1 Degraded Voltage Relay No
      = 1.337 6.3.2.2   Loss of Voltage relay ZLER = l 86.23 -90.24l 3.35
-LOCA time delay relay ZLER   l50.34 -54.8 2l 3.35 = 1.337 6.3.2.2 Loss of Voltage relay ZLER   l 86.23 -90.24l 3.35   1.20 The LER Avoidance value for ZLER for Degraded Voltage relay No
      = 1.20 The LER Avoidance value for ZLER for Degraded Voltage relay No-LOCA time delay is greater than 1.28 and is, therefore acceptable. However, the value of ZLER for the Loss of Voltage relay is 1.20 which yields a LER avoidance probability of 88.5%. This value is slightly below the 90% probability judged to be acceptable. However, because the values used in calculating device measurement uncertainties, particularly time related relay drift, are extremely conservative, the calculated 88.5% LER avoidance probability for the Loss of Voltage Relay is considered acceptable.
-LOCA time delay is greater than 1.28 and is, therefore acceptable
The calculated values for ZLER for both the timing relay and the Loss of Voltage Relay are deemed acceptable and demonstrate sufficient probability for LER avoidance
. However, the value of ZLER for the Loss of Volt age relay is 1.20 which yields a LER avoidance probability of 88.5%. This value is slightly below the 90% probability judged to be acceptable. However, because the values used in calculating device measurement uncertainties, particularly time related relay drift, are extremely conservative, the calculated 88.5% LER avoidance probability for the Loss of Voltage Relay is considered acceptable.
The calculated value s for ZLER for both the timing relay and the Loss of Voltage Relay are deemed acceptable and demonstrate sufficient probability for LER avoidance


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                               G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 17 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                     DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1             ANO-2             IP-2                 IP-3               JAF                   PLP PNPS             VY                 GGNS                 RBS               W3                     NP Document No.             G13.18.3.1-005                    Revision No.
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 17 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Document No.
Page 1 of 4 (EC40339)                            000
G13.18.3.1-00 5  (EC40339) Revision No.
 
00 0 Page 1 of 4 Title: Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22
==Title:==
-S004   Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method:
Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 Quality Related           Augmented Quality Related DV Method:               Design Review             Alternate Calculation             Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED                     DISCIPLINE                       VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
Electrical             Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:
Electrical Robin Smith
Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
/ See AS for signature & date Mechanica l  Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear       Originator:
 
Mary Coffaro
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                   G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                                  PAGE 18 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                               DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:                                                                                   DISCIPLINE:
/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
Document
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 18 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:
 
DISCIPLINE:
==Title:==
Civil/Structural Electrical I & C Mechanical Nuclear Other Document Title: Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22
Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004                                       Civil/Structural Electrical Doc. No.:         G13.18.3.1-005 (EC40339)           Rev. 000              QA Cat. I I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier:                        Print                     Sign                     Date             Mechanical Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification.
-S004 Doc. No.: G13.18.3.1
N/A Print                   Sign               Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
-005 (EC40339) Rev. 00 0 QA Cat. I Verifier: Robin Smith
Design Review                                               Alternate Calculations                   Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
/ See AS for signature & date Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification. N/A         Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11  
- 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
: 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
: 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
Yes No N/A   2. Assumptions  
Yes                 No                 N/A
- Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re
: 2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Yes                 No                 N/A
Yes No N/A   3. Quality Assurance  
: 3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
- Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
Yes                 No                 N/A
Yes No N/A SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 19 OF 21  ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT


===9.6 DESIGN===
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                                PAGE 19 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                         DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements  
: 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
- Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   5. Construction and Operating Experience  
: 5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
- Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   6. Interfaces  
: 6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
- Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
: 7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes No N/A  
Yes               No               N/A
: 8. Design Outputs  
: 8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
- Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A  
: 9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
: 9. Parts, Equipment and Processes  
Yes               No               N/A
- Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
: 10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes No N/A   10. Materials Compatibility  
Yes               No               N/A
- Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
: 11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes No N/A  
Yes               No               N/A
: 11. Maintenance requirements  
- Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes No N/A  
: 12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
: 12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes No N/A   13. Accessibility for In
Yes               No               N/A
-service Inspection  
: 13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
- Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in
Yes               No               N/A
-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
: 14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes No N/A   14. Radiation Exposure  
Yes               No               N/A
- Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
: 15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes No N/A  
Yes               No               N/A
: 15. Acceptance Criteria  
 
- Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished? Yes No N/A SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                       G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                                      PAGE 20 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                                 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 20 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3 16. Test Requirements  
: 16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
- Have adequate pre
Yes                 No               N/A
-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specifie d? Yes No N/A   17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping  
: 17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
- Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
Yes                 No               N/A
Yes No N/A   18. Identification Requirements  
: 18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
- Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes                 No               N/A
Yes No N/A  
: 19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
: 19. Records and Documentation  
Yes                 No               N/A
- Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?
: 20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes No N/A  
Yes                 No               N/A
: 20. Software Quality Assurance
- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN
- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
ENS sites: This is an EN
-IT-104 task. However, per ENS
-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes No N/A  
: 21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
: 21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes No N/A            
Yes                 No               N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 21 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7                                                      DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question #                Comments                            Resolution                Initial/Date 1      Comments provided by markup          Incorporated                    RS 10/13/12
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 21 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT  


===9.7 DESIGN===
95/95 Confidence Level The uncertainty and setpoint calculation revisions associated with the River Bend Station (RBS) loss of voltage and undervoltage time delay relays determine loop and total loop uncertainties constructed with 95/95 confidence. That is to say, there is at least a 95% probability that the limits provided contain at least 95% of the population of interest - the future actual setpoint values.
VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1        Comments / Continuation Sheet Question  #
The inputs used to determine the uncertainties and setpoints were either:
Comments Resoluti on Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup Incorporated RS  10/13/12
* determined based on a 95/95 criterion or
* are vendor provided inputs Drift values used to determine 95/95 Total Loop Uncertainties for the relays were derived from statistically significant populations of historical calibration data, including as-found and as-left readings. Each drift value is applicable to specific instruments or models of instruments and was calculated using statistical methods designed to provide a 95/95 tolerance interval.
Where no as-found/as-left drift analysis is available, the setpoint calculations rely on vendor-provided drift specifications. Vendors typically do not provide information regarding the confidence level of their performance specifications (Rosemount being the prominent exception). In such cases, it is assumed that this best represents the limiting or bounding performance data and that the vendor specifications can conservatively be assumed to be equivalent to a 2-sigma (95.4%) tolerance interval. This assumption applies to drift as well as other vendor performance specifications, such as accuracy and temperature effect.


95/95 Confidence Level The uncertainty and setpoint calculation revisions associated with the River Bend Station (RBS) loss of voltage and undervoltage time delay relays determine loop and total loop uncertainties constructed with 95/95 confidence. That is to say, there is at least a 95% probability that the limits provided contain at least 95% of the population of interest - the future actual setpoint values.
Determination of As-Left and As-Found Tolerances The method used at RBS to incorporate as-left and as-found device and loop tolerances is as follows:
 
Calculation of As-Left Device Tolerance (ALT):
The inputs used to determine the uncertainties and setpoints were either
Device ALT is calculated using MTEL combined with device reference accuracy.
:  determined based on a 95/95 criterion or  are vendor provided inputs Drift values used to determine 95/95 Total Loop Uncertainties for the relays were derived from statistically significant populations of historical calibration data, including
ALT = +/- SRSS (RA, MTEL)
 
as-found and as
-left readings. Each drift value is applicable to specific instruments or models of instruments and w as calculated using statistical methods designed to provide a 95/95 tolerance interval.
Where no as-found/as-left drift analysis is available, the setpoint calculations rely on vendor-provided drift specifications. Vendors typically do not provide information regarding the confidence level of their performance specifications (Rosemount being the prominent exception)
. In such cases, it is assumed that this best represents the limiting or bounding performance data and that the vendor specifications can conservatively be assumed to be equivalent to a 2-sigma (95.4%) tolerance interval
. This assumption applies to drift as well as other vendor performance specifications, such as accuracy and temperature effect.
 
Determination of As-Left and As
-Found Tolerances The method used at RBS to incorporate as-left and as-found device and loop tolerances is as follows:
Calculation of As
-Left Device Tolerance (ALT) : Device ALT is calculated using MTE L combined with device reference accuracy.
ALT = +/- SRSS (RA, MTE L)
In cases where RA is greater than the device drift (DR), ALT will conservatively be set to a value arbitrarily smaller than DR to avoid having the AFT smaller than the ALT.
In cases where RA is greater than the device drift (DR), ALT will conservatively be set to a value arbitrarily smaller than DR to avoid having the AFT smaller than the ALT.
Calculation of As
Calculation of As-Found Device Tolerance (AFT):
-Found Device Tolerance (AFT): AFT= +/- SRSS (RA, DR, MTE 1, MTE 2, MTE 3,-MTE X) The device drift (DR) was determined using plant specific as
AFT= +/- SRSS (RA, DR, MTE1, MTE2, MTE3,MTEX)
-found/as-left calibration data and may be considered the combination of RA, MTE and drift. This is because there is no deterministic method to separate these individual components in the analysis of the as-found/as-left calibration data. Drift derived in this manner therefore includes both RA and MTE errors.
The device drift (DR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data and may be considered the combination of RA, MTE and drift. This is because there is no deterministic method to separate these individual components in the analysis of the as-found/as-left calibration data. Drift derived in this manner therefore includes both RA and MTE errors.
 
AFT can then be simplified to:
AFT can then be simplified to:
AFT= +/- DR Calculation of As-Left and As-Found Loop Tolerance For loops consisting of instruments A, B, C, X, the loop As-Left and As-Found Loop Tolerances are given by the following equations:
As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) = +/- SRSS (ALTA, ALTB, ALTC, ALTX)
As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) = +/- SRSS (AFTA, AFTB, AFTC, AFTX)
All the relays are in single device loops; therefore the device tolerance is the same as the loop tolerance and the equations become:
As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) = +/- ALT As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) = +/- AFT


AFT= +/- DR  Calculation of As-Left and As-Found Loop Tolerance For loops consisting of instruments A, B, C, -X, the loop As-Left and As
AFT and ALT Results from Uncertainty Calculations Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 determines the uncertainty associated with Division I and II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV loss of voltage relays ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, ENS-SWG1A-27-1B, ENS-SWG1A-27-1C, ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, ENS-SWG1B-27-1B and ENS-SWG1B-27-1C. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
-Found Loop Tolerances are given by the following equations:
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTR)                                                  +/- 0.21 VAC Relay AFT (AFTR)                                                  +/- 0.392 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                     +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                    +/- 0.392 VAC Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 determines the uncertainty associated with Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV loss of voltage relays E22-S004-27N1 and E22-S004-27N2.
As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) = +/- SRSS (ALT A, ALT B, ALT C ,- ALT X)
The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) = +/- SRSS (AFT A, AFT B, AFT C ,- AFT X)
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTR)                                                  +/- 0.99 VAC Relay AFT (AFTR)                                                  +/- 5.82 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                     +/- 0.99 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                     +/- 5.82 VAC Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*006 determines the uncertainty associated with Division I and II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays ENS-SWG1A-62-2 and ENS-SWG1B-62-2. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
All the relays are in single device loops; therefore the device tolerance is the same as the loop tolerance and the equations become:
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTRT)                                                +/- 0.51 seconds Relay AFT (AFTRT)                                                +/- 1.05 seconds As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                    +/- 0.51 seconds As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                  +/- 1.05 seconds


As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) = +/- ALT As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) = +/- AFT AFT and ALT Results from Uncertainty Calculations Calculation G13.18.6.2
Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 determines the uncertainty associated with Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-ACB1-62S6. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
-ENS*00 2 determine s the uncertainty associated with Division I and II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV loss of voltage relays ENS
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTRT2)                                                 +/- 1.35 seconds Relay AFT (AFTRT2)                                                 +/- 1.685 seconds As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL2)                                     +/- 1.35 seconds As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL2)                                   +/- 1.685 seconds}}
-SWG1A-27-1A, ENS-SWG1A-27-1B, ENS-SWG1A-27-1C, ENS-SWG1 B-27-1A, ENS-SWG1 B-27-1B and ENS-SWG1 B-27-1C. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALT R) +/- 0.21 VAC Relay AFT (AFT R) +/- 0.39 2 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 0.39 2 VAC  Calculation G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 determines the uncertainty associated with Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV loss of voltage relays E22-S004-27N1 and E22
-S004-27N2. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALT R) +/- 0.99 VAC Relay AFT (AFT R) +/- 5.82 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.99 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 5.82 VAC Calculation G13.18.6.2
-ENS*006 determine s the uncertainty associated with Division I and II, Safety
-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays ENS
-SWG1A-62-2 and ENS-SWG1B-62-2. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALT R T) +/- 0.51 seconds Relay AFT (AFT R T) +/- 1.05 seconds As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.51 seconds As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 1.05 seconds Calculation G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 7 determine s the uncertainty associated with Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-ACB 1-62S 6. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALT R T2) +/- 1.35 seconds Relay AFT (AFT R T2) +/- 1.685 seconds As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L 2) +/- 1.35 seconds As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L 2) +/- 1.685 seconds}}

Latest revision as of 12:51, 20 March 2020

Email, License Amendment Request for Degraded Voltage Surveillance Frequency Extension; Revised Calculations and White Paper Which Discusses Methodology Used for Revision
ML12291A763
Person / Time
Site: River Bend Entergy icon.png
Issue date: 10/16/2012
From: Williamson D
Entergy Operations
To: Wang A
Plant Licensing Branch IV
Wang A
References
TAC ME7767
Download: ML12291A763 (183)


Text

From: WILLIAMSON, DANNY H To: Wang, Alan

Subject:

RBS DV/LOP calculations Date: Tuesday, October 16, 2012 5:18:50 PM Attachments: G13.18.6.2-ENS_007_EC40339.pdf G13.18.3.1-005_ EC40339.pdf G13.18.6.2-ENS_002_EC40339.pdf G13.18.6.2-ENS_004_EC40339.pdf G13.18.6.2-ENS_006_EC40339.pdf G13.18.3.1-004_EC40339.pdf RBS methodology.pdf Alan Attached are the revised calculations we discussed on September 24 regarding the RAI on LAR 2011-

05. These calculations contain no proprietary information.

Also attached is a "white paper" which discusses the methodology used in this revision.

Please call if you have any questions.

Danny

ANO-1 ANO-2 GGNS IP-2 IP-3 PLP JAF PNPS RBS VY W3 NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) (2)

EC # 40339 Page 1 of 32 COVER PAGE (3) (4)

Design Basis Calc. YES NO CALCULATION EC Markup (5) (6)

Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Revision: 003 (7) (8)

Title:

Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model Editorial 27H Undervoltage Relay YES NO (9) (10)

System(s): 302 Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)

(11) (12)

Safety Class: Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:

Safety / Quality Related ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, 1B, 1C ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, 1B, 1C Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS (13)

Document Type: F43.02 (14)

Keywords (Description/Topical Codes):

relay, uncertainty, undervoltage REVIEWS (15) (16) (17)

Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Robin Smith / See AS Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer Comments Attached Comments Attached

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 2 OF 32 CALCULATION REFERENCE CALCULATION NO: G.13.18.6.2-ENS*002 SHEET REVISION: 003 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): None II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No.

Doc Doc Y/N

1. EN-DC-126 -- 004 N
2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000 N
3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300 N
4. 201.130-186 0 000 N
5. 215.150 0 006 N
6. B455-0139 0 000 N
7. 3242.521-102-001A 0 300 N
8. F137-0100 0 000 N
9. 0242.521-102-133 0 300 N
10. EE-001K 0 019 N
11. EE-001L 0 015 N
12. ESK-08ENS01 001 008 N
13. ESK-08EGS09 001 013 N
14. ESK-08EGS10 001 012 N
15. ESK-08EGS13 001 011 N
16. ESK-08EGS14 001 010 N
17. ESK-08EGS15 001 010 N
18. ESK-08EGS16 001 007 N
19. STP-302-1600 -- 020 Y A/R 00154225
20. STP-302-1601 -- 020 Y A/R 00154227
21. G13.18.6.3-006 0 000 N
22. LSK-24-09.05A 001 015 N
23. EDP-AN-02 -- 301 N
24. STP-302-0102 -- 017 N
25. G13.18.3.1-004 0 000 Y EC40339

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 3 OF 32 III. CROSS

REFERENCES:

1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993)
4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-10
5. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5 IV. SOFTWARE USED:

N/A

Title:

Version/Release: Disk/CD No.

V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:

N/A

Title:

Version/Release Disk/CD No.

VI. OTHER CHANGES:

References removed from the calculation: G13.18.3.1*001

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 4 of 32 Revision Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of undervoltage rely setpoints by Electrical 000 Engineering.

Deleted Degraded Voltage Relay setpoints. With relay change per ER-RB-2001-0360-00, the 001 degraded voltage relay setpoints are moved to G13.18.3.6.2-ENS-005 Rev. 0. Revised procedural as-left band.

002 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753.

EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1-004 into this 003 calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 5 of 32 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description 6 2.0 Results/Conclusions 8 3.0 References 9 4.0 Design Inputs 11 5.0 Nomenclature 15 6.0 Calculation Methodology 16 7.0 Assumptions 17 8.0 Calculation 20 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram 28 Attachments:

1 Design Verification Form and Comments .......................................................................... 5 pages

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 6 of 32 1.0 Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Safety-Related 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays for Divisions I & II. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1-004.

1.2. Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.

Each 4.16 kV bus monitored by three undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic.

1.3. Design Bases Event Per Technical Specification Bases B 3.3.8.1 (Reference 3.7.3), successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.

1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95%

probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2). One sided probability is used since the Loss of Voltage relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.

The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation.

The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 7 of 32 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 9.0. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 8 of 32 2.0 Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1.

Table 2.1-1 Loss of Voltage Relay Maximum Loop Total Loop M&TE Loop Channel Drift Loop Loop Uncertainty Uncertainty Accuracy System(s) (DL) Setting Tol.

Identification (LU) (TLU) Requirements VAC (ALTL)

VAC VAC VAC VAC See +/- 0.9067 +/- 1.07 302 +/- 0.392 +/- 0.161 +/- 0.21 Section 9.0 +/- 54.97* +/- 64.87*

  • Uncertainty indexed to the primary (bus) voltage of the potential transformers.

2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 9.0.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 9 of 32 3.0 References 3.1 EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4 Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1 Not used 3.7.2 Not used 3.7.3 Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4 Not used 3.8 RBS USAR None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1 B455-0139, Single-Phase Voltage Relays 3.9.2 3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual-STNBY 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.3 F137-0100, Fluke Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.4 Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-10, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.5 0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS-SWG1A & 1B 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 10 of 32 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:

3.11.1 Not used 3.11.2 Not used 3.11.3 Not used 3.11.4 Not used 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards 3.13.1 ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2 Not used 3.14 G13.18.6.3-006, ABB Model ITE-27H Relay Drift Analysis 3.15 G13.18.3.1-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 11 of 32 4.0 Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine uncertainty for the DIV I and II Loss of Voltage relays.

4.1 Loop Input 4.1.1 Loop Data:

Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference ENS-SWG1A-PT Loop Sensor(s) 3.10 ENS-SWG1B-PT ENS-SWG1A Location 3.4 ENS-SWG1B Output Range 0-120 VAC 3.10 Input Range 0-4200 VAC 3.10 4.1.2 Special Considerations:

4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:

  • Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator Mode (Reference 3.9.4)
  • Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to Medium Resolution (Reference 3.9.3) 4.1.2.2 A minimum of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> warm up time at the calibration location shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 12 of 32 4.2 Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s) ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS 3.4 ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS Manufacturer Westinghouse 3.9.5 Model(s) VIY-60 3.9.5 Location(s) CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1B Service Description Transformer 3.4 Instrument Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.9.5 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.5 Calibration Interval Evaluated N/A Note Device Setting Tolerance N/A Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted, therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval.

Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description Data Reference Component Number(s) See Section 9.0 3.4, 3.10 Manufacturer Asea Brown Boveri 3.9.5, 3.9.1 Model 27H 3.9.5, 3.9.1 Location(s) CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1B Service Description Relay 3.9.1, 3.10 Input Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.2 Output Contact Action 3.10, 3.12 30 Mo.

Calibration Interval Evaluated 3.2 (24 Mo. + 25%)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 13 of 32 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Westinghouse VIY-60 Description Data Reference 0.3% of setting 3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RAT) 2 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SET) N/A 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TET) N/A 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRT) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDT) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DRT) N/A 7.1.14 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Asea Brown Boveri 27H Description Data Reference 3.9.1

+/-0.25% of setting Reference Accuracy (RAR) 7.1.2 2

7.1.15 Seismic Effects (SER) 0 7.1.4 0.5 VAC/(68oF - 104oF) 7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TER) 2 7.1.2 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR) N/A 7.1.13

+/-0.392 VAC 3.14 Drift (DRR) 2 7.1.2 3% of Setting 3.9.1 Reset

+/-1.5% 3.9.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 14 of 32 4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description Data Reference Location Building/Elevation CB-98 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF 40 - 104 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH 20 - 90 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated 800 3.6 Dose, Rads Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)

Temperature Range, oF Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Same as Normal 3.6 Rads Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g <3 3.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 15 of 32 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 16 of 32 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty &

Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 17 of 32 7.0 Assumptions 7.1 Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)

A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to uncertainty of the device evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.

7.1.2 Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.

7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)

Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)

Reference 3.9.1 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage or malfunction. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.

Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.

7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)

Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).

7.1.6 Power Supply Effects (PS)

Per Reference 3.9.1, control voltage variations may affect the setpoint of the relay by as much as +/- 0.2 volt for a 10 VDC change in the control voltage. This yields a possible variation of +/- 0.02 VAC/VDC of control voltage variation. Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC. Therefore, 15 VDC will conservatively be used to calculate the PS effects for the undervoltage relays in this calculation.

Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers.

7.1.7 Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)

Not Applicable

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 18 of 32 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)

Not Applicable 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)

The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without introduction of additional uncertainty. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.

Humidity effects are not applicable to potential transformers.

7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)

(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.

7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the undervoltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.

7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE)

Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect is 0.5 VAC over a span of 68o - 104oF (20oC

- 40oC). Reference 3.6 states that the normal temperature range for this area is 40o -

104oF and that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br />) the temperature could be 5oF higher.

The temperature change 1% of the calendar year is considered negligible. The 0.5 VAC value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. See section 8.1.3 Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output.

7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)

The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device.

Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.

7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)

The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.14.

Drift is not applicable to transformers.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 19 of 32 7.1.15 Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR)

The accuracy rating for the ABB model 27 undervoltage relay is dependent on M&TE accuracy and calibration methodology when following the calibration instruction in Reference 3.9.1. Per Reference 3.9.3, the reference accuracy for a Fluke Model 45 digital multimeter is 0.2% of setting + 10 mV (conservatively approximated as 0.01% of setting). This yields an approximate accuracy of 0.21%. For conservatism, a value of 0.25% of setting will be used for this calculation.

7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 20 of 32 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:

8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential 8.10) As Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1 Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per References 3.9.2 and 3.13.1, the Reference Accuracy for instrument class potential transformers is +/- 0.3% W, X, and Y, and +/- 1.2% Z. This relates to the burden placed upon the transformer by its connected loads. A load less than 75 VA will yield an accuracy of +/- 0.3% where a load greater than 75 VA will produce a transformer accuracy of +/- 1.2%.

The loads for the metering transformer are:

6 Undervoltage Relays @ 1.2 VA each = 7.2 1 Synchronizing relay transformer @ 3 VA = 3.0 1 Model 60 Voltage Balance Relay @ 0.7 VA each = 0.7 2 Model 32 voltage Balance Relays @ 0.3 VA each = 0.6 1 Volt Meter, GE 180 @ 3.0 VA burden each = 3.0 1 Volt Transducer @ 3.0 VA burden = 3.0 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value = 10.0 27.5 Therefore Transformer Accuracy = 0.3% of setting

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 21 of 32 8.1.2 Calculation of Under Voltage Relay Power Supply Effects (PSR)

PSR = +/- 0.2 VAC per 10 VDC control power variation

= +/- 0.02 VAC x 15 VDC

= +/- 0.3 VAC (2 Value)

Assumed control power voltage variation is 15 VDC per Assumption 7.1.6.

8.1.3 Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TER)

Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/- 0.5 VAC over a temperature range of 68oF - 104oF. Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.014 VAC/oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 70oF. Therefore:

TER = +/- (104oF - 70oF) x 0.014 VAC/oF

= +/- 0.476 VAC (2 Value) 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.2.1 Transformer Reference Accuracy (RAT):

8.2.1.1 Transformer Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RATLV)

Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.15.

RATLV = +/- 0.3% of Setpoint

= +/- 0.003

  • 51.23 VAC

= +/- 0.1537 VAC (2 Value) 8.2.2 Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR):

8.2.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RARLV)

RARLV = +/- 0.25% of Setting

= +/- 0.0025

  • 51.23 VAC

= +/- 0.1281 VAC (2 Value) 8.2.3 Calculation of Loop Reference Accuracy (RAL) 8.2.3.1 Loop Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RALLV)

RALLV = +/- [(RATLV)2 + (RARLV)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.1537)2 + (0.1281)2]1/2

= +/-0.2001 VAC (2 Value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 22 of 32 8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2, Section 8.2 and Section 8.1) 8.3.1 Transformer Uncertainty (AT) 8.3.1.1 Transformer Uncertainty Loss of Voltage (ATLV)

ATLV = +/- [(RATLV)2]1/2

= +/- 0.1537 VAC (2 Value) 8.3.2 Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty (AR) 8.3.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (ARLV)

ARLV = +/- [(RARLV)2 + (PSR)2 + (TER)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.1281)2 + (0.3)2 + (0.476)2]1/2

= +/- 0.5771 VAC (2 Value) 8.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)

CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 8.4.1 Calculating measuring and test equipment effects. (MTEL)

Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:

MTELV = [(MTERA)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETE)2 + (MTECS)2]1/2 Where: MTERA = Reference accuracy of the Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter (DMM) after a one hour stabilization period at the calibration location = 0.2% of setting + 10 mV. MTERALV = 0.113 VAC.

MTETE = Effects of temperature changes on the Fluke Model 45 DMM between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the M&TE used. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTETELV = 0.113 VAC.

MTERI = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digital with at least 2 digits of resolution.

(Reference 3.2)

MTECS = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the DMM.

For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTECSLV = 0.029 VAC.

8.4.1.1 Calculation of loop M&TE Effects for Loss of Voltage (MTELLV)

MTELLV = +/- [(MTERALV)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETELV)2 + (MTECSLV)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.113)2 + (0.0)2 + (0.113)2 + (0.029)2 +]1/2

= +/- 0.163 VAC (2 Value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 23 of 32 8.4.2 Calculation of Calibration Effects (CTL)

Calibration Effects (CTL) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:

CTL = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of procedural inaccuracies such as procedural as left band and calibration procedural errors.

8.4.2.1 Calculation of Calibration Effects for Loss of Voltage (CTLLV)

CTLLV = +/- 0.21 VAC (2 value)

The ALTL value is 0.21 VAC from Section 8.12.

8.4.3 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (CLLV)

CLLV= +/- [(MTELLV)2 + (CTLLV)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.163)2 + (0.21)2]1/2

= 0.266 VAC (2 Value) 8.5 Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6 Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU)

Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:

LU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2]1/2 Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.

n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.

8.6.1 Loop Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (LULV)

LULV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

= +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0.266)2]1/2 +/- 0.3689

= +/- 0.9067 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (LUPLV)

LUPLV = +/- LULV x PT Ratio * (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)

= +/- 0.9067 x 35 x 1.73205

= +/- 54.97 VAC 8.7 Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1 Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 per Assumption 7.1.13

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 24 of 32 8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3 Relay Drift (DRR):

DRR = +/- 0.392 VAC per Reference 3.14 (2 Value)

As there are no other components of drift to be considered, DL = DRR Indexed to the PT primary voltage

= DRR x 35 x (3)1/2

= +/- 0.392 VAC x 35 x (3)1/2

= +/- 23.77 VAC 8.8 Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)

Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:

TLU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2 + (DL)2]1/2 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty - Loss of Voltage (TLULV)

TLULV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2 + (DL)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

= +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0. 266)2 + (0.392)2]1/2 +/- 0.4430

= +/- 1.07 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (TLUPLV)

TLUPLV = +/- TLULV x PT Ratio x (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)

= +/- 1.07 x 35 x 1.73205

= +/-64.87 VAC 8.9 Calculation of Reset Differential 8.9.1 Reset Differential for Loss of Voltage (RDLV)

(Reference 3.9.1 and 3.15)

RDLV = + (3.0% of Setting) nominal

= + 0.03 x 51.23

= + 1.54 VAC nominal Indexed to the PT primary voltage

= RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2

= 93.36 VAC nominal RDLV = + (3.0% + 1.5% of Setting) max

= + 0.045 x 51.23

= + 2.305 VAC max Indexed to the PT primary voltage

= RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2

= 139.73 VAC Max Calculated uncertainties (LU and TLU) are applicable to reset.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 25 of 32 Summary of Calculation Transformer Undervoltage Relay Terms Device 1 Device 2 Values Ref. Values Ref.

Input Range 0 - 4200 - 3.9.5 0 - 120 - 3.9.2 Process Units VAC - 3.9.5 VAC - 3.9.2 7.1.15 Reference Accuracy (RA) +/-0.3% of Setting 2 3.9.2 +/-0.25% of Setting 2 7.1.12 Temperature Effect (TE) 0 - 7.1.12 +/-0.476 2 8.1.3 Seismic Effects (SE) N/A - 7.1.4 0 - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR) N/A - 7.1.14 +/-0.392 2 3.14, 7.1.14 Temperature Drift (TD) N/A - 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 (RD)

Power Supply Effect (PS) N/A - 7.1.6 +/- 0.3 2 7.1.6, 8.1.2 Static Pressure Effects (SP) N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Humidity Effects (HE) N/A - 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Process Measurement N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Effect (PM)

Insulation Resistance N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Effect (IR)

Zero Effect (ZE) N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 26 of 32 8.10 As-Left Tolerance (ALT)

Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE LLV is used.

ALTR - Relay Calculation MTELLV = 0.163 VAC Section 8.4.1.1 ALTR = +/- SRSS (RARLV, MTELLV)

= +/- SRSS (0.1281, 0.163) VAC

= +/- 0.21 VAC 8.11 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)

AFTR- Relay Calculation Since drift (DRR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:

AFTR = DRR

= +/-0.392 VAC 8.12 Loop Tolerances ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL = +/- SRSS (ALTR)

= +/- SRSS (0.21) VAC

= +/- 0.21 VAC AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL = +/-SRSS (AFTR)

= +/-SRSS (0.392) VAC

= +/- 0.392 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALTR) +/- 0.21 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFTR) +/- 0.392 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) +/- 0.392 VAC

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 27 of 32 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram Potential Transformer Undervoltage Relay Westinghouse ABB Model 27H Model VIY-60 4200/120 VAC Relay Mark Numbers Div. I Div II ENS-SWG1A-27-1A SWG1B-27-1A Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1B SWG1B-27-1B Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1C SWG1B-27-1C Loss of Voltage Transformer Mark Number ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 28 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Revision No.

Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Page 1 of 4 003

Title:

Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method: Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)

Electrical Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:

Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 29 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE:

Document

Title:

Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model Civil/Structural 27H Undervoltage Relay Electrical Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 QA Cat.

I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier: Print Sign Date Mechanical Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification.

N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:

Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.

NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.

1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?

(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.

All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.

See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)

Yes No N/A

2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?

Yes No N/A

3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 30 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3

4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?

Yes No N/A

5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?

Yes No N/A

6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?

Yes No N/A

7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?

Yes No N/A

8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?

Yes No N/A

9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?

Yes No N/A

10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?

Yes No N/A

11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?

Yes No N/A

12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?

Yes No N/A

13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?

Yes No N/A

14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?

Yes No N/A

15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 31 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3

16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?

Yes No N/A

17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,

adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?

Yes No N/A

20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g.,

GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?

ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?

Yes No N/A

21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup. Comments incorporated. RS 10-11-12

ANO-1 ANO-2 GGNS IP-2 IP-3 PLP JAF PNPS RBS VY W3 NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) (2)

EC # 40339 Page 1 of 30 COVER PAGE (3) (4)

Design Basis Calc. YES NO CALCULATION EC Markup (5) (6)

Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 Revision: 002 (7) (8)

Title:

Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays - Editorial GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay YES NO (9) (10)

System(s): 302 Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)

(11) (12)

Safety Class: Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:

Safety / Quality Related E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (13)

Document Type: F43.02 (14)

Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, calculation REVIEWS (15) (16) (17)

Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Robin Smith / See AS Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer Comments Attached Comments Attached

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 2 OF 30 CALCULATION REFERENCE CALCULATION NO: G.13.18.6.2-ENS*004 SHEET REVISION: 002 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations) None II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No.

Doc Doc Y/N

1. EN-DC-126 -- 004 N
2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000 N
3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300 N
4. 201.130-186 0 000 N
5. 215.150 0 006 N
6. G080-1344 0 000 N
7. 6221.418-000-001A 0 300 N
8. F137-0100 0 000 N
9. 0221.418-000-008 0 300 N
10. EE-001M 0 009 N
11. GE-828E537AA 003 028 N
12. GE-828E537AA 007 030 N
13. GE-828E537AA 008 028 N
14. GE-828E537AA 011 030 N
15. STP-302-1604 -- 021 Y A/R 00154228
16. GE-152D8167 005 004 N
17. G13.18.6.3-012 0 000 N
18. EDP-AN-02 -- 301 N
19. GE-152D8167 003 006 N
20. GE-152D8167 003A 006 N
21. GE-152D8167 004 007 N
22. BE-230D 0 011 N
23. 0221.418-000-049 0 300 N
25. G13.18.3.1-005 0 000 Y EC40339

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 3 OF 30 III. CROSS

REFERENCES:

1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
2. Technical Specifications section B3.3.8.1
3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993), C37.90 (1989)
4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-10
5. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5 IV. SOFTWARE USED: N/A

Title:

Version/Release: Disk/CD No.

V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED: N/A

Title:

Version/Release Disk/CD No.

VI. OTHER CHANGES:

References removed from calculation: G13.18.3.1*002

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 4 OF 30 Revision Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of loss of voltage relay setpoints by Electrical 0

Engineering 1 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753.

EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1-005 into this 2

calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 5 OF 30 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description.................................................................................................................. 6 2.0 Results/Conclusion .......................................................................................................................... 7 3.0 References ....................................................................................................................................... 8 4.0 Design Input .................................................................................................................................. 10 5.0 Nomenclature ................................................................................................................................ 14 6.0 Calculation Methodology .............................................................................................................. 15 7.0 Assumptions .................................................................................................................................. 16 8.0 Calculation .................................................................................................................................... 18 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 24 Attachments:

1 E-mail message from General Electric Power Management to George Boles..................... 1 page 2 Design Verification Form and Comments ..........................................................................5 pages

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 6 OF 30 1.0 Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays E22-27N1 and 27N2. Nominal trip Setpoints and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and G13.18.3.1-005.

1.2. Loop Descriptions The DIV. III incoming Normal Supply power is monitored by two undervoltage relays (27N1 and 27N2) whose outputs are arranged in a one-out-of-two logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compare measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, opens the DIV III Normal Supply source breaker.

The Division III 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Voltage instrumentation and associated trip logic. The DIV III emergency bus is monitored by undervoltage relays 27S1 through 27S4) whose outputs are arranged in a one-out-of-two, twice logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3).

1.3. Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.

1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability of distribution in accordance with General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations, (Reference 3.2).

The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.

1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 7 OF 30 2.0 Results/Conclusion 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage and Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in table 2.1-1.

Table 2.1-1 Model NGV Loss of Voltage Relay - Voltage Trip Maximum Loop Channel Total Loop M&TE Loop Loop Setting Uncertainty Drift Uncertainty Accuracy Loop Tol.

System(s) (LU) (DL) (TLU) Requirements Identification (ALTL)

(MTEL)

VAC VAC VAC VAC VAC E22-S004-27N1 +/- 2.37 +/- 5. 51 302 +/- 5.823 +/- 0. 390 +/- 0.99 E22-S004-27N2 *+/- 82.95 *+/- 192.85

  • Value adjusted to reflect uncertainty applied to the primary of the potential transformer.

2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 8 OF 30 3.0 References 3.1. EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2. EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations 3.3. 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5. 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6. Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, Rev. 006, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7. RBS Operating License 3.7.1. Not used 3.7.2. Not used 3.7.3. Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.8. RBS USAR None 3.9. Vendor Manuals/Documents 3.9.1. G080-1344, General Electric Instructions Undervoltage Relays 3.9.2. F137-0100, Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.3. Multi-Amp Instructions for the EPOCH-10, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.4. 6221.418-000-001A, High Pressure Core Spray System Power Supply Unit, NEDO-10905 3.9.5. 0221.418-000-008, Purchase Specification Data Sheet 21A9300AU, High Pressure Core Spray System 3.10. Electrical Schematics 3.10.1. EE-001M, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus E22-S004 3.10.2. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 003, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.3. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 007, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.4. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 008, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 9 OF 30 3.10.5. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 011, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.11. Surveillance Test Procedures:

3.11.1. Not used 3.11.2. Not used 3.12. Logic Diagrams 3.12.1. GE-152D8167, Sheet 003, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.2. GE-152D8167, Sheet 003A, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.3. GE-152D8167, Sheet 004, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.4. GE-152D8167, Sheet 005, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.13. Standards 3.13.1. ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2. ANSI Standard C37.90, Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus 3.14. E-mail message from General Electric Power Management to George Boles, Attachment 1 3.15. G13.18.6.3-012, General Electric Model NGV13B Relay Drift Analysis 3.16. BE-230D, 4.16kV Bus 1E22*S004 Relay Settings 3.17. 0221.418-000-049, 1E22-S004 Equipment Summary 3.18. G13.18.3.1-005, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 10 OF 30 4.0 Design Input 4.1. Loop Input 4.1.1. Loop Data:

Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s) E22-S004 PT-Line 3.10.4 Location E22-S004 3.10.4 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.10.4 Input Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.10.4 4.1.2. Special Considerations:

4.1.2.1. Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:

  • Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator mode (Reference 3.9.3)
  • Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to medium resolution (Reference 3.9.2) 4.1.2.2. A minimum of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> warm up time at the location where the M&TE will be used shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 11 OF 30 4.2. Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s) E22-S004-PT-Bus 3.4 Manufacturer GE 3.17 Model(s) JVM 3.17 Location(s) CB. 116EL/E22-S004 3.4 Service Description Transformer 3.4 Instrument Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.10.4 Instrument Span 120 VAC 3.10.4 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.10.4 Calibration Interval Evaluated N/A Note Device Setting Tolerance N/A Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted.

Therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval.

Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description Data Reference E22-S004-27N1 Component Number(s) 3.4 E22-S004-27N2 Manufacturer General Electric 3.16 Model 12NGV 3.16 Location(s) CB. 116EL/E22-S004 3.4 Service Description Relay 3.4 Input Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.1 Output Contact Action 3.10, 3.12 30 Mo.

Calibration Interval Evaluated 3.2 (24 Mo. + 25%)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 12 OF 30 4.3. Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 General Electric JVM Description Data Reference 0.3% of setting 3.9.4, 8.2.1 Reference Accuracy (RAT) 2 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SET) N/A 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TET) N/A 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRT) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDT) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DRT) N/A 7.1.14 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 General Electric NGV Description Data Reference

+/- 1% of setting 3.14, Attachment 1 Reference Accuracy (RAR) 2 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SER) 0 7.1.4 2% of setting Temperature Effects (TER) 7.1.12 (68oF - 104oF)

Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR) N/A 7.1.13

+/- 5.823 VAC Drift (DRR) 3.15 2

Power Supply Effect (PSR) N/A 7.1.6 10% of Setting 3.9.1 Reset Differential 2 7.1.2

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 13 OF 30 4.4. Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-116-2 Description Data Reference Location Building/Elevation CB-116 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF 40 - 104 3.6, 7.1.12 Humidity Range, %RH 20 - 90 3.6, 7.1.9 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, 800 3.6 Rads Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)

Temperature Range, oF Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal 3.6 Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g <3 3.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 14 OF 30 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 15 OF 30 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 16 OF 30 7.0 Assumptions 7.1. Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1. Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)

A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.

7.1.2. Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.

7.1.3. Zero Effect Not applicable 7.1.4. Seismic Effects (SE)

Seismic effects are assumed to be negligible for the NGV relay, per Reference 3.9.5.

Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.

7.1.5. Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)

Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).

7.1.6. Power Supply Effects (PS)

Power supply effects are not applicable to type NGV relays as the relay does not utilize a control power source separate from the sensed voltage.

Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers.

7.1.7. Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)

Not Applicable 7.1.8. Static Pressure Effects (SP)

Not Applicable 7.1.9. Humidity Effects (HE)

The relays were specified by the HPCS manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to with stand the environmental effects in the mounting location. The HPCS Design Specification, Section 4.6.1 (reference 3.9.5) states that the design conditions for the switchgear and its sub-components are 20-90% Relative Humidity. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-116-2 is 20 to 90% RH. Reference 3.6 also

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 17 OF 30 identifies that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br />) the humidity could be 5 % higher. This is considered negligible. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity Effects are negligible.

7.1.10. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)

(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.

7.1.11. Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the under-voltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.

7.1.12. Temperature Effects (TE)

There is no temperature effect data available from the manufacturer for the Type NGV relay. Therefore for conservatism, temperature effects are assumed to be equal to the repeatability value (+/- 1% of setting) given in Attachment 1. Reference 3.6 also identifies that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br />) the temperature could be 5oF higher. This is considered negligible.

Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output.

7.1.13. Temperature Drift Effects (TD)

The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.15 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device.

Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.

7.1.14. Instrument Drift The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.15.

Drift is not applicable to transformers.

7.2. Assumptions that require confirmation None

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 18 OF 30 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:

8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of the Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential (RD) 8.10) As-Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As-Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1. Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1. Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per Reference 3.9.4, page 5-10, section 5.3, the Type JVM potential transformer has a 1.2% ratio error for a combined relaying and metering burden of greater than 75 VA.

However, a burden below 75VA yields a transformer accuracy of +/- 0.3% of setting. As shown below, the devices fed by the PT Line transformer do not meet the 75 VA burden threshold.

2 Model NGV Undervoltage Relays @ 4.2 VA each = 8.4 2 Model 27N Undervoltage Relays @ 0.5 VA each = 1.0 1 Synchronizing Relay @ 2.0 VA = 2.0 2 Volt Meter, GE AB40 @ 0.32 VA each = 0.64 1 Synchronizing Scope @ 5.2 VA = 5.2 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value = 10.0 27.24 VA Therefore, PT Reference Accuracy shall be 0.3% of setting (90.24 VAC per Ref. 3.18) or 0.261 VAC for this calculation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 19 OF 30 8.1.2. Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TER) (Assumption 7.1.12)

TER = +/- 1% Setting

= +/- 0.01 x 90.24 VAC

= +/- 0.903 VAC 8.2. Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1. Transformer Reference Accuracy (RAT)

RAT = +/- 0.3% of Setting

= +/- 0.003

  • 90.24 VAC

= +/- 0.271 VAC (2 Value) 8.2.2. Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy for Voltage Setting (RAR)

RAR = +/- 1% of Setting

= +/- 0.01

  • 90.24 VAC

= +/- 0.903 VAC (2 Value) 8.2.3. Loop Reference Accuracy (RAL)

(Reference 3.2)

RAL = +/- [(RAT)2 + (RAR)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.271)2 + (0.903)2]1/2

= +/- 0.943 VAC (2 Value) 8.3. Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1. Device Uncertainty Transformer (AT) (Sections 4.3 and 8.2.1)

AT = +/- [(RAT)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.271)2]1/2

= + 0.271 VAC (2 Value) 8.3.2. Device Uncertainty Relay Voltage Setting (AR)

AR = +/- [(RAR)2 + (PSR)2 + (TER)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.903)2 + (0)2 + (0.903)2]1/2

= +/- 1.278 VAC (2 Value) 8.4. Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)

Per reference 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Calibration uncertainty (CL) is defined as:

CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2

= +/- [0.3902 + 0.992]1/2 VAC Reference sections 8.4.1 and 8.4.2

= +/- 1.07 VAC (2 Value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 20 OF 30 8.4.1. Measuring and Test Equipment Effects - Relay (MTEL)

Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:

MTEL = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where:

MTERAT = Reference accuracy of the M&TE used for calibration. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.271 VAC (Reference 3.2).

MTERIT = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)

MTETET = Effects of temperature changes on the M&TE between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.271 VAC (Reference 3.2).

MTECST = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.068 VAC (Reference 3.2).

MTEL = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.271)2 + (0)2 + (0.271)2 + (0.068)2]1/2

= +/- 0.390 VAC (2 Value) 8.4.2. Calculation of Calibration Effects (CT)

Calibration Effects (CTL) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:

CTL = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of the calibration effects which are uncertainties due to as Left loop accuracy. Per section 8.12, the as left loop tolerance (ALTL) is 0.99 VAC.

CTL = +/- 0.99 VAC (2 value) 8.5. Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6. Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU)

LU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)

= +/- (1.645/2)[(0.271)2 + (1.278)2 + (1.07)2]1/2 +/- 0.981

= +/- 2.37 VAC Adjusted to reflect primary voltage to the PT

= +/- 2.37 x PT Ratio (Primary Voltage/Secondary Voltage)

= +/- 2.37 x 35 VAC

= +/- 82.95 VAC

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 21 OF 30 8.7. Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1. Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 for per Assumption 7.1.13 8.7.2. Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3. Relay Drift (DRR):

Assumption 7.1.14 DRR = +/- 5.823 VAC (2 Value)

As the only component of loop drift is the relay drift determined in reference 3.15, Loop Drift (DRL) is equal to Relay Drift (DRR).

DL = +/- 5.823 VAC (2 Value) 8.8. Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) Calculation:

TLU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2 + (DRL)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)

= +/- (1.645/2)[(0.271)2 + (1.278)2 + (1.07) + (5.823)2]1/2 +/- 0.523

= +/- 5.51VAC Adjusted to reflect primary voltage to the PT:

= +/- 5.51 x PT Ratio (Primary Voltage/Secondary Voltage)

= +/- 5.51 x 35 VAC

= +/- 192.85 VAC 8.9. Calculation of Reset Differential The reset differential is applied to the voltage setting and is specified to be +/- 10% of setting per References 3.9.1. This value will be used in the calculation.

RR = +/- 0.1

  • setting VAC

= +/- 0.1*90.24

= +/- 9.02 VAC Adjusted to reflected primary (bus) voltage at the PT:

= RR x PT Ratio (primary voltage/secondary voltage)

= +/- 9.02 x 35 VAC

= +/- 315.7 VAC Calculated uncertainties are applicable to reset.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 22 OF 30 Summary of Calculation Data Transformer Undervoltage Relay Device 1 Device 2 Values Ref Values Ref Input Range 0 - 42 kV - 3.13 0 - 120 - 3.13 Process Units VAC - 3.13 VAC - 3.13 Reference Accuracy (RA) 0.3% of Setting 2 8.2.1 1% of Setting 2 8.2.2 Temperature Effect (TE) N/A - 7.1.12 +/- 0.903 2 7.1.12 Seismic Effects (SE) N/A - 7.1.4 N/A - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR) N/A - 7.1.14 +/- 5.823 2 3.15 Temperature Drift Effect (TD) N/A - 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS) N/A - 7.1.6 N/A - 7.1.6 Humidity Effects (HE) N/A - 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP) N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 (PM)

Insulation Resistance Effect (IR) N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE) N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 23 OF 30 8.10. As-Left Tolerance (ALT)

Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used.

ALTR - Relay Calculation MTEL = 0.390 VAC Section 8.4.1 ALTR = +/- SRSS (RAR, MTEL)

= +/- SRSS (0.903, 0.390) VAC

= +/- 0.99 VAC 8.11. As-Found Tolerance (AFT)

AFTR- Relay Calculation Since drift (DRR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:

AFTR = DRR

= +/-5.82 VAC 8.12. Loop Tolerances ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL = +/- SRSS (ALTR)

= +/- SRSS (0.99) VAC

= +/- 0.99 VAC AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL = +/-SRSS (AFTR)

= +/-SRSS (5.82) VAC

= +/- 5.82 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALTR) +/- 0.99 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFTR) +/- 5.82 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) +/- 0.99 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) +/- 5.82 VAC

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 24 OF 30 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 25 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 1

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 26 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Revision No.

Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 Page 1 of 4 002

Title:

Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays - GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method: Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)

Electrical Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:

Mary Coffaro/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 27 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE:

Document

Title:

Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays - Civil/Structural GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay Electrical Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 Rev. 002 QA Cat.

I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier: Mechanical Print Sign Date Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification.

N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:

Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.

NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.

1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?

(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.

All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.

See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)

Yes No N/A

2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?

Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?

Yes No N/A

3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 28 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3

4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?

Yes No N/A

5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?

Yes No N/A

6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?

Yes No N/A

7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?

Yes No N/A

8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?

Yes No N/A

9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?

Yes No N/A

10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?

Yes No N/A

11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?

Yes No N/A

12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?

Yes No N/A

13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?

Yes No N/A

14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?

Yes No N/A

15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 29 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3

16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?

Yes No N/A

17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,

adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?

Yes No N/A

20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?

ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?

Yes No N/A

21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 30 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup All comments resolved. RS 10/12/12

ANO-1 ANO-2 GGNS IP-2 IP-3 PLP JAF PNPS RBS VY W3 NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) (2)

EC # 40339 Page 1 of 34 COVER PAGE (3) (4)

Design Basis Calc. YES NO CALCULATION EC Markup (5) (6)

Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*006 Revision: 002 (7) (8)

Title:

Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Editorial Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays YES NO (9) (10)

System(s): 302 Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)

(11) (12)

Safety Class: Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:

Safety / Quality Related ENS-SWG1A-62-1 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related ENS-SWG1A-62-2 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 ENS-SWG1A-62-5 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 (13)

Document Type: F43.02 ENS-SWG1A-62-6 ENS-SWG1B-62-6 (14)

Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, time delay REVIEWS (15) (16) (17)

Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Robin Smith / See AS Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer Comments Attached Comments Attached

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 2 OF 34 CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations):

II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No.

Doc Doc Y/N

1. EN-DC-126 -- 004 N
2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000 N
3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300 N
4. 201.130-186 0 000 N
5. 215.150 0 006 N
6. B455-0147 0 000 N
7. 3242.521-102-001A 0 300 N
8. 0242.521-102-133 0 300 N
9. B455-0157 0 000 N
10. EE-001K 0 019 N
11. EE-001L 0 015 N
12. ESK-08ENS01 001 008 N
13. ESK-08EGS09 001 013 N
14. ESK-08EGS10 001 012 N
15. ESK-08EGS13 001 011 N
16. ESK-08EGS14 001 010 N
17. ESK-08EGS15 001 010 N
18. ESK-08EGS16 001 007 N
19. STP-302-1600 -- 020 N
20. STP-302-1601 -- 020 N
21. G13.18.6.3-009 0 000 N
22. LSK-24-09.05A 001 015 N
23. EDP-AN-02 -- 301 N
24. 0242.521-102-129 0 300 N
25. G13.18.3.1*001 0 003 Y EC37097
26. STP-302-1602 -- 023 Y A/R 00154232

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 3 OF 34 II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No.

Doc Doc Y/N

27. STP-302-1603 -- 024 Y A/R 00154233
28. BE-230A 0 009 N
29. BE-230B 0 011 N
30. EE-420G 0 011 N
31. EE-420H 0 008 N
32. STP-302-0102 -- 017 N
33. G13.18.3.1-004 0 000 Y EC40339 III. CROSS

REFERENCES:

1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
3. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-40
4. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5.
5. EQTAP IV. SOFTWARE USED:

Title:

N/A Version/Release: Disk/CD No.

V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:

Title:

N/A Version/Release Disk/CD No.

VI. OTHER CHANGES:

References removed from calculation: G13.18.6.2-ENS*005, G13.18.3.1*002

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 4 OF 34 Revision Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of degraded voltage relay setpoints and LAR by ER-RB-0 2001-0360-000.

1 Incorporated new drift value for 62K and 62L relay per EC 11753.

EC40339: Revised to provide the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty based on the revised setpoint provided in calculation 2

G13.18.3.1-004. Added ALT and AFT (sections 8.9 through 8.11) for Time Delay Relay 62-2 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 5 OF 34 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION SHEET 1.0 PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 6 2.0 RESULTS/CONCLUSION 8

3.0 REFERENCES

9 4.0 DESIGN INPUT 12 5.0 NOMENCLATURE 15 6.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY 16 7.0 ASSUMPTIONS 17 8.0 CALCULATION 19 9.0 APPLICABLE MARK NUMBERS 29 Attachments:

1 Design Verification Record and Comments ....................................................................... 5 pages

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 6 OF 34 1.0 PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 1.1 Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the Division I

& II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*001 and G13.18.3.1-004.

1.2 Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss Of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.

Each 4.16 kV bus is monitored by three degraded voltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates a time delay relay, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic. Two different time delays are applied depending on whether a LOCA signal is present at the time of the degraded voltage.

The LOCA and Non-LOCA time delay is provided by the combination of the 27N relay and the 62K relays.

1.3 Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.

1.4 Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a two sided probability distribution in accordance with 7224.300-100-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations, (Reference 3.2). One-sided probability could be used since the time delay relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only. However a two sided probability is used for added conservatism.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 7 OF 34 The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.

1.5 Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 8 OF 34 2.0 RESULTS/CONCLUSION 2.1 Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Time Delay Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1.

Table 2.1-1 Model 62K and 62L Relay - Time Delay Function M&TE Loop Maximum Loop Channel Total Loop Accuracy Loop Loop Uncertainty Drift Uncertainty System Model Requirements Setting Tol.

Identification (LU) (DL) (TLU)

(MTEL) (CTL)

Seconds Seconds Seconds Seconds Seconds ENS-SWG1A-62-1 302 62K +/-0.209 +/-0.07 +/-0.221 +/- 4.15x10-3 +/- 0.2 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 ENS-SWG1A-62-2 302 62K +/-2.915 +/-1.05 +/-3.438 +/- 4.15x10-3 +/- 0.51 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 ENS-SWG1A-62-5 302 62K +/-0.306 +/-0.07 +/-0.314 +/- 4.15x10-3 +/- 0.3 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 ENS-SWG1A-62-6 302 62L +/-0.313 +/-0.07 +/-0.321 +/- 4.15x10-3 +/- 0.3 ENS-SWG1B-62-6 2.2 Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty are presented in Table 2.1-1.

These values are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 9 OF 34

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculation 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4 Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1 Not Used 3.7.2 Not Used 3.7.3 Technical Specification Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4 Not Used 3.8 RBS USAR None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1 B455-0147, ITE Solid-State Timing Relay Relays (62K) 3.9.2 B455-0157, ITE Solid-State Time Delay Relay ITE-62L 3.9.3 3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual-Stdby 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.4 Not Used 3.9.5 Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-40, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 10 OF 34 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection &

Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS

  • SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
  • SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
  • SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
  • SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
  • SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
  • SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:

3.11.1 STP-302-1600, ENS-SWG1A Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.2 STP-302-1601, ENS-SWG1B Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.3 STP-302-1602, ENS-SWG1A Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.4 STP-302-1603, ENS-SWG1B Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards None 3.14 Calculations:

3.14.1 Not Used 3.14.2 Not Used

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 11 OF 34 3.14.3 G13.18.6.3-009, ABB Model ITE-62 Relay Drift Analysis 3.14.4 G13.18.3.1-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B 3.15 Equipment Qualification Trending and Thermal Aging Program (EQTAP) 3.16 Relay Setting Drawings 3.16.1 BE-230A, 4kV Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Relay Settings 3.16.2 BE-230B, 4kV Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Relay Settings 3.17 0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS*SWG1A, 1B 3.18 0242.521-102-129, Bill of Material 1ENS*SWG1A & 1B 3.19 EE-420G, Seismic Conduit Installation Plan EL 98 3.20 EE-420H, Seismic Conduit Installation Plan EL 98

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 12 OF 34 4.0 DESIGN INPUT The following are the design inputs used to determine the uncertainty for the Division I and Division II degraded voltage timing relays.

4.1 Loop Input 4.1.1 Loop Data:

Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s) Relay contacts 3.10.4-9 ENS-SWG1A Location 3.4 ENS-SWG1B Output Contact Closure 3.10.4-9 4.1.2 Special Considerations:

4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:

  • Multi-Amp EPOCH-40 DC/Timer Test set (References 3.9.5, 3.11) 4.2 Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1& 2 Description Data Device 1 Reference Data Device 2 Reference Component Number(s) ENS-SWG1A ENS-SWG1A 62-1, 62-2, 62-5 3.4 62-6 3.4 ENS-SWG1B 3.10 ENS-SWG1B 3.10 62-1, 62-2, 62-5 62-6 Type(s) Relay 3.4 Relay 3.4 Manufacturer Asea Brown Boveri 3.17, 3.18 Asea Brown Boveri 3.18 Model 62K 3.17, 3.18 62L 3.18 Location(s) CB. 98 3.19, 3.20 CB. 98 3.19, 3.20 Service Description Relay 3.4 Relay 3.4 Quality Class Safety Related 3.4 Safety Related 3.4 Environmental N 3.4 N 3.4 Qualification Input Range 0.2-4 sec 3.10 1-30 sec. 3.10 0-100 sec Output Contact Action 3.10 Contact Action 3.10 Calibration Interval 30.0 Mo. 30.0 Mo.

3.2 3.2 Evaluated (24 Mo. + 25%) (24 Mo. + 25%)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 13 OF 34 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 ITE 62K Data References Description Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RAR) +/-1% of Setting 3.9.1 Seismic Effects (SER) 0 7.1.4

+/-6% of setting or +/-30 ms, which ever is greater 3.9.1 Temperature Effects (TER) (-15oC - 55oC) 7.1.12 2

Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DRR) +/-2.072% Setpoint 3.14.3

+/-1% of setting or +/-5 ms, which ever is greater 3.9.1 Power Supply Effect (PSR) 2 7.1.2 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 ITE 62L Data References Description Time Delay

+/-2% of Setting or +/-5 ms, Reference Accuracy (RAR) 3.9.2 whichever is greater Seismic Effects (SER) 0 7.1.4

+/-4% of setting 3.9.2 Temperature Effects (TER)

(-20oC - 55oC) 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DRR) +/-2.072% Setpoint 3.14.3

+/-2% of Setting or +/-5 ms, 3.9.2 Power Supply Effect (PSR) whichever is greater

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 14 OF 34 4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description Data Reference Location Building/Elevation CB-98 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal Temperature Range, ºF 40 - 109 3.6 (68-96 act.) 3.15 Humidity Range, %RH 20-90 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, 800 3.6 Rads Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)

Temperature Range, ºF Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, % RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal 3.6 Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g <3 3.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 15 OF 34 5.0 NOMENCLATURE The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 16 OF 34 6.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty &

Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 17 OF 34 7.0 ASSUMPTIONS 7.1 Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)

A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.

7.1.2 Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.

7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)

Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)

Reference 3.9.2 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage, malfunction or failure. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g.

Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.

7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)

Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).

7.1.6 Power Supply Effects (PS)

Per Reference 3.9.1, the model 62K relay has a power supply effect of +/- 1% over the allowable DC control power range of 100 to 137.5 VDC (-20,+10% variation). Per Reference 3.9.2, the model 62L1 relay has a power supply effect of +/- 2% over the allowable DC control power range of 100 to 137.5 VDC (-20,+10% variation). Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC (104 to 112%).

Since the relay will only see an 8% voltage variation, +/-1% and +/-2% deviations will be used to calculate the PS effects for the respective time delay relays in this calculation.

7.1.7 Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)

Not applicable 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)

Not applicable

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 18 OF 34 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)

The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without effect. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.

7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)

(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. The timers evaluated are not low-current DC devices affected by current leakage due to insulation resistance degradation.

7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are not applicable because the timing relays evaluated are located in the same switchgear as their power source.

7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE)

Per ABB Descriptive Bulletin IB 18.7.7-1G, Ref. 3.9.1, the temperature effect for an ITE 62K relay is 6% of setting over a span of 5o - 131ºF (-15oC - +55oC) or 0.0476%

per ºF. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effects.

Per ABB Descriptive Bulletin IB 18.7.7-4B, Ref. 3.9.2, the temperature effect for an ITE 62L relay is 4% of setting over a span of -4o - 131ºF (-20oC - +55oC) or 0.0296% per ºF. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effects.

7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)

The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14.3 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects, including drift due to temperature variations.

7.1.14 Instrument Drift Timing relay drift analysis is located in Reference 3.14.3. Expected relay drift is listed in Section 4.3 of this calculation.

7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 19 OF 34 8.0 CALCULATION This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:

8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty to Use 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) As-Left Tolerance 8.10) As-Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.11) Loop Tolerances 8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-1 Time delay setting (PSRT)

(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)

PSRT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms

= +/- (0.010

  • 3.0) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)

= +/- 0.03 seconds (2 Value) 8.1.2 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-2 Time delay setting (PSRT)

(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)

Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.14.4.

PSRT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms

= +/- (0.010 *50.50) seconds

= +/- 0.505 seconds (2 Value) 8.1.3 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-5 Time delay setting (PSRT)

(Reference 3.9.2, Assumption 7.1.6)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 20 OF 34 PSRT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms

= +/- (0.010

  • 3) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)

= +/- 0.03 seconds (2 Value) 8.1.4 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-6 Time delay setting (PSRT)

(Reference 3.9.2, Assumption 7.1.6)

PSRT = +/- 2% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms

= +/- (0.020

  • 3) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)

= +/- 0.06 seconds (2 Value) 8.1.5 Calculation of Relay 62-1 Temperature Effects (TER)

Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/-6% (or +/-30 ms which ever is greater) over a temperature range of -15oC -

55oC (5oF - 131oF). Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.0476 %/ºF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. Reference 3.6 also states that for 1% of the calendar year (30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br />), the temperature could be 5oF higher.

This is considered negligible. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 73oF. Therefore:

TER = +/- (104oF - 73oF)/ x 0.0476% /ºF

  • 3.0 seconds

= +/- 1.48%

  • 3.0 sec.

= +/- 0.0444 sec 8.1.6 Calculation of Relay 62-2 Temperature Effects (TER)

TER = +/- (31oF) x 0.0476%/oF

  • 50.50 seconds

= +/- 1.48%

  • 50.50 sec.

= +/- 0.747 sec 8.1.7 Calculation of Relay 62-5 Temperature Effects (TER)

TER = +/- (31oF) x 0.0303%/oF

  • 3.0 seconds

= +/- 1.48%

  • 3.0 sec.

= +/- 0.0444 sec 8.1.8 Calculation of Relay 62-6 Temperature Effects (TER)

Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.2, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/-4% over a temperature range of -20oC - 55oC (-4oF - 131oF). Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.0296%/oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. Reference 3.6 also states that for 1% of the calendar year (30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br />), the temperature could be 5oF higher. This is considered negligible. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 73oF. Therefore:

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 21 OF 34 TER = +/- (31oF) x 0.0296% /ºF

  • 3.0 seconds

= +/- 0.919%

  • 3.0 sec.

= +/- 0.02757 sec 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1 Time Delay Relay 62-1 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)

RART = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting

= +/- 0.01

  • 3.0 seconds

= +/- 0.03 seconds (2 Value) 8.2.2 Time Delay Relay 62-2 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)

RART = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting

= +/- 0.01

  • 50.50 seconds

= +/- 0.505 seconds (2 Value) 8.2.3 Time Delay Relay 62-5 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)

RART = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting

= +/- 0.01

  • 3.0 seconds

= +/- 0.030 seconds (2 Value) 8.2.4 Time Delay Relay 62-6 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)

RART = +/- 2% of Time Delay setting

= +/- 0.02

  • 3.0 seconds

= +/- 0.06 seconds (2 Value) 8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1 Device Uncertainty Relay 62-1 Time Delay Setting (ART)

(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)

ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.03)2 + (0.03)2 + (0.0444)2]1/2 seconds

= +/- 0.0614 seconds (2 value) 8.3.2 Device Uncertainty Relay 62-2 Time Delay Setting (ART)

(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)

ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.505)2 + (0.505)2 + (0.747)2]1/2 seconds

= +/- 1.033 seconds (2 value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 22 OF 34 8.3.3 Device Uncertainty Relay 62-5 Time Delay Setting (ART)

(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)

ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.03)2 + (0.03)2 + (0.0444)2]1/2 seconds

= +/- 0.0614 seconds (2 value) 8.3.4 Device Uncertainty Relay 62-6 Time Delay Setting (ART)

(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)

ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.06)2 + (0.06)2 + (0.02757)2]1/2 seconds

= +/- 0.0892 seconds (2 value) 8.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3, loop calibration effects are defined as:

CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 The CTL for 62-2 Time Delay Setting is set to the loop as left tolerance (ALTL) in section 8.11.1 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05. For the remaining loops the CTL is set to the procedural as-left band (PALB).

8.4.1 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-1 Time Delay Setting (CLT)

(Sections 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 8.4.1.1, 3.11.1, 3.11.2, 3.11.3, 3.11.4)

CLT = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 CTL = PALB selected = 0.2

= +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.22]1/2 VAC

= +/- 0.2 seconds 8.4.1.1 Measuring and Test Equipment Effects - Relay Time Setting (MTEL)

Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:

MTELV = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where:

MTERAT = The reference accuracy of the M&TE being utilized. Epoch 40 Aux.

Timer and DC voltage/current unit has a timer accuracy of 0.005% or one digit on the min. 99.9999 range. Using 57.8 x 0.00005 =2.89x10-3 seconds.

MTETET = Temperature effect on the M&TE being utilized. The Epoch 40 operating range is 0o to 50oC with no temperature coefficient given. The total timer accuracy of 0.005% is conservatively assumed or 2.89x10-3 seconds (Reference 3.2).

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 23 OF 34 MTERIT = Assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)

MTECST = Assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference Accuracy of the time delay function of the relay time delay function = 0.005%/4 seconds (per Reference 3.2).

MTEL = +/- [(MTERART)2 + (MTERIRT)2 + (MTETERT)2 + (MTECSRT)2]1/2

= +/- [(2.89x10-3)2 + (0)2 + (2.89x10-3)2 + (7.23 x10-4)2]1/2

= +/- 4.15 x 10-3 seconds with worse case time delay, (2 Value)

This value will be conservatively used for all the relays.

8.4.2 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-2 Time Delay Setting (CLT)

CLT = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 CTL = ALTL = 0.51

= +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.512]1/2 seconds

= +/- 0.51 seconds 8.4.3 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-5 Time Delay Setting (CLT)

CLT = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 CTL = PALB = 0.3

= +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.32]1/2 seconds

= +/- 0.3 seconds 8.4.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-6 Time Delay Setting (CLT)

CLT = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 2 CTL = PALB = 0.3

= +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.32]1//2 seconds

= +/- 0.3 seconds 8.5 Calculation of insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6 Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.6.1 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-1 Setting (LUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:

LUT = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2 Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95%

of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.

n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty

= +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06)2 + (0.2)2]1/2

= +/- 0.209 seconds While a one sided distribution may be used, a two sided is used in this calculation for added conservatism.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 24 OF 34 8.6.2 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-2 Setting (LUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:

LUT = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

= +/- (2.0/2)[(1.033)2 + (0.51)2]1/2 +/- 1.763

= +/- 2.915 seconds Note: The transformer uncertainty is not applicable to the time delay function of the relay.

8.6.3 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-5 Setting (LUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:

LUT = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2

= +/- (2.0/2)[(0.06)2 + (0.3)2]1/2

= +/- 0.306 seconds 8.6.4 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-6 Setting (LUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:

LUT = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2

= +/- (2.0/2)[(0.089)2 + (0.3)2]1/2

= +/- 0.313 seconds 8.7 Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1 Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 for the time delay function.

8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 for the time delay function.

8.7.3 Relay Drift (DRRV) 8.7.3.1 Relay 62-1 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14).

DRRT = +/-2.072% Setpoint

= +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)

= +/-0.07 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.07)

As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT.

8.7.3.2 Relay 62-2 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14).

DRRT = +/-2.072% Setpoint

= +/-2.072% (50.50 sec.)

= +/-1.05 seconds

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 25 OF 34 As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT.

8.7.3.3 Relay 62-5 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14).

DRRT = +/-2.072% Setpoint

= +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)

= +/-0.07 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.07)

As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT.

8.7.3.4 Relay 62-6 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14).

DRRT = +/-2.072% Setpoint

= +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)

= +/-0.07 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.07)

As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT.

8.8 Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty 1 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:

TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2

= +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06)2 + (0.2)2+ (0.07)2]1/2

= +/- 0.221 seconds (+/-0.2202 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.221) 8.8.2 Total Loop Uncertainty 2 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:

TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

= +/- (2.0/2) [(1.033)2 + (0.51)2+ (1.05)2]1/2 +/- 1.879

= +/- 3.438 seconds 8.8.3 Total Loop Uncertainty 5 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:

TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2

= +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06)2 + (0.3)2+ (0.07)2]1/2

= +/- 0.314 seconds 8.8.4 Total Loop Uncertainty 6 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:

TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2

= +/- (2.0/2) [(0.089)2 + (0.3)2+ (0.07)2]1/2

= +/- 0.321 seconds

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 26 OF 34 Note: The transformer uncertainty is not applicable to the time delay function of the undervoltage relay.

Summary of Calculation Data Time Delay Time Delay Terms Device 1 Device 2 Values Ref Values Ref Model ITE 62K N/A ITE 62L N/A 3.10.6 0.2 to 4.0 sec 3.10.7 3.10.8 Input Range 1 to 30 sec -

0 to 100 sec 3.10.8 3.10.9 3.10.9 Process Units Seconds - N/A Seconds N/A Voltage Input Range -20% to +10% - 3.9.1 -20% to +10% - 3.9.2 Input Range N/A - N/A N/A - N/A Process Units Seconds - 3.9.1 Seconds - 3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RA) +/-1% of Setting. - 3.9.1 +/- 2% of Setting. 2 3.9.2 Greater of +/- 6% of Temperature Effect (TE) 2 3.9.1 +/- 4% of Setting 2 3.9.2 Setting or +/- 30ms.

Seismic Effects (SE) N/A 2 7.1.4 N/A - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5

+/-0.07 8.7.3.1 Timing Relay Drift (DR) 2 +/-0.07 2

+/-1.05 8.7.3.2 8.7.3.4 Temperature Drift Effect (TD) N/A 2 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5

+/ Greater of +/-2%

+/ Greater of +/-1% of Power Supply Effect (PS) - 3.9.1 of Setting or +/- 2 3.9.2 Setting or +/- 5ms.

5ms.

Humidity Effects (HE) N/A 2 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP) N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 (PM)

Insulation Resistance Effect (IR) N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE) N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 27 OF 34 8.9 As-Left Tolerance Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used.

ALTRT - Time Delay Relay Calculation 8.9.1 Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Left Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (ALTRT)

MTEL = +/- 4.15 x 10-3 seconds ALTRT = +/- SRSS (RART, MTEL)

= +/- SRSS (0.505, 0. 00415) seconds

= +/- 0.51 seconds 8.10 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)

AFTRT- Time Delay Relay Calculation For calculating AFTR, the actual MTE value is used:

8.10.1 Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Found Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (AFTRT)

Since drift (DRRT) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:

AFTRT = DRRT

= +/-1.05 seconds 8.11 Loop Tolerances 8.11.1 Time Delay Relay 62-2 Loop Tolerance for Time Delay Setting ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL = +/- SRSS (ALTRT)

= +/- SRSS (0.51) seconds

= +/- 0.51 seconds AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL = +/-SRSS (AFTRT)

= +/-SRSS (1.05) seconds

= +/- 1.05 seconds

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 28 OF 34 Summary of Calibration Tolerances Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Left Tolerance (ALTRT) +/- 0.51 seconds Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Found Tolerance (AFTRT) +/- 1.05 seconds Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) +/- 0.51 seconds Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) +/- 1.05 seconds

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 29 OF 34 9.0 APPLICABLE MARK NUMBERS Model Relay Mark Numbers Div. I Div. II ITE 62K ENS-SWG1A-62-1 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 Sustained Undervoltage Short Time Delay ITE 62K ENS-SWG1A-62-2 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 Degraded Voltage Long Time Delay ITE 62K ENS-SWG1A-62-5 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 LOCA 3 second Time Retention ITE 62L ENS-SWG1A-62-6 ENS-SWG1B-62-6 Degraded Undervoltage Short Time Delay

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 30 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Revision No.

Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*006 Page 1 of 4 002

Title:

Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method: Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)

Electrical Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator: Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 31 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE:

Document

Title:

Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Civil/Structural Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays Electrical Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2-ENS*006 Rev. 002 QA Cat.

Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date I&C Verifier: Print Sign Date Mechanical Manager authorization Nuclear for supervisor Other performing Verification.

N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:

Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.

NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.

1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?

(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.

All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.

See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)

Yes No N/A

2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?

Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?

Yes No N/A

3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 32 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3

4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?

Yes No N/A

5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?

Yes No N/A

6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?

Yes No N/A

7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?

Yes No N/A

8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?

Yes No N/A

9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?

Yes No N/A

10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?

Yes No N/A

11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?

Yes No N/A

12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?

Yes No N/A

13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?

Yes No N/A

14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?

Yes No N/A

15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 33 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3

16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?

Yes No N/A

17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,

adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?

Yes No N/A

20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?

ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?

Yes No N/A

21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 34 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup Comments addressed RS 10-11-12

ANO-1 ANO-2 GGNS IP-2 IP-3 PLP JAF PNPS RBS VY W3 NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) (2)

EC # 40339 Page 1 of 29 COVER PAGE (3) (4)

Design Basis Calc. YES NO CALCULATION EC Markup (5) (6)

Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 Revision: 002 (7) (8)

Title:

Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays - Editorial Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay YES NO (9) (10)

System(s): 302 Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)

(11) (12)

Safety Class: Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:

Safety / Quality Related E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 (13)

Document Type: F43.02 (14)

Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, calculation, relay, time delay REVIEWS (15) (16) (17)

Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Robin Smith / See AS Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer Comments Attached Comments Attached

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 2 OF 29 CALCULATION REFERENCE CALCULATION NO: G.13.18.6.2-ENS*007 SHEET REVISION: 002 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations) None II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No.

Doc Doc Y/N

1. EN-DC-126 -- 004 N
2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000 N
3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300 N
4. 201.130-186 0 000 N
5. 215.150 0 006 N
6. A348-0116 0 000 N
7. 6221.418-000-001A 0 300 N
8. GE-DL828E537AA 0 018 N
9. 0221.418-000-008 0 300 N
10. EE-001M 0 009 N
11. A348-0111 0 000 N
12. GE-828E537AA 003 028 N
13. GE-828E537AA 007 030 N
14. GE-828E537AA 008 028 N
15. GE-828E537AA 011 030 N
16. STP-302-1604 -- 021 N
17. BE-230D 0 011 N
18. G13.18.6.3-014 0 000 N
19. EDP-AN-02 -- 301 N
20. STP-302-1605 -- 025 Y A/R00154234
21. G13.18.3.1-005 0 000 Y EC40339 III. CROSS

REFERENCES:

1. Indus Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
2. Technical Specifications section B3.3.8.1
3. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5
4. EQTAP

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 3 OF 29 IV. SOFTWARE USED: N/A

Title:

Version/Release: Disk/CD No.

V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED: N/A

Title:

Version/Release Disk/CD No.

VI. OTHER CHANGES:

References that have been removed from this calculation: G13.18.3.1*002

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 4 OF 29 Revision Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of degraded voltage relay setpoints by Electrical Engineering 0

1 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753.

EC40339: Revised to provide the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-2 ACB1-62S6 based on the revised setpoint provided in calculation G13.18.3.1-005. Added ALT and AFT (sections 8.9 through 8.11) for relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 5 OF 29 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description ............................................................................................................... 6 2.0 Results/Conclusions ...................................................................................................................... 8 3.0 References ..................................................................................................................................... 9 4.0 Design Input ................................................................................................................................ 11 5.0 Nomenclature .............................................................................................................................. 13 6.0 Calculation Methodology............................................................................................................ 14 7.0 Assumptions................................................................................................................................ 15 8.0 Calculation .................................................................................................................................. 17 Attachments:

1 Design Verification Form and Comments .......................................................................... 5 pages

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 6 OF 29 1.0 Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays. Nominal trip Set point and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and G13.18.3.1-005.

1.2. Loop Descriptions The Division III 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent sustained Degraded Voltage instrumentation and associated trip logic. The Division III bus is monitored by two undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-two logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compare measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which starts the time delay relays to open the DIV III Normal Supply source breaker and illuminates a Main Control Room annunciator alarm. Two different time delays are applied depending on whether a LOCA signal is present at the time of the degraded voltage. The LOCA time delay is provided by the 27N relay. The Non-LOCA time delay is provided by the combination of the 27N relay and the ETR14 relays.

1.3. Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources. The Time Delay Allowable Values are long enough to provide time for the offsite power supply to recover to normal voltages, but short enough to ensure that power is available to the required equipment.

1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with 7224.300-100-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations, (Reference 3.2). One-sided probability is used since the time delay relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.

The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 7 OF 29 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the devices stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 8 OF 29 2.0 Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Agastat time delay relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1.

Table 2.1-1 Model ETR14 Time Delay Relay M&TE Loop Maximum Loop Channel Total Loop Accuracy Loop Loop Uncertainty Drift Uncertainty Systems Requirements Setting Identification (LU) (DL) (TLU)

(MTEL) Tol. (CTL)

Seconds Seconds Seconds Seconds Seconds E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 203/302 +/- 0.316 +/- 0.112 +/- 0.322 +/- 1.55 x10-4 +/- 0.18 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 203/302 +/- 5.148 +/- 1.685 +/- 5.480 +/-2.33 x10-3 +/-1.35 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty are presented in Table 2.1-1.

These values apply to the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 9 OF 29 3.0 References 3.1. EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2. EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations 3.3. 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5. 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6. Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7. RBS Operating License 3.7.1. Not used 3.7.2. Not used 3.7.3. Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.8. RBS USAR None 3.9. Vendor Manuals/Documents 3.9.1. A348-0116, Amerace - Agastat Nuclear Qualified Control Relays 3.9.2. Not used 3.9.3. Not used 3.9.4. 6221.418-000-001A, High Pressure Core Spray System Power Supply Unit, NEDO10905 3.9.5. 0221.418-000-008, Purchase Specification Data Sheet 21A9300AU, High Pressure Core Spray System 3.9.6. A348-0111, Amerace Electronic Components Catalog - Agastat Electromechanical Relays 3.10. Electrical Schematics 3.10.1. EE-001M, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus E22-S004 3.10.2. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 003, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 10 OF 29 3.10.3. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 007, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.4. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 008, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.5. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 011, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.11. Surveillance Test Procedures:

3.11.1. STP-302-1605, HPCS Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.2. STP-302-1604, HPCS Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.3. Not used 3.12. Logic Diagrams None 3.13. Standards None 3.14. Equipment Qualification Trending and Thermal Aging Program (EQTAP) 3.15. BE-230D, 4.16 Kv Bus E22*S004 Relay Settings 3.16. Calculations 3.16.1. G13.18.3.1-005, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 3.16.2. Not Used 3.16.3. G13.18.6.3-014, Drift Study for Agastat ETR Series Time Delay Relays 3.17 GE-DL828E537AA, Elementary Diagram-Device List

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 11 OF 29 4.0 Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine the uncertainty for the Division III Agastat time delay relays.

4.1. Loop Input 4.1.1. Loop Data:

Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s) Auxiliary Relays 3.10.4 Location E22-S004 3.10.4 Output Contact closure 3.10.4 4.1.2. Special Considerations:

4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:

  • Multi-Amp EPOCH-40 DC/Timer Test set.

4.2. Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s) E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 3.4 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 3.10 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 Manufacturer Amerace/Agastat 3.17 Model ETR14 3.17 Location(s) CB.116/E33-S004 3.4 Service Description Relay 3.4 Quality Class Safety Related 3.4 Environmental Qualification N 3.4 Input Range 0-125 VDC 3.10 Output Contact Action 3.10 Calibration Interval Evaluated 30 Mo (24 Mo. + 25%). 3.2

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 12 OF 29 4.3. Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Agastat ETR14 Data References Description Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RAR) 10% of Setting (2) 3.9.1 5% of Setting (TR) (2) 3.9.6 Seismic Effects (SER) 0 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TER) 3.9.6 5% of setting 3.14 (40oF - 122oF) 2 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DRR) 3.725% Setpoint 3.16.3 2

Power Supply Effect (PSR) 5% of setting (includes TER) 3.9.6 2 3.14 4.4. Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-116-2 Description Data Reference Location Building/Elevation CB-116 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF 40 - 109 3.6 (68oF to 83oF act.) 3.14 Humidity Range, %RH 20-95 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated 800 3.6 Dose, Rads Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)

Temperature Range, oF Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal 3.6 Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g <3 3.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 13 OF 29 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 14 OF 29 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty

& Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 15 OF 29 7.0 Assumptions 7.1. Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1. Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)

A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.

7.1.2. Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.

7.1.3. Zero Effect (ZE)

Not applicable 7.1.4. Seismic Effects (SE)

Reference 3.9.1 states that the timing delays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage, malfunction or failure. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 116 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.

7.1.5. Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)

Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays evaluated by this calculation as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).

7.1.6. Power Supply Effects (PS)

Per reference 3.9.6, Power Supply Effects for the model TR time delay function is assumed to be well under 5% of setting under all control voltage conditions. Therefore, for conservatism the power supply effects on the time delay function will be assumed to equal +/-5% of setting.

7.1.7. Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)

Not Applicable 7.1.8. Static Pressure Effects (SP)

Not Applicable

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 16 OF 29 7.1.9. Humidity Effects (HE)

The relays were specified by the HPCS manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location. The HPCS Design Specification, Section 4.6.1 (reference 3.9.5) states that the design conditions for the switchgear and its sub-components are 20 to 90% relative Humidity. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-116-2 is 20 to 90% RH. Reference 3.6 also identifies that 1% of the days/calendar year (30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br />) the humidity could be 5 %

higher. This is considered negligible. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.

7.1.10. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)

(IR) effects, which may result from degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. The timers evaluated are not low-current DC devices affected by current leakage due to insulation resistance degradation.

7.1.11. Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the timing relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switchgear compartment. The voltage effects are included in the temperature effects per Ref. 3.9.1 and 3.9.6.

7.1.12. Temperature Effects (TE)

Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect for the ETR relay is 10% of setting over a span of 40o - 156oF. Per Reference 3.9.6, the temperature effect for the TR relay is 5% of setting over a span of 32o - 122oF (the non-safety version of the same relay). Since the historical temperature in the area only varies 14oF the 5% value is assumed. The non-safety relay is built to the same specifications but substitute material may be used. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effect. The 5% tolerance is combined with voltage effects in Ref. 3.9.6 but will be conservatively used as an independent effect.

7.1.13. Temperature Drift Effects (TD)

The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.16.3 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device.

Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.

7.1.14. Instrument Drift Deleted 7.2. Assumptions that require confirmation None

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 17 OF 29 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:

8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty to Use 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) As-Left Tolerance 8.10) As-Found Tolerance 8.11) Loop Tolerances 8.1. Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1. Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62S3 and 62S4 Time delay setting (PSRT)

(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)

PSRT1 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting, Setting is 3.0 seconds from Ref. 3.15

= +/- (0.050*3.0) seconds

= +/- 0.15 seconds (2 value) 8.1.2. Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62S5 and 62S6 Time delay setting (PSRT)

(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)

Reference Accuracy, Power Supply Effects and Temperature Effects as well as M&TE Reference Accuracy are specified as a percentage of time delay setting. The setting of relays 62S5 and 62S6 is specified in Reference 3.16.1 as 45.24 seconds.

PSRT2 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting,

= +/- (0.050

  • 45.24) seconds

= +/- 2.262 seconds (2 value) 8.1.3. Calculation of Temperature Effects on 62S3 and 62S4 Relay Time Delay Settings (TERT)

(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.12)

TERT1 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting under Adverse Conditions

= +/- (0.05 x 3) seconds

= +/- 0.15 seconds (2 value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 18 OF 29 8.1.4. Calculation of Temperature Effects on 62S5 and 62S6 Relay Time Delay Settings (TERT)

(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.12)

TERT2 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting under Adverse Conditions

= +/- (0.05 x 45.24) seconds

= +/- 2.262 seconds (2 value) 8.2. Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1. Undervoltage Relay 62S3 and 62S4 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)

RART1 = +/- 5% of Setting, Setting is 3.0 seconds per Ref. 3.15

= +/- 0.05

  • 3.0 seconds

= +/- 0.15 seconds (2 value) 8.2.2. Undervoltage Relay 62S5 and 62S6 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)

RART2 = +/- 0.5% of Setting

= +/- 0.05

  • 45.24 seconds

= +/- 2.262 seconds (2 Value) 8.3. Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1. Device Uncertainty Relay 62S3 and 62S4 Time Delay Setting (ART)

(Sections 8.2.1, 8.1.3, 8.1.1)

ART1 = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.15)2 + (0.15)2 + (0.15)2]1/2 seconds

= +/- 0.2598 seconds (2 value)

This is conservative because the impacts of RART, PSRT and TERT are all combined in the manufacturers specified RART.

8.3.2. Device Uncertainty Relay 62S5 and 62S6 Time Delay Setting (ART)

(Sections 8.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.1.4)

ART2 = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2

= +/- [(2.262)2 + (2.262)2 + (2.262)2]1/2 seconds

= +/- 3.918 seconds 8.4. Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3, loop calibration effects are defined as:

CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 19 OF 29 The CTL for 62S5 and 62S6 Time Delay Settings are set to the loop as left tolerance (ALTL) in section 8.11.1 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05. For the remaining loops the CTL is set to the procedural as-left band (PALB), reference 3.11.2.

8.4.1. Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the Time Delay Setting (CLT)

CLT1 = +/- [(MTELT1)2 + (CTLT1)2]1/2

= +/- [(1.55 x 10-4)2 + (0.18)2]1/2 seconds

= +/- 0.18 seconds CLT2 = +/- [(MTELT2)2 + (CTLT2)2]1/2

= +/- [(2.33 x 10-3)2 + (1.35)2]1/2 seconds

= +/- 1.35 seconds 8.4.1.1 Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:

MTELV = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where:

MTERAT = The reference accuracy of the M&TE being utilized. Epoch 40 Aux.

Timer and DC voltage/current unit has a timer accuracy of 0.005% or one digit on the min. 99.9999 range. Using 3.0 x 0.00005 = 1.5 x 10-4 seconds or using 45.24 x 0.00005 = 2.262 x 10-3 seconds.

MTETET = Temperature effect on the M&TE being utilized. Zero is assumed since the Epoch 40 operating range is 0o to 50oC with no temperature coefficient given. (Reference 3.9.4).

MTERIT = Assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)

MTECST = Assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference Accuracy of the test equipment being utilized = 0.005%/4 seconds (per Reference 3.2).

MTEL1 = +/- [(MTERART1)2 + (MTERIRT1)2 + (MTETERT1)2 + (MTECSRT1)2]1/2

= +/- [(1.5 X 10-4)2 + (0)2 + (0)2 + (3.75 X 10-5)2]1/2

= +/- 1.55 X 10-4 seconds. (2 Value)

MTEL2 = +/- [(MTERART2)2 + (MTERIRT2)2 + (MTETERT2)2 + (MTECSRT2)2]1/2

= +/- [(2.262x10-3)2 + (0)2 + (0)2 + (5.655 x 10-4)2]1/2

= +/- 2.33 x10-3 seconds. (2 Value) 8.5. Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 20 OF 29 8.6. Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.6.1. Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay Setting (LUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3, Loop Uncertainty is defined as:

LUT1 = +/- (m/n)[(ART1)2 + (CLT1)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.

N = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.

M (Margin) = Margin is added for additional conservatism.

= +/- (1.645/2)[(0.2598)2 + (0.18)2]1/2 +/- 0.056

= +/- 0.316 seconds 8.6.2. Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay Setting (LUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:

LUT2 = +/- (m/n)[(ART2)2 + (CLT2)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

= +/- (1.645/2)[(3.918)2 + (1.35)2]1/2 +/- 1.740

= +/- 5.148 seconds 8.7. Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1. Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT)

N/A for both the voltage and time delay function per Assumption 7.1.13 8.7.2. Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR)

N/A for both the voltage and time delay function per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3. Relay Drift (DRRV) 8.7.3.1 Relay Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14)

DRRT1 = +/- 3.725% Setpoint

= +/- (0.03725 x 3) seconds

= +/- 0.112 seconds (2 Value)

As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT 8.7.3.2 Relay Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 21 OF 29 DRRT2 = +/- 3.725% Setpoint

= +/- (0.03725 x 45.24) seconds

= +/- 1.685 seconds (2 Value)

As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT 8.8. Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.8.1. Total Loop Uncertainty - Time Delay Setting (TLUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:

TLUT1 = +/- (m/n) [(ART1)2 + (CLT1)2 + (DRLT1)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)

= +/- (1.645/2)(((0.2598)2 + (0.18)2 + (0.112)2]1/2 +/- 0.046

= +/- 0.322 seconds 8.8.2. Total Loop Uncertainty - Time Delay Setting (TLUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:

TLUT2 = +/- (m/n) [(ART2)2 + (CLT2)2 + (DRTL2)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

= +/- (1.645/2)((3.918)2 + (1.35)2 + (1.685)2]1/2 +/- 1.801

= +/- 5.480 seconds.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 22 OF 29 Summary of Calculation Data Time Delay Relay Device 1 Time Delay Normal Conditions Time Delay Adverse Conditions (TR data) (ETR data)

Terms Values Ref Values Ref Input Range 62S3, 62S4 .55 to 15 .55 to 15

_ 3.9.6 _ 3.9.1 62S5, 62S6 4 to 120 4 to 120 Process Units Seconds - 3.9.6 Seconds - 3.9.1 Voltage Range 85-110%V 3.9.6 80% Min V. 3.9.1 Humidity 40-60% 3.9.6 10-95% 3.9.1 Temperature Range oF 70-104 - 3.9.6 40-145 - 3.9.1

+/- 10% of Reference Accuracy (RA) 5% of Setting 2 3.9.6 2 3.9.1 Setting 7.1.12 7.1.12 Temperature Effect (TE) Included in RA 2 Included in RA 2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE) Included in RA - 7.1.4 Included in RA - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE) Included in RA - 7.1.5 Included in RA - 7.1.5

+/- 0.112 sec. 2 7.1.14 +/- 0.112 sec. 2 7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)

+/- 1.685 sec. 2 8.7.3 +/- 1.685 sec. 2 8.7.3 Temperature Drift Effect (TD) N/A - 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 7.1.6 7.1.6 Power Supply Effect (PS) Included in RA 2 Included in RA 2 8.1.1 8.1.2 Humidity Effects (HE) Included in RA - 7.1.9 Included in RA - 7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP) N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 (PM)

Insulation Resistance Effect (IR) N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE) N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 23 OF 29 8.9. As-Left Tolerance (ALT)

Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used.

ALTRT - Time Delay Relay Calculation 8.9.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (ALTRT2)

MTEL2 = +/- 2.33 x 10-3 seconds ALTRT2 = +/- SRSS (RART2, MTEL2)

= +/- SRSS (2.262, 0.00233) seconds

= +/- 2.26 seconds Because ALTRT2 is greater than the AFTRT2 value calculated in section 8.10.1, ALTRT2 will be set to 80% of AFTRT2, therefore:

ALTRT2 = +/- 80%* AFTRT2

= +/- 0.80

  • 1.685 seconds

= +/- 1.35 seconds 8.10. As-Found Tolerance (AFT)

AFTRT- Time Delay Relay Calculation For calculating AFTRT, the actual MTE value is used:

8.10.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (AFTRT2)

Since drift (DRRT2) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:

AFTRT2 = DRRT2

= +/-1.685 seconds 8.11. Loop Tolerances 8.11.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 Loop Tolerance for Time Delay Setting ALTL2 - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL2 = +/- SRSS (ALTRT2)

= +/- SRSS (1.35) seconds

= +/- 1.35 seconds AFTL2 - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL2 = +/-SRSS (AFTRT2)

= +/-SRSS (1.685) seconds

= +/- 1.685 seconds

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 24 OF 29 Summary of Calibration Tolerances Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Tolerance (ALTRT2) +/- 1.35 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Tolerance (AFTRT2) +/- 1.685 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL2) +/- 1.35 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL2) +/- 1.685 seconds

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 25 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Revision No.

Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 Page 1 of 4 002

Title:

Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays - Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method: Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)

Electrical Robin Smith/ See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:

Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 26 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE:

Document

Title:

Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays - Civil/Structural Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay Electrical Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 Rev. 002 QA Cat. I I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Verifier:

Print Sign Date Nuclear Manager authorization for Other supervisor performing Verification.

N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:

Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.

NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.

1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?

(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.

All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.

See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)

Yes No N/A

2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?

Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?

Yes No N/A

3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 27 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3

4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?

Yes No N/A

5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?

Yes No N/A

6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?

Yes No N/A

7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?

Yes No N/A

8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?

Yes No N/A

9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?

Yes No N/A

10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?

Yes No N/A

11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?

Yes No N/A

12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?

Yes No N/A

13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?

Yes No N/A

14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?

Yes No N/A

15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 28 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3

16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?

Yes No N/A

17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,

adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?

Yes No N/A

20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?

ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?

Yes No N/A

21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 29 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question # Comments Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup Incorporated RS 10/13/12

ANO-1 ANO-2 GGNS IP-2 IP-3 PLP JAF PNPS RBS VY W3 NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) (2)

EC # 40339 Page 1 of 32 COVER PAGE (3) (4)

Design Basis Calc. YES NO CALCULATION EC Markup (5) (6)

Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Revision: 003 (7) (8)

Title:

Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model Editorial 27H Undervoltage Relay YES NO (9) (10)

System(s): 302 Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)

(11) (12)

Safety Class: Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:

Safety / Quality Related ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, 1B, 1C ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, 1B, 1C Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS (13)

Document Type: F43.02 (14)

Keywords (Description/Topical Codes):

relay, uncertainty, undervoltage REVIEWS (15) (16) (17)

Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Robin Smith / See AS Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer Comments Attached Comments Attached

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 2 OF 32 CALCULATION REFERENCE CALCULATION NO: G.13.18.6.2-ENS*002 SHEET REVISION: 003 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): None II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No.

Doc Doc Y/N

1. EN-DC-126 -- 004 N
2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000 N
3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300 N
4. 201.130-186 0 000 N
5. 215.150 0 006 N
6. B455-0139 0 000 N
7. 3242.521-102-001A 0 300 N
8. F137-0100 0 000 N
9. 0242.521-102-133 0 300 N
10. EE-001K 0 019 N
11. EE-001L 0 015 N
12. ESK-08ENS01 001 008 N
13. ESK-08EGS09 001 013 N
14. ESK-08EGS10 001 012 N
15. ESK-08EGS13 001 011 N
16. ESK-08EGS14 001 010 N
17. ESK-08EGS15 001 010 N
18. ESK-08EGS16 001 007 N
19. STP-302-1600 -- 020 Y A/R 00154225
20. STP-302-1601 -- 020 Y A/R 00154227
21. G13.18.6.3-006 0 000 N
22. LSK-24-09.05A 001 015 N
23. EDP-AN-02 -- 301 N
24. STP-302-0102 -- 017 N
25. G13.18.3.1-004 0 000 Y EC40339

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 3 OF 32 III. CROSS

REFERENCES:

1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993)
4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-10
5. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5 IV. SOFTWARE USED:

N/A

Title:

Version/Release: Disk/CD No.

V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:

N/A

Title:

Version/Release Disk/CD No.

VI. OTHER CHANGES:

References removed from the calculation: G13.18.3.1*001

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 4 of 32 Revision Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of undervoltage rely setpoints by Electrical 000 Engineering.

Deleted Degraded Voltage Relay setpoints. With relay change per ER-RB-2001-0360-00, the 001 degraded voltage relay setpoints are moved to G13.18.3.6.2-ENS-005 Rev. 0. Revised procedural as-left band.

002 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753.

EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1-004 into this 003 calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 5 of 32 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description 6 2.0 Results/Conclusions 8 3.0 References 9 4.0 Design Inputs 11 5.0 Nomenclature 15 6.0 Calculation Methodology 16 7.0 Assumptions 17 8.0 Calculation 20 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram 28 Attachments:

1 Design Verification Form and Comments .......................................................................... 5 pages

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 6 of 32 1.0 Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Safety-Related 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays for Divisions I & II. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1-004.

1.2. Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.

Each 4.16 kV bus monitored by three undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic.

1.3. Design Bases Event Per Technical Specification Bases B 3.3.8.1 (Reference 3.7.3), successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.

1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95%

probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2). One sided probability is used since the Loss of Voltage relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.

The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation.

The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 7 of 32 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 9.0. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 8 of 32 2.0 Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1.

Table 2.1-1 Loss of Voltage Relay Maximum Loop Total Loop M&TE Loop Channel Drift Loop Loop Uncertainty Uncertainty Accuracy System(s) (DL) Setting Tol.

Identification (LU) (TLU) Requirements VAC (ALTL)

VAC VAC VAC VAC See +/- 0.9067 +/- 1.07 302 +/- 0.392 +/- 0.161 +/- 0.21 Section 9.0 +/- 54.97* +/- 64.87*

  • Uncertainty indexed to the primary (bus) voltage of the potential transformers.

2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 9.0.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 9 of 32 3.0 References 3.1 EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4 Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1 Not used 3.7.2 Not used 3.7.3 Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4 Not used 3.8 RBS USAR None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1 B455-0139, Single-Phase Voltage Relays 3.9.2 3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual-STNBY 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.3 F137-0100, Fluke Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.4 Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-10, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.5 0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS-SWG1A & 1B 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 10 of 32 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:

3.11.1 Not used 3.11.2 Not used 3.11.3 Not used 3.11.4 Not used 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards 3.13.1 ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2 Not used 3.14 G13.18.6.3-006, ABB Model ITE-27H Relay Drift Analysis 3.15 G13.18.3.1-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 11 of 32 4.0 Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine uncertainty for the DIV I and II Loss of Voltage relays.

4.1 Loop Input 4.1.1 Loop Data:

Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference ENS-SWG1A-PT Loop Sensor(s) 3.10 ENS-SWG1B-PT ENS-SWG1A Location 3.4 ENS-SWG1B Output Range 0-120 VAC 3.10 Input Range 0-4200 VAC 3.10 4.1.2 Special Considerations:

4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:

  • Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator Mode (Reference 3.9.4)
  • Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to Medium Resolution (Reference 3.9.3) 4.1.2.2 A minimum of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> warm up time at the calibration location shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 12 of 32 4.2 Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s) ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS 3.4 ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS Manufacturer Westinghouse 3.9.5 Model(s) VIY-60 3.9.5 Location(s) CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1B Service Description Transformer 3.4 Instrument Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.9.5 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.5 Calibration Interval Evaluated N/A Note Device Setting Tolerance N/A Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted, therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval.

Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description Data Reference Component Number(s) See Section 9.0 3.4, 3.10 Manufacturer Asea Brown Boveri 3.9.5, 3.9.1 Model 27H 3.9.5, 3.9.1 Location(s) CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1B Service Description Relay 3.9.1, 3.10 Input Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.2 Output Contact Action 3.10, 3.12 30 Mo.

Calibration Interval Evaluated 3.2 (24 Mo. + 25%)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 13 of 32 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Westinghouse VIY-60 Description Data Reference 0.3% of setting 3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RAT) 2 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SET) N/A 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TET) N/A 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRT) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDT) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DRT) N/A 7.1.14 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Asea Brown Boveri 27H Description Data Reference 3.9.1

+/-0.25% of setting Reference Accuracy (RAR) 7.1.2 2

7.1.15 Seismic Effects (SER) 0 7.1.4 0.5 VAC/(68oF - 104oF) 7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TER) 2 7.1.2 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR) N/A 7.1.13

+/-0.392 VAC 3.14 Drift (DRR) 2 7.1.2 3% of Setting 3.9.1 Reset

+/-1.5% 3.9.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 14 of 32 4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description Data Reference Location Building/Elevation CB-98 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF 40 - 104 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH 20 - 90 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated 800 3.6 Dose, Rads Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)

Temperature Range, oF Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Same as Normal 3.6 Rads Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g <3 3.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 15 of 32 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 16 of 32 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty &

Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 17 of 32 7.0 Assumptions 7.1 Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)

A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to uncertainty of the device evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.

7.1.2 Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.

7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)

Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)

Reference 3.9.1 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage or malfunction. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.

Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.

7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)

Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).

7.1.6 Power Supply Effects (PS)

Per Reference 3.9.1, control voltage variations may affect the setpoint of the relay by as much as +/- 0.2 volt for a 10 VDC change in the control voltage. This yields a possible variation of +/- 0.02 VAC/VDC of control voltage variation. Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC. Therefore, 15 VDC will conservatively be used to calculate the PS effects for the undervoltage relays in this calculation.

Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers.

7.1.7 Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)

Not Applicable

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 18 of 32 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)

Not Applicable 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)

The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without introduction of additional uncertainty. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.

Humidity effects are not applicable to potential transformers.

7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)

(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.

7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the undervoltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.

7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE)

Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect is 0.5 VAC over a span of 68o - 104oF (20oC

- 40oC). Reference 3.6 states that the normal temperature range for this area is 40o -

104oF and that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br />) the temperature could be 5oF higher.

The temperature change 1% of the calendar year is considered negligible. The 0.5 VAC value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. See section 8.1.3 Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output.

7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)

The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device.

Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.

7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)

The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.14.

Drift is not applicable to transformers.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 19 of 32 7.1.15 Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR)

The accuracy rating for the ABB model 27 undervoltage relay is dependent on M&TE accuracy and calibration methodology when following the calibration instruction in Reference 3.9.1. Per Reference 3.9.3, the reference accuracy for a Fluke Model 45 digital multimeter is 0.2% of setting + 10 mV (conservatively approximated as 0.01% of setting). This yields an approximate accuracy of 0.21%. For conservatism, a value of 0.25% of setting will be used for this calculation.

7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 20 of 32 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:

8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential 8.10) As Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1 Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per References 3.9.2 and 3.13.1, the Reference Accuracy for instrument class potential transformers is +/- 0.3% W, X, and Y, and +/- 1.2% Z. This relates to the burden placed upon the transformer by its connected loads. A load less than 75 VA will yield an accuracy of +/- 0.3% where a load greater than 75 VA will produce a transformer accuracy of +/- 1.2%.

The loads for the metering transformer are:

6 Undervoltage Relays @ 1.2 VA each = 7.2 1 Synchronizing relay transformer @ 3 VA = 3.0 1 Model 60 Voltage Balance Relay @ 0.7 VA each = 0.7 2 Model 32 voltage Balance Relays @ 0.3 VA each = 0.6 1 Volt Meter, GE 180 @ 3.0 VA burden each = 3.0 1 Volt Transducer @ 3.0 VA burden = 3.0 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value = 10.0 27.5 Therefore Transformer Accuracy = 0.3% of setting

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 21 of 32 8.1.2 Calculation of Under Voltage Relay Power Supply Effects (PSR)

PSR = +/- 0.2 VAC per 10 VDC control power variation

= +/- 0.02 VAC x 15 VDC

= +/- 0.3 VAC (2 Value)

Assumed control power voltage variation is 15 VDC per Assumption 7.1.6.

8.1.3 Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TER)

Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/- 0.5 VAC over a temperature range of 68oF - 104oF. Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.014 VAC/oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 70oF. Therefore:

TER = +/- (104oF - 70oF) x 0.014 VAC/oF

= +/- 0.476 VAC (2 Value) 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.2.1 Transformer Reference Accuracy (RAT):

8.2.1.1 Transformer Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RATLV)

Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.15.

RATLV = +/- 0.3% of Setpoint

= +/- 0.003

  • 51.23 VAC

= +/- 0.1537 VAC (2 Value) 8.2.2 Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR):

8.2.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RARLV)

RARLV = +/- 0.25% of Setting

= +/- 0.0025

  • 51.23 VAC

= +/- 0.1281 VAC (2 Value) 8.2.3 Calculation of Loop Reference Accuracy (RAL) 8.2.3.1 Loop Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RALLV)

RALLV = +/- [(RATLV)2 + (RARLV)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.1537)2 + (0.1281)2]1/2

= +/-0.2001 VAC (2 Value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 22 of 32 8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2, Section 8.2 and Section 8.1) 8.3.1 Transformer Uncertainty (AT) 8.3.1.1 Transformer Uncertainty Loss of Voltage (ATLV)

ATLV = +/- [(RATLV)2]1/2

= +/- 0.1537 VAC (2 Value) 8.3.2 Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty (AR) 8.3.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (ARLV)

ARLV = +/- [(RARLV)2 + (PSR)2 + (TER)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.1281)2 + (0.3)2 + (0.476)2]1/2

= +/- 0.5771 VAC (2 Value) 8.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)

CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 8.4.1 Calculating measuring and test equipment effects. (MTEL)

Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:

MTELV = [(MTERA)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETE)2 + (MTECS)2]1/2 Where: MTERA = Reference accuracy of the Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter (DMM) after a one hour stabilization period at the calibration location = 0.2% of setting + 10 mV. MTERALV = 0.113 VAC.

MTETE = Effects of temperature changes on the Fluke Model 45 DMM between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the M&TE used. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTETELV = 0.113 VAC.

MTERI = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digital with at least 2 digits of resolution.

(Reference 3.2)

MTECS = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the DMM.

For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTECSLV = 0.029 VAC.

8.4.1.1 Calculation of loop M&TE Effects for Loss of Voltage (MTELLV)

MTELLV = +/- [(MTERALV)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETELV)2 + (MTECSLV)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.113)2 + (0.0)2 + (0.113)2 + (0.029)2 +]1/2

= +/- 0.163 VAC (2 Value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 23 of 32 8.4.2 Calculation of Calibration Effects (CTL)

Calibration Effects (CTL) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:

CTL = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of procedural inaccuracies such as procedural as left band and calibration procedural errors.

8.4.2.1 Calculation of Calibration Effects for Loss of Voltage (CTLLV)

CTLLV = +/- 0.21 VAC (2 value)

The ALTL value is 0.21 VAC from Section 8.12.

8.4.3 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (CLLV)

CLLV= +/- [(MTELLV)2 + (CTLLV)2]1/2

= +/- [(0.163)2 + (0.21)2]1/2

= 0.266 VAC (2 Value) 8.5 Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6 Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU)

Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:

LU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2]1/2 Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.

n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.

8.6.1 Loop Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (LULV)

LULV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

= +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0.266)2]1/2 +/- 0.3689

= +/- 0.9067 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (LUPLV)

LUPLV = +/- LULV x PT Ratio * (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)

= +/- 0.9067 x 35 x 1.73205

= +/- 54.97 VAC 8.7 Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1 Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 per Assumption 7.1.13

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 24 of 32 8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3 Relay Drift (DRR):

DRR = +/- 0.392 VAC per Reference 3.14 (2 Value)

As there are no other components of drift to be considered, DL = DRR Indexed to the PT primary voltage

= DRR x 35 x (3)1/2

= +/- 0.392 VAC x 35 x (3)1/2

= +/- 23.77 VAC 8.8 Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)

Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:

TLU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2 + (DL)2]1/2 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty - Loss of Voltage (TLULV)

TLULV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2 + (DL)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

= +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0. 266)2 + (0.392)2]1/2 +/- 0.4430

= +/- 1.07 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (TLUPLV)

TLUPLV = +/- TLULV x PT Ratio x (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)

= +/- 1.07 x 35 x 1.73205

= +/-64.87 VAC 8.9 Calculation of Reset Differential 8.9.1 Reset Differential for Loss of Voltage (RDLV)

(Reference 3.9.1 and 3.15)

RDLV = + (3.0% of Setting) nominal

= + 0.03 x 51.23

= + 1.54 VAC nominal Indexed to the PT primary voltage

= RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2

= 93.36 VAC nominal RDLV = + (3.0% + 1.5% of Setting) max

= + 0.045 x 51.23

= + 2.305 VAC max Indexed to the PT primary voltage

= RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2

= 139.73 VAC Max Calculated uncertainties (LU and TLU) are applicable to reset.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 25 of 32 Summary of Calculation Transformer Undervoltage Relay Terms Device 1 Device 2 Values Ref. Values Ref.

Input Range 0 - 4200 - 3.9.5 0 - 120 - 3.9.2 Process Units VAC - 3.9.5 VAC - 3.9.2 7.1.15 Reference Accuracy (RA) +/-0.3% of Setting 2 3.9.2 +/-0.25% of Setting 2 7.1.12 Temperature Effect (TE) 0 - 7.1.12 +/-0.476 2 8.1.3 Seismic Effects (SE) N/A - 7.1.4 0 - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR) N/A - 7.1.14 +/-0.392 2 3.14, 7.1.14 Temperature Drift (TD) N/A - 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 (RD)

Power Supply Effect (PS) N/A - 7.1.6 +/- 0.3 2 7.1.6, 8.1.2 Static Pressure Effects (SP) N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Humidity Effects (HE) N/A - 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Process Measurement N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Effect (PM)

Insulation Resistance N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Effect (IR)

Zero Effect (ZE) N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 26 of 32 8.10 As-Left Tolerance (ALT)

Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE LLV is used.

ALTR - Relay Calculation MTELLV = 0.163 VAC Section 8.4.1.1 ALTR = +/- SRSS (RARLV, MTELLV)

= +/- SRSS (0.1281, 0.163) VAC

= +/- 0.21 VAC 8.11 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)

AFTR- Relay Calculation Since drift (DRR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:

AFTR = DRR

= +/-0.392 VAC 8.12 Loop Tolerances ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL = +/- SRSS (ALTR)

= +/- SRSS (0.21) VAC

= +/- 0.21 VAC AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL = +/-SRSS (AFTR)

= +/-SRSS (0.392) VAC

= +/- 0.392 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALTR) +/- 0.21 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFTR) +/- 0.392 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) +/- 0.392 VAC

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 27 of 32 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram Potential Transformer Undervoltage Relay Westinghouse ABB Model 27H Model VIY-60 4200/120 VAC Relay Mark Numbers Div. I Div II ENS-SWG1A-27-1A SWG1B-27-1A Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1B SWG1B-27-1B Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1C SWG1B-27-1C Loss of Voltage Transformer Mark Number ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 28 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Revision No.

Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Page 1 of 4 003

Title:

Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method: Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)

Electrical Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:

Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 29 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE:

Document

Title:

Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model Civil/Structural 27H Undervoltage Relay Electrical Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 QA Cat.

I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier: Print Sign Date Mechanical Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification.

N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:

Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.

NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.

1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?

(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.

All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.

See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)

Yes No N/A

2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?

Yes No N/A

3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 30 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3

4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?

Yes No N/A

5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?

Yes No N/A

6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?

Yes No N/A

7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?

Yes No N/A

8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?

Yes No N/A

9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?

Yes No N/A

10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?

Yes No N/A

11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?

Yes No N/A

12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?

Yes No N/A

13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?

Yes No N/A

14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?

Yes No N/A

15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 31 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3

16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?

Yes No N/A

17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,

adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?

Yes No N/A

20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g.,

GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?

ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?

Yes No N/A

21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup. Comments incorporated. RS 10-11-12

ANO-1 ANO-2 GGNS IP-2 IP-3 PLP JAF PNPS RBS VY W3 NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 (1) (2)

CALCULATION EC # 40339 Page 1 of 21 COVER PAGE (3) Design Basis Calc. YES NO (4) CALCULATION EC Markup (5 ) (6)

Calculation No: G13.18.3.1-005 Revision: 000 (7 ) (8)

Title:

Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 Editorial YES NO (9) (10)

System(s): 302 Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (Electrical Design)

(11) (12)

Safety Class: Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:

Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 Non-Safety Related E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 (13)

Document Type: F43.02 (14)

Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): degraded voltage relay, setpoint, GE setpoint methodology REVIEWS (15) (16) (17)

Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Robin Smith / See AS Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer Design Verifier Supervisor/Approval Reviewer Comments Attached Comments Attached

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 2 OF 21 CALCULATION REFERENCE CALCULATION NO: G13.18.3.1-005 SHEET REVISION: 000 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations)

1. None II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No.

Doc Doc Y/N

1. STP-302-1604 -- 21 N
2. STP-302-1605 -- 25 N
3. G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 0 001 N EC-40339
4. G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 0 001 N EC-40339 III. CROSS

REFERENCES:

N/A IV. SOFTWARE USED: N/A

Title:

Version/Release: Disk/CD No.

V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED: N/A

Title:

Version/Release Disk/CD No.

VI. OTHER CHANGES: N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 3 OF 21 Revision Record of Revision Initial issue.

0 This EC-37097 engineering change markup has been issued to provide revised Technical EC 37097 Specification and TRM setpoint limits for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. Revision bars have not been included MARK-UP since the changes made by this EC markup are extensive such that revision bars would be of limited value.

EC-40339 (markup) incorporates the as left loop tolerances calculated in calculations EC-40339 G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 into the EC-37097 markup and corrects the markup 62S6 relay equipment ID in Section 3.1. This markup affects pages 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 of the EC-37097 markup.

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 4 OF 21 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE ......................................................................................................................................................................5

2.0 CONCLUSION

S ............................................................................................................................................................5 3.0 INPUT AND DESIGN CRITERIA ..............................................................................................................................5 4.0 ASSUMPTIONS ............................................................................................................................................................7 5.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY .........................................................................................................................7 6.0 CALCULATION ...........................................................................................................................................................8 ATTACHMENTS 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION ............................................................................................................ 5 PAGES

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 5 OF 21 1.0 Purpose Calculation markup EC-37097 provided the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout voltage setpoints, and Technical Specification and TRM limits. The purpose of this calculation markup (EC-40339) is to incorporate the as left loop tolerances calculated in calculations G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 into calculation G13.18.3.1-005. This change is being implemented by incorporating the necessary changes into the EC-37097 markup.

2.0 Conclusions The following table shows the new revised Technical Specification limits.

Specification Existing Values Revised Values T.S. 3.3.8.1-1 2a 2831 V and 3259 V 3019 V and 3325 V T.S. 3.3.8.1-1 2d 53.4 s and 66.6 s 44.7 s and 54.82 s TRM 3.3.8.1-1 2a 2892 V and 3198 V 3036 V and 3313 V TRM 3.3.8.1-1 2d 53.4 s and 66.6 s 45.04 s and 54.49 s 3.0 Input and Design Criteria 3.1. Div 3 Degraded Voltage Relays Relay: E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 E22-S004-27/62-1 E22-S004-27/62-2 E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 Relay Input Total Loop Max. Loop Setting Tol. Current Setpoint Loop Uncertainty (LU)

Uncertainty (TLU) (CTL)

E22-S004-ACB4-62S5

+/- 5.148 s +/- 5.480 s +/- 1.35 s 54.9 s E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 E22-S004-27/62-1

+/- 0.469 s +/- 0.47 s +/- 0.4 s 5.1 s E22-S004-27/62-2 E22-S004-27N1

+/- 2.37 V +/- 5.51 V +/- 0.99 V 87 V E22-S004-27N2 G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 Reference Document G13.18.6.2-ENS*003 G13.18.6.2-ENS*003 G13.18.6.2-ENS*003 BE-230D G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 G13.18.6.2-ENS*004

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 6 OF 21 3.2. Analytical Limits For the combination of timing functions of E22-S004-27/62-1 & E22-S004-27/62-2 and E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 & E22-S004-ACB1-62S6, Analytical Limit = 60 s (Ref: G13.18.3.6*016)

For E22-S004-27N1 and E22-S004-27N2 Analytical Limit = 2935 VAC (Ref: G13.18.3.6*016)

Maximum dropout for the Loss of Voltage Relays = 3351 VAC.

3.3. Bus to Relay Voltage Conversion The Division 3 Degraded Voltage bus (4160 kV) to relay input voltage conversion factor is (35) (Ref:

G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007).

3.4.Output Documents (Any Changes to the data, analyses, or conclusions of calculation G13.18.3.1-005 may impact the following RBS documents) 3.4.1. RBS Technical Specification and Technical Requirements Manual 3.4.1.1 TS 3.3.8.1, Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation.

3.4.1.2 TR 3.3.8.1, Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation.

3.4.2. Procedures 3.4.2.1 STP-302-1605, HPCS DEGRADED VOLTAGE CHANNEL CALIBRATION AND LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST.

3.4.2.2 STP-302-1604, HPCS LOSS OF VOLTAGE CHANNEL CALIBRATION AND LOGICSYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST.

3.5. Operating Experience CR-RBS-2011-04838:

CR-RBS-2011-04838 documented non-conservative Technical Specification for Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. The condition report documented that the existing limits do not protect the RBS motors against sustained degraded voltage conditions for a long period of time.

Disposition: This engineering change markup has been issued to provide revised Technical Specification and TRM setpoint limits for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. The new setpoint limits provided within this markup will ensure that the RBS motors are protected against sustained undervoltage and degraded voltage conditions.

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 7 OF 21 4.0 Assumptions 4.1. The Limiting Operating Transient Variation (XT) is assumed to be equal to the minimum voltage observed on the associated bus during a LOCA transient at the Lower Analytical Limit for the Degraded Voltage Relays (See calculation G13.18.3.6*016). Thus, the setpoint should be such that the Loss of Voltage relays do not dropout during a degraded grid LOCA transient.

The Limiting Operating Transient Variation (XT) is given by the following equations (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):

The minimum voltage during a transient is observed for Division 3 bus. This voltage is 3351 VAC (Section 3.2). Therefore, XT = 3351 /(35) = 95.75 VAC (Ref: Section 3.3 for bus to relay voltage conversion).

4.2. The LU, TLU and reset differential, derived in calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 are calculated using instrument uncertainties that are based on % setting (% setpoint).

5.0 Calculation Methodology The methodology used in this calculation is in accordance with Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R) and General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Ref:

7224.300-000-001B).

The Allowable Values (AV) and Nominal Trip Setpoints (NTSP2) for the setpoints considered in this calculation have both upper and lower limits. The Lower Limit (AV MIN) is calculated for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay by subtracting the difference between the AV MAX and the NTSP2 from the NTSP2. Then an additional margin of 2.5% is applied to give the final value of AV MIN. The Upper Limit (AV MAX) is calculated for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout by adding the difference between the NTSP2 and AV MIN to the NTSP2. An additional margin of 2.5% is applied to give the final value of AV MAX. Spurious trip avoidance analysis will ensure, with a greater than 95% certainty, that these relays will not experience a spurious trip under postulated transient conditions.

The upper AV for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay (AV MAX) must be below the upper Analytical Limit (AL) minus the absolute value of the positive Loop Uncertainty (LU). The lower AV for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout (AV MIN) must be above the lower AL plus the absolute value of the negative LU.

Upper AV Upper AL - +LU Lower AV Lower AL + -LU

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 8 OF 21 The NTSP2 for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay must be below the upper AL minus the absolute value of the positive Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU). The NTSP2 for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout must be above the lower AL plus the absolute value of the negative TLU.

Time Delay Relay NTSP2 Upper AL - +TLU Loss of Voltage Relay NTSP2 Lower AL + -TLU The Loop Uncertainties and Total Loop Uncertainties used as input to this calculation are developed in the Loop Uncertainty Determination calculations (Ref: G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007) using the methodologies provided in EN-IC-S-007-R and 7224.300-000-001B.

The Maximum Loop Setting Tolerance (CTLV) provides the tolerance for the desired setpoint of the relay.

This tolerance is irrespective of the setpoint chosen and is, therefore, the same for the dropout and the reset values. The minimum and maximum setting values for the TRM setpoint is calculated as follows:

Desired Max. = TRM Trip Value + CTLV Desired Min. = TRM Trip Value - CTLV 6.0 Calculation 6.1. Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay relay The setpoint for the relays is calculated iteratively as the LU and TLU are proportional to the setpoint.

The final TRM setpoint calculated iteratively is 50.49 s. This value includes both the time delay associated with relays 62S5 & 62S6 and relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2. The time delays associated with each of these two sets of relays add to comprise the 50.49 s TRM setpoint (Ref. EE-001M, Rev. 009).

The following analysis provides the calculated STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2) for relays 62S5 & 62S6. The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2) for relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2 are established in calculation G13.18.3.1*002. A margin of 4.15 s is used in this calculation for LER Avoidance.

The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of relays 27/62-1 &

27/62-2 are specified in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and STP-302-1605 as:

NTSP Tech Spec TRM STP STP TRM Tech Spec Allowable Allowable Minimum Maximum Allowable Allowable Minimum Minimum Maximum Maximum (sec) (sec)

(sec) (sec) (sec) (sec) (sec) 5.10 4.50 4.63 4.70 5.50 5.57 5.70

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 9 OF 21 Loop Uncertainty (LU) and Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) will first be calculated for the total time delay (including both sets of relays) for use in establishing the TRM setpoint and the Allowable Values to be specified in Table 3.3.8.1-1, Function 2d of the RBS TRM and Table 3.3.8.1-1, Function 2d of the RBS Tech Specs.

LU, for this analysis, is established by combining the LU from calculations G13.18.6.2-ENS*003 for relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 for relays 62S5 & 62S6 using a square root sum of squares (SRSS) methodology.

LU = +/- [(LU62S5/62S6 - Margin)2 + (LU27/62-1 & 27/62-2)2]1/2 +/- Margin

= +/- [(5.148 - 1.740)2 + (0.469)2] 1/2 +/- 1.740 s LU = +/- 5.18 s TLU values for both sets of relays are similarly combined.

TLU = +/- [(TLU62S5/62S6 - Margin)2 + (TLU27/62-1 & 27/62-2)2]1/2 +/- Margin

= +/- [(5.480 - 1.801)2 + (0.470)2] 1/2 +/- 1.801 s TLU = +/- 5.51 s AV MAX Upper AL - +LU = 60 - 5.18 = 54.82 s AV MIN (NTSP - (AV MAX - NTSP)) x 0.975 = (50.34 - (54.82 - 50.34)) x 0.975 = 44.7 s (rounded down)

NTSP (TRM) Upper AL - +TLU - LER Avoidance Margin = 60 - 5.51 - 4.15 = 50.34 s TRM MAX Upper AL - +TLU = 60 - 5.51 = 54.49 s TRM MIN (NTSP - (TRM MAX - NTSP)) x 0.975 = (50.34 - (54.49 - 50.34)) x 0.975 = 45.04 s (rounded down)

The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint for relays 62S5 & 62S6 are calculated as follows:

AV MAX62S5/62S6 AV MAX - AV MAX27/62-1 & 27/62-2 AV MAX62S5/62S6 = 54.82 s - 5.70 s

= 49.12 s AV MIN62S5/62S6 AV MIN - AV MIN27/62-1 & 27/62-2

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 10 OF 21 AV MIN62S5/62S6 = 44.7 s - 4.5 s

= 40.2 s TRM MAX62S5/62S6 TRM MAX - TRM MAX27/62-1 & 27/62-2 TRM MAX62S5/62S6 = 54.49 s - 5.57 s

= 48.92 s TRM MIN62S5/62S6 TRM MIN - TRM MIN27/62-1 & 27/62-2 TRM MIN62S5/62S6 = 45.04 s - 4.63 s

= 40.41 s NTSP62S5/62S6 = NTSP - NTSP27/62-1 & 27/62-2

= 50.34 s - 5.10 s

= 45.24 s STP MIN = NTSP2 - lCTLl = 45.24 - 1.35 = 43.89 s STP MAX = NTSP2 + lCTLl = 45.24 + 1.35 = 46.59 s To summarize, the STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of relays 62S5 & 62S6 are:

NTSP Tech Spec TRM STP STP TRM Tech Spec Allowable Allowable Minimum Maximum Allowable Allowable Minimum Minimum Maximum Maximum (sec) (sec)

(sec) (sec) (sec) (sec) (sec) 45.24 40.2 40.41 43.89 46.59 48.92 49.12 6.2. Loss of Voltage Relay The setpoint for the relays is calculated iteratively as the LU and TLU are proportional to the setpoint.

The final Nominal setpoint (NTSP2) calculated iteratively is 90.24 VAC.

The following calculations provide the calculated STP setting limits, Allowable Value and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2). A margin of 0.865 V is used for LER Avoidance. For LU, Calculation LU = 2.37 VAC

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 11 OF 21 TLU = 5.51 VAC AV MIN Lower AL + +LU = 2935 / (35) + 2.37 = 83.86 + 2.37 = 86.23 VAC (rounded up)

AV MAX (NTSP2 + (NTSP2 - AV MIN)) x 1.03 = (90.24 + (90.24 - 86.23)) x 1.03 = 97.08 VAC 97.08 VAC x 35 = 3397.8 VAC Since AV MAX is calculated to be 3397.8 VAC, which is not within the Limiting Operating Transient Variation (assumption 8.1) for the Loss of Voltage Relays (3351 VAC), AV MAX will be chosen to be 3325 VAC (3325 VAC x 35 = 95.00 VAC) to provide adequate margin to the Limiting Operating Transient Variation for the Loss of Voltage Relays.

TRM MIN Lower AL + +LU + Margin = 83.86 + 2.37 + 0.5 = 86.73 VAC 86.73 VAC x 35 = 3036 VAC TRM MAX (NTSP2 + (NTSP2 - TRM MIN)) x 1.01 = (90.24 + (90.24 - 86.73)) x 1.01

= 94.68 VAC 94.68 VAC x 35 = 3313 VAC (3313.8 VAC rounded down to 3313 VAC for conservatism)

NTSP2 (TRM) Lower AL + +TLU + LER Avoidance Margin = 83.86 + 5.51 + 0.865 = 90.24 VAC (Rounded Up)

STP MIN = NTSP2 - lCTLl = 90.24 - 0.99 = 89.25 VAC STP MAX = NTSP2 + lCTLl = 90.24 + 0.99 = 91.23 VAC To summarize, the STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of loss of voltage relays 27N1 & 27N2 are:

NTSP Tech Spec TRM STP STP TRM Tech Spec Allowable Allowable Minimum Maximum Allowable Allowable Minimum Minimum Maximum Maximum (VAC) (VAC)

(VAC) (VAC) (VAC) (VAC) (VAC) 90.24 86.23 86.73 89.25 91.23 94.68 95.00 STP as-left pick up (reset) values are determined as follows:

Reset differential is equal to 10% of relay setting (Ref. G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 1).

Reset differential (deadband) = NTSP2 x 10%

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 12 OF 21

= 90.24 VAC x 0.10

= 9.02 VAC Minimum as left reset = STP MIN trip value + deadband

= 87.63 VAC + 9.02 VAC

= 96.65 VAC Maximum as left reset = STP MAX trip value + deadband

= 92.85 VAC + 9.02 VAC

= 101.87 VAC

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 13 OF 21 6.3. Margin Checks:

6.3.1. Spurious Trip Avoidance Test The Spurious Trip Analysis is performed to demonstrate the acceptability of the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint. The Nominal Trip Setpoint should provide at least 95% probability that a spurious trip will not occur. The value calculated for Z should be = 1.645 to achieve the 95% criteria.

Spurious Trip Equation (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):

NTSP2 X T ZT =

( M )2 + ( )2 I

Where:

NTSP2 = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint, Upper XT = Limiting operating transient M = standard deviation for the operating transient (equal to zero when the limiting operating transient is based on documented operating conditions).

=0 I = standard deviation of the NTSP2 1

= ( AN ) 2 + (C L ) 2 + ( DL ) 2 + ( PM ) 2 + ( PE ) 2 n

The Total Loop Uncertainty is defined in EN-IC-S-007-R as:

m TLU = +/- ( AL ) + (C L ) + ( DL ) + ( PM ) + ( PE )

2 2 2 2 2 n

AL = Total loop random uncertainty (provided in G13.18.2.3-ENS*004 and G13.18.2.3-ENS*007 EC-27437)

AN = The loop random uncertainty for normal conditions (i.e. AL determined for normal environmental conditions)

AL AN Since a higher value of I reduces the spurious trip avoidance probability, it is conservative to assume that AN = AL for the equation for standard deviation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 14 OF 21

+/- TLU 1 I = = ( AL ) + (C L ) + ( DL ) + ( PM ) + ( PE )

2 2 2 2 2 m n Since, TLU as provided in G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, contains the m

same random component, ( AL ) + (C L ) + ( DL ) + ( PM ) + ( PE ) for both positive 2 2 2 2 2 n

and negative direction, I = +TLU / m m = 1.645 (for Loss of Voltage relay)

= 2 (for Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay)

I = 5.51 / 1.645 V

= 3.35 V (for Loss of Voltage Relay)

= 5.51 / 1.645 s (for Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay; used in Section 6.3.2.1)

= 3.35 s (for Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay) 6.3.1.1 Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay relay Spurious trip avoidance test for the time delay is bounded by the spurious trip avoidance for the Loss of Voltage relay dropout setpoint. The purpose the Loss of voltage relays is to ensure that the RBS safety related motors will not experience less than 70% terminal voltage.

The time delay ensures that, if such a condition occurs, the degraded voltage relay trips in less than 60 seconds. This condition is based on the analysis provided in calculation G13.18.3.6*016. There are no other conditions that are dependent upon the Time Delay function of the relay. However, a spurious trip avoidance test for the Loss of Voltage relays is required to ensure that the relays do not dropout during worst case LOCA transient conditions.

6.3.1.2 Loss of Voltage relay The Spurious Trip Analysis is performed to demonstrate the acceptability of the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint. The Nominal Trip Setpoint should provide at least 95% probability that a spurious trip will not occur. The value calculated for Z should be = 1.645 to achieve the 95% criteria.

NTSP2 = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint

= 90.24 V (Per Section 6.2)

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 15 OF 21 XT = Limiting operating transient

= 95.75 V (Per Assumption 4.1)

M = standard deviation for the operating transient (equal to zero when the limiting operating transient is based on documented operating conditions).

=0 I = +TLU / m m = 1.645 I = 5.51 / 1.645 V

= 3.35 V Spurious Trip Calculation:

ZT = l90.24 - 95.75l

((0)2 + (3.35)2)1/2

= 1.645 The calculated value for ZT is approximately 1.645. Therefore the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint is acceptable.

6.3.2. LER Avoidance Analysis:

LER avoidance analysis is performed to determine the acceptability of the margin between the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint and the calculated Allowable Value. The margin should provide at least a 90% probability the instrument channels trip setpoint will not exceed the allowable value. The calculated value for ZLER should be 1.28.

LER Avoidance Equation (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):

AV NTSP2 Z LER =

I Where:

AV = Allowable Value NTSP2 = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint I = standard deviation of the NTSP

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 16 OF 21 6.3.2.1 Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay relay ZLER = l50.34 -54.82l 3.35

= 1.337 6.3.2.2 Loss of Voltage relay ZLER = l 86.23 -90.24l 3.35

= 1.20 The LER Avoidance value for ZLER for Degraded Voltage relay No-LOCA time delay is greater than 1.28 and is, therefore acceptable. However, the value of ZLER for the Loss of Voltage relay is 1.20 which yields a LER avoidance probability of 88.5%. This value is slightly below the 90% probability judged to be acceptable. However, because the values used in calculating device measurement uncertainties, particularly time related relay drift, are extremely conservative, the calculated 88.5% LER avoidance probability for the Loss of Voltage Relay is considered acceptable.

The calculated values for ZLER for both the timing relay and the Loss of Voltage Relay are deemed acceptable and demonstrate sufficient probability for LER avoidance

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 17 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Document No. G13.18.3.1-005 Revision No.

Page 1 of 4 (EC40339) 000

Title:

Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method: Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)

Electrical Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:

Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 18 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE:

Document

Title:

Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 Civil/Structural Electrical Doc. No.: G13.18.3.1-005 (EC40339) Rev. 000 QA Cat. I I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier: Print Sign Date Mechanical Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification.

N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:

Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.

NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.

1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?

(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.

All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.

See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)

Yes No N/A

2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?

Yes No N/A

3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 19 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3

4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?

Yes No N/A

5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?

Yes No N/A

6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?

Yes No N/A

7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?

Yes No N/A

8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?

Yes No N/A

9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?

Yes No N/A

10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?

Yes No N/A

11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?

Yes No N/A

12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?

Yes No N/A

13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?

Yes No N/A

14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?

Yes No N/A

15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 20 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3

16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?

Yes No N/A

17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?

Yes No N/A

20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?

ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?

Yes No N/A

21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 21 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question # Comments Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup Incorporated RS 10/13/12

95/95 Confidence Level The uncertainty and setpoint calculation revisions associated with the River Bend Station (RBS) loss of voltage and undervoltage time delay relays determine loop and total loop uncertainties constructed with 95/95 confidence. That is to say, there is at least a 95% probability that the limits provided contain at least 95% of the population of interest - the future actual setpoint values.

The inputs used to determine the uncertainties and setpoints were either:

  • determined based on a 95/95 criterion or
  • are vendor provided inputs Drift values used to determine 95/95 Total Loop Uncertainties for the relays were derived from statistically significant populations of historical calibration data, including as-found and as-left readings. Each drift value is applicable to specific instruments or models of instruments and was calculated using statistical methods designed to provide a 95/95 tolerance interval.

Where no as-found/as-left drift analysis is available, the setpoint calculations rely on vendor-provided drift specifications. Vendors typically do not provide information regarding the confidence level of their performance specifications (Rosemount being the prominent exception). In such cases, it is assumed that this best represents the limiting or bounding performance data and that the vendor specifications can conservatively be assumed to be equivalent to a 2-sigma (95.4%) tolerance interval. This assumption applies to drift as well as other vendor performance specifications, such as accuracy and temperature effect.

Determination of As-Left and As-Found Tolerances The method used at RBS to incorporate as-left and as-found device and loop tolerances is as follows:

Calculation of As-Left Device Tolerance (ALT):

Device ALT is calculated using MTEL combined with device reference accuracy.

ALT = +/- SRSS (RA, MTEL)

In cases where RA is greater than the device drift (DR), ALT will conservatively be set to a value arbitrarily smaller than DR to avoid having the AFT smaller than the ALT.

Calculation of As-Found Device Tolerance (AFT):

AFT= +/- SRSS (RA, DR, MTE1, MTE2, MTE3,MTEX)

The device drift (DR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data and may be considered the combination of RA, MTE and drift. This is because there is no deterministic method to separate these individual components in the analysis of the as-found/as-left calibration data. Drift derived in this manner therefore includes both RA and MTE errors.

AFT can then be simplified to:

AFT= +/- DR Calculation of As-Left and As-Found Loop Tolerance For loops consisting of instruments A, B, C, X, the loop As-Left and As-Found Loop Tolerances are given by the following equations:

As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) = +/- SRSS (ALTA, ALTB, ALTC, ALTX)

As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) = +/- SRSS (AFTA, AFTB, AFTC, AFTX)

All the relays are in single device loops; therefore the device tolerance is the same as the loop tolerance and the equations become:

As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) = +/- ALT As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) = +/- AFT

AFT and ALT Results from Uncertainty Calculations Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 determines the uncertainty associated with Division I and II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV loss of voltage relays ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, ENS-SWG1A-27-1B, ENS-SWG1A-27-1C, ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, ENS-SWG1B-27-1B and ENS-SWG1B-27-1C. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:

Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTR) +/- 0.21 VAC Relay AFT (AFTR) +/- 0.392 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) +/- 0.392 VAC Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 determines the uncertainty associated with Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV loss of voltage relays E22-S004-27N1 and E22-S004-27N2.

The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:

Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTR) +/- 0.99 VAC Relay AFT (AFTR) +/- 5.82 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) +/- 0.99 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) +/- 5.82 VAC Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*006 determines the uncertainty associated with Division I and II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays ENS-SWG1A-62-2 and ENS-SWG1B-62-2. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:

Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTRT) +/- 0.51 seconds Relay AFT (AFTRT) +/- 1.05 seconds As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) +/- 0.51 seconds As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) +/- 1.05 seconds

Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 determines the uncertainty associated with Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-ACB1-62S6. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:

Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTRT2) +/- 1.35 seconds Relay AFT (AFTRT2) +/- 1.685 seconds As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL2) +/- 1.35 seconds As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL2) +/- 1.685 seconds